"You can either be informed
and be your own rulers, or you can be ignorant and have someone
else, who is not ignorant, rule over you."
Julian Assange
"To maintain power and
control over the masses, you deny them education, you deny them
information, and you deny them the truth."
Charlie Robinson, 2017
"Google is destroying the
most glorious gift humanity was granted in the last 300 years
[the internet]. The future under Google is a fascist dystopia,
their way or the highway, no room for dissidents, no room for
free speech. Google is a boot stomping on your face for eternity.
Google is the deep state. Forget about conventional wars, forget
about spies, forget about intelligence agencies, forget about
all of that. It's all about the internet and Google running the
internet. They decide how you feel, what you think, what information
you can and can't look at, and ultimately who does and doesn't
have a voice."
David Bowie's final message written
weeks before he died, 2015
"During times of universal deceit, telling the truth
becomes a revolutionary act."
George Orwell
"Many people, especially
ignorant people, want to punish you for speaking the truth, for
being correct. Never apologize for being correct, or for being
years ahead of your time. If you're right and you know it, speak
your mind. Speak your mind. Even if you are a minority of one,
the truth is still the truth."
Mahatma Gandhi
"To learn who rules over
you, simply find out who you are not allowed to criticize."
Voltaire
"The general public are
viewed as no more than ignorant and meddlesome outsiders, a bewildered
herd. And it's the responsible men who have to make decisions
and to protect society from the trampling and rage of the bewildered
herd. Now since it's a democracy they - the herd, that is - are
permitted occasionally to lend their weight to one or another
member of the responsible class. That's called an election."
Noam Chomsky
"It is difficult to get
a man to understand something, when his salary depends on his
not understanding it."
Upton Sinclair
"What the press do is they
tell you lies, lies they already know you want to hear. The press
can figure out what its readers or viewers believe, and make a
hell of a living pandering to their egos and telling them that
they're smart. They lie and tell the audience they are right,
and they never have to change their minds about anything. And
the audience rewards them, lauding them and paying them money
to keep hearing those sweet, self-serving lies."
Allan Uthman
"A populace deprived of
the ability to separate lies from truth, is no longer capable
of sustaining a free society."
Chris Hedges
"Most Americans have no
idea that what we are fed by the news media is nothing more than
a portrayal of what powerful corporations want us to believe,
that what happens to pass as education is as often as not mere
propaganda, that what we learn in church may have very little
or nothing to do with the truth, that what our parents teach us
may be nothing more than an accumulation of their own personal
biases, no doubt a rather subtle modification of what they were
taught by their parents. And through such a process, governments
and nations around the world wield control as to what their citizens,
believe, value, and do."
Doug Soderstrom
"An education isn't how
much you have committed to memory, or even how much you know.
It's being able to differentiate between what you know and what
you don't."
Anatolie France
"If one is to measure the
degree of brainwashing of a particular population by the gap between
what a people believe about their country and what their country
has actually done, the American people are easily the most brainwashed
population in the world."
William Blum
"They don't educate our
kids, they indoctrinate our kids. It's a propaganda machine."
Ron Paul
"We have a large public
that is very ignorant about public affairs.
... Shortly, the public will be unable to reason or think for
themselves. They'll only be able to parrot the information they've
been given on the previous night's news."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"Consumers of news, if
fed American-exceptionalism junk food long enough, come to feel
at home with it, equate it with objectivity, with getting the
truth; it appears neutral and unbiased, like the old comfortable
living-room sofa they're sitting on as they watch NBC or CNN.
They view the 'alternative media,' with a style rather different
from what they're accustomed to, as not being 'objective'."
William Blum
"Television journalism
is largely a farce. Celebrity reporters, masquerading as journalists,
make millions a year and give a platform to the powerful and the
famous so they can spin, equivocate, and lie.
... It is not one or two reporters or television hosts who are
corrupt. The media institutions are corrupt. Many in the media,
especially those based in Washington, work shamelessly for our
elites."
Chris Hedges
"Governments don't want
well-informed, well-educated people capable of critical thinking,
That is against their interests. They want obedient workers, people
who are just smart enough to run the machines and do the paperwork,
and just dumb enough to passively accept it."
George Carlin
"In America, we grew up
thinking that the people that we see on the nightly news are journalists.
But, there is no journalism happening there, only script reading.
That is understood by anyone with a sliver of common sense, and
the objectivity to realize that their newsperson is basically
an actor."
Charlie Robinson, 2017
"I wouldn't call it fascism
exactly, but a political system nominally controlled by an irresponsible,
dumbed down electorate who are manipulated by dishonest, cynical,
controlled mass media that dispense the propaganda of a corrupt
political establishment can hardly be described as democracy either."
columnist Edward Zehr
"As news organizations
are increasingly driven by a bottom-line mentality, the news we
get becomes more and more sensational. What is the difference
between Time and Newsweek? Between ABC, NBC, and CBS News? Between
the Washington Post and the New York Times? For all practical
purposes, none. The concentration of media power means that Americans
increasingly get their information from a few sources who decide
what is "news".
Oliver Stone
"The question is not how
to get good people to rule; the question is how to stop the powerful
from doing as much damage as they can to us."
Karl Popper
"If leisure and security
were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who
are normally stupefied by poverty would become literate and would
learn to think for themselves; and when once they had done this,
they would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority
had no function, and they would sweep it away. In the long run,
a hierarchical society was only possible on the basis of poverty
and ignorance."
from George Orwell's 1949 novel
"1984
The Emperor's New Clothes
In Hans Christian Andersen's
tale "The Emperor's New Clothes", the Emperor's subjects
applauded his 'non-existent' magnificent new set of clothes, because
they had been conditioned to believe whatever the Emperor and
his officials told them, even to the extent of denying what they
saw with their own eyes. It took an innocent child to declare:
"The Emperor isn't wearing anything at all."
In our time, Americans have
been conditioned - by official pronouncements, mainstream media
repetition and public relations campaigns - to believe that verifiable
events, even things they have seen with their own eyes, did not
really happen. Lies and disinformation have replaced truth, and
people have set aside their capacity to think critically, accepting
explanations of events which are false, or even absurd.
This website challenges people
to rediscover their critical thinking skills, and to look anew
at the 'conventional wisdom' about some important issues and historical
events that may conflict with reason and common sense, and to
consider some inconvenient truths about America, and its role
in the world.
"Those who can make you
believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities."
Voltaire
"Google has been waging
a censorship campaign against news organisations that publish
content which conflicts with the narrative of the Washington establishment
- along with Facebook and Twitter - on the grounds of 'fake news'."
zerohedge.com
"America is the most destructive
nation in history. We have overthrown more than 50 foreign governments;
we have attempted to assassinate or have assassinated more than
50 foreign leaders; we have bombed more than 35 countries; we
have interfered in the elections of dozens of countries."
William Blum, 2016
"If you think any American
official is going to tell you the truth, then you're stupid."
Arthur Sylvester, assistant secretary
of defense for public affairs, to American journalists, 1965
"The United States has
a long record of bombing nations, reducing entire neighborhoods,
and much of cities, to rubble, wrecking the infrastructure, ruining
the lives of those the bombs didn't kill. And afterward doing
shockingly little or literally nothing to repair the damage."
General William McCoy, Army Corps
of Engineers
"The American 'disease':
1. A monetary system rigged for the banks/corps
2. A military-industrial complex that requires endless war
3. Politicians that are controlled by 1 and 2
4. Media that is complicit with 1, 2 and 3
The rest is 'symptoms'."
MarkGBblog, 2018
"The war against a foreign
country only happens when the moneyed classes think they are going
to profit from it."
George Orwell
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then
they just don't care about it happening to other people, including
the American soldiers. American leaders would not be in the positions
they hold if they were bothered by such things."
William Blum
"I hate those men who would
send into war youth to fight and die for them; the pride and cowardice
of those old men, making their wars that boys must die."
Mary Roberts Rinehart
"'Our boys' are not noble
warriors protecting democracy, rescuing maidens, and righting
wrongs. They are, like all soldiers, obedient and amoral killers.
Pilots bombing Iraq or Syria know they are killing civilians.
They do not care. If ordered to bomb Switzerland, they would do
it. This is the nature of all armies. Glamorizing this most reprehensible
of trades is just a means of usefully
stimulating the pack instinct which we often call patriotism."
Fred Reed, 2018
"Democracy is dead in the
United States and the forces of tyranny and authoritarianism offer
no apologies for their hatred of democracy and the culture of
poverty, immiseration, and cruelty that they want to impose on
the American people, if not the rest of the world."
Henry Giroux
"I spent thirty-three years
in the Marines, most of my time being a hlgh class muscle man
for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I
was a racketeer for capitalism.
I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house
of Brown Brothers in 1910-1912. I helped make Mexico and especially
Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I brought light
to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916.
I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City
[Bank] boys to collect revenue in. I helped in the rape of half
a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street.
In China in 1927 l helped to see to it that Standard Oil went
its way unmolested.
I had a swell racket. l was rewarded with honors, medals, promotions.
l might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do
was to operate a racket in three city districts. The Marines operated
on three continents."
General Smedley Butler, former
US Marine Corps Commandant, 1935
"The dissenter is every
human being at those times of his life when he resigns momentarily
from the herd and thinks for himself."
Archibald Macleish, 1937
"Those who profess to favor
freedom and yet deprecate agitation are men who want crops without
plowing up the ground; they want rain without thunder and lightning.
They want the ocean without the awful roar of its mighty waters.'
The struggle may be a moral one, or it may be a physical one,
and it may be both moral and physical, but it must be a struggle.
Power concedes nothing without a demand. It never did, and it
never will. Every one of us must keep demanding, keep fighting,
keep thundering, keep plowing, keep speaking and keep struggling
until justice is served. No justice, no peace."
Frederick Douglass (1818-1895)
- African-American abolitionist, orator, writer, statesman, former
slave
"Why, of course, the people
don't want war. Why would some poor slob on a farm want to risk
his life in a war when the best that he can get out of it is to
come back to his farm in one piece? Naturally, the common people
don't want war; neither in Russia nor in England nor in America,
nor for that matter in Germany. That is understood. But, after
all, it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy
and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether
it is a democracy or a fascist dictatorship or a Parliament or
a Communist dictatorship.
... Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the
bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to
tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists
for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It
works the same way in any country."
Hermann Goering - Nazi leader -
from Gustave Gilbert's Nuremberg Diary (1947)
DID THE AMERICAN 'DEEP STATE
& ISRAEL'S 'MOSSAD' KILL JOHN KENNEDY ?
WHAT IS THE TRUTH ABOUT THE 9/11
WORLD TRADE CENTER AND PENTAGON ATTACKS?
THE GLOBAL POWER ELITE AND THE
"GREAT RESET"
IMMUNITY PASSPORTS - COVID19
IS AMERICA STILL A DEMOCRACY?
EMPIRE OF CHAOS
THE VACCINE CATASTROPHE
WHAT ARE 'FALSE FLAGS' AND WHY
DO THEY MATTER?
WAR ON DRUGS & WAR ON TERRORISM
ISLAMIC TERRORISM AND CHAOS IN
THE MIDDLE EAST
IS NEOLIBERAL AUSTERITY IN THE
U.S. AND EUROPE A STEP TOWARD A GLOBAL GRAND MERGER?
WHY IS THE UNITED STATES PROVOKING
WAR WITH RUSSIA AND CHINA?
NOT ALL CONSPIRACIES ARE THEORIES
IS ZIONISM A THREAT TO THE WORLD?
WILL FASCISM (TOTALITARIANISM)
TRIUMPH IN AMERICA?
WHY DON'T "HUMAN RIGHTS"
INCLUDE BASIC HUMAN NEEDS?
IS MAN-MADE CLIMATE CHANGE A
HOAX?
IS HEALTHCARE IN THE U.S. CONTROLLED
BY A MEDICAL/PHARMA MAFIA?
ARE WHISLEBLOWERS OUR REAL HEROES?
DOES A GLOBAL RULING ELITE OF
IMMENSE WEALTH RUN THE WORLD?
FORGET LEFT AND RIGHT / LIBERAL
AND CONSERVATIVE / DEMOCRAT AND REPUBLICAN
DOES A GLOBAL CENTRAL BANK CARTEL
CONTROL THE CURRENCIES AND ECONOMIES OF ALL NATIONS?
DO A FEW DOZEN GIANT CORPORATIONS
DOMINATE THE GLOBAL ECONOMY?
DOES A CIA-MILITARY-CORPORATE-BANKING
COMPLEX RUN AMERICA?
WE HAVE A GLOBAL DEBT-BASED FRACTIONAL
RESERVE FIAT MONETARY SYSTEM
HOW MUCH INFLUENCE DO COVERT
GLOBAL POWER CENTERS HAVE?
WHAT ARE GLOBAL GOVERNANCE ORGANIZATIONS?
IS THE FIRST WORLD RESPONSIBLE
FOR THE MISERY IN THE THIRD WORLD?
WHY DOES THE U.S. LOVE DICTATORS
AND HATE POPULARLY-ELECTED LEADERS?
BANKS, TAX HAVENS, MONEY LAUNDERING
AND THE GLOBAL DRUG TRADE
WHAT IS THE NEW WORLD ORDER?
DO PSYCHOPATHS RUN THE WORLD?
WHY DO THEY HATE US?
ARE OUR LEADERS MODERN-DAY BARBARIANS?
DID GEORGE ORWELL'S NOVEL "1984"
PREDICT OUR FUTURE?
PREPARE FOR A PLUTOCRAT-CONTROLLED
NEOLIBERAL ECONOMIC ORDER AND GLOBAL AUTHORITARIANISM
REPORT FROM IRON MOUNTAIN - book
NONE DARE CALL IT CONSPIRACY
- book
PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS
OF ZION - book
WHY ARE AMERICANS SO
IGNORANT?
OUR SCHOOLS AND THE CORPORATE MEDIA
HAVE SO DUMBED US DOWN THAT WE NO LONGER RECOGNIZE TRUTH FROM
LIES, FACT FROM FICTION.
WE WANT HONEST OBJECTIVE REPORTING FROM TELEVISION NEWS (AS WELL
AS NEWSPAPERS, MAGAZINES AND RADIO), BUT INSTEAD GET BIASED OPINION,
MISINFORMATION AND PROPAGANDA.
IT'S TIME TO TURN OFF THE TUBE, AND SEARCH FOR THE TRUTH - OUTSIDE
OF THE CORPORATE MEDIA MATRIX.
"You can either be informed
and be your own rulers, or you can be ignorant and have someone
else, who is not ignorant, rule over you."
Julian Assange
"Writing the truth is no
way to succeed as an author. Only a small percentage of readers
are interested in the truth. Most want their biases or brainwashing
vindicated. They want to read what they already believe. It is
comforting, reassuring. When their ignorance is confronted, they
become angry. The way to be successful as a writer is to pick
a group and give them what they want. There is always a market
for romance novels and for histories that uphold a country's myths.
The single rule for success is to confine truth to what the readership
group you serve believes."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2017
"Men are born ignorant,
not stupid. They are made stupid by education."
Bertrand Russell, A History of
Western Philosophy (1946)
"The major news media serve
at the pleasure of a commercial oligarchy that pays them, and
pays them handsomely, for their pretense of speaking truth to
power... The prominent figures in our contemporary Washington
press corps regard themselves as government functionaries, enabling
and codependent."
Lewis H. Lapham
"To maintain power and
control over the masses, you deny them education, you deny them
information, and you deny them the truth."
Charlie Robinson, 2017
"We have a large public
that is very ignorant about public affairs.
... Shortly, the public will be unable to reason or think for
themselves. They'll only be able to parrot the information they've
been given on the previous night's news."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"Google is destroying the
most glorious gift humanity was granted in the last 300 years
[the internet]. The future under Google is a fascist dystopia,
their way or the highway, no room for dissidents, no room for
free speech. Google is a boot stomping on your face for eternity.
Google is the deep state. Forget about conventional wars, forget
about spies, forget about intelligence agencies, forget about
all of that. It's all about the internet and Google running the
internet. They decide how you feel, what you think, what information
you can and can't look at, and ultimately who does and doesn't
have a voice."
David Bowie's final message written
weeks before he died, 2015
"If you don't read the
newspaper, you're uninformed. If you read the newspaper, you're
misinformed."
Mark Twain
"Americans are too broadly
underinformed to digest nuggets of information that seem to contradict
what they know of the world. Instead, news channels prefer to
feed Americans a constant stream of simplified information, all
of which fits what they already know. That way they don't have
to devote more air time or newsprint space to explanations or
further investigations.
... Politicians and the media have conspired to infantilize, to
dumb down, the American public. At heart, politicians don't believe
that Americans can handle complex truths, and the news media,
especially television news, basically agrees."
Tom Fenton, former CBS foreign
correspondent
"Under existing conditions,
private capitalists inevitably control, directly or indirectly,
the main sources of information (press, radio, education). It
is thus extremely difficult, and indeed in most cases quite impossible,
for the individual citizen to come to objective conclusions and
to make intelligent use of his political rights."
Albert Einstein, Monthly Review,
1949
"We are all born ignorant,
but to stay ignorant is a choice."
Chinese proverb
"The news and the truth
are not the same thing."
American journalist Walter Lippmann
(1889-1974)
"To repeat what others
have said requires education, to challenge it requires brains."
Mary Pettibone Poole
"The conscious and intelligent
manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses
is an important element in democratic society. Those who manipulate
this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government
which is the true ruling power of our country. We are governed,
our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested,
largely by men we have never heard of."
Edward Bernays - the father of
American propaganda
"We Americans are the ultimate
innocents. We are forever desperate to believe that this time
the government is telling us the truth."
Sydney Schanberg
"It is difficult to get
a man to understand something, when his salary depends on his
not understanding it."
Upton Sinclair
"There is no such thing,
at this date of the world's history, in America, as an independent
press. You know it and I know it.
There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinions,
and if you did, you know beforehand that it would never appear
in print. I am paid weekly for keeping my honest opinion out of
the paper I am connected with. Others of you are paid similar
salaries for similar things, and any of you who would be so foolish
as to write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking
for another job. If I allowed my honest opinions to appear in
one issue of my paper, before twenty-four hours my occupation
would be gone.
The business of the journalists is to destroy the truth, to lie
outright, to pervert, to vilify, to fawn at the feet of mammon,
and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You
know it and I know it, and what folly is this toasting an independent
press?
We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the scenes. We
are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our
talents, our possibilities and our lives are all the property
of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes."
John Swinton, preeminent New York
journalist, at a press banquet,1880
"A populace deprived of
the ability to separate lies from truth, is no longer capable
of sustaining a free society."
Chris Hedges
"The Japanese pilots who
bombed Pearl Harbor were being patriotic. The German people who
supported Hitler and his conquests were being patriotic - fighting
for the Fatherland. All the Latin American military dictators
who overthrew democratically elected governments and routinely
tortured people were being patriotic - saving their beloved country
from 'communism'."
William Blum
"An education isn't how
much you have committed to memory, or even how much you know.
It's being able to differentiate between what you know and what
you don't."
Anatolie France
"Every human being has
to be born ignorant and, for a time, live in ignorance. But if
he remains ignorant that is his own fault."
Earl Nightingale
"A nation in which 87 percent
of eighteen- to twenty-four year olds (according to a 2002 National
Geographic Society/Roper Poll survey) cannot locate Iran or Iraq
on a world map and 11 percent cannot locate the United States,
is not merely "intellectually sluggish." It would be
more accurate to call it moronic, capable of being fooled into
believing anything."
Morris Berman in his book "The
Twilight of American Culture"
"Nearly a third of the
nation's population is illiterate or barely literate. A third
of high-school graduates never read another book for the rest
of their lives, and neither do 42 percent of college graduates.
In 2007, 80 percent of the families in the United States did not
buy or read a book."
Chris Hedges
"Being ignorant is not
so much a shame, as being unwilling to learn."
Benjamin Franklin, Poor Richard's
Almanac (1914)
"There is no such thing
as human nature. Human nature is culture. It is a product of education.
When you construct an educational system and a public discourse
where there is an almost total lack of critical, analytical thinking,
where you refuse to strengthen individual human beings capable
of autonomous judgment, human beings aware of their experiences
and feelings, responsible for their deeds and relationship to
the other, you destroy what is fundamental to an open society.
It becomes exclusively about collective image, meaning collective
narcissism."
Elzbieta Janicka - cultural anthropologist
"In America, we grew up
thinking that the people that we see on the nightly news are journalists.
But, there is no journalism happening there, only script reading.
That is understood by anyone with a sliver of common sense, and
the objectivity to realize that their newsperson is basically
an actor."
Charlie Robinson, 2017
"If one is to measure the
degree of brainwashing of a particular population by the gap between
what a people believe about their country and what their country
has actually done, the American people are easily the most brainwashed
population in the world."
William Blum
"Governments don't want
well-informed, well-educated people capable of critical thinking,
That is against their interests. They want obedient workers, people
who are just smart enough to run the machines and do the paperwork,
and just dumb enough to passively accept it."
George Carlin
"The ability to amplify
lies, to repeat them and have surrogates repeat them in endless
loops of news cycles, gives lies and mythical narratives the aura
of uncontested truth.
... When opinions cannot be distinguished from facts, when there
is no universal standard to determine truth in law, in science,
in scholarship, or in reporting the events of the day, when the
most valued skill is the ability to entertain, the world becomes
a place where lies become true, where people can believe what
they want to believe."
Chris Hedges
"The aim of public education
is not to spread enlightenment; it is simply to reduce as many
individuals as possible to the same safe level, to breed and train
a standardized citizenry, to put down dissent and originality.
That is its aim in the United States, whatever the pretensions
of politicians, pedagogues, and other such mountebanks, and that
is its aim everywhere else."
H.L. Mencken, journalist
"We want one class of person
to have a liberal education. And we want another class, a very,
very much larger class of necessity, to forego the privilege of
a liberal education, and fit themselves to perform specific, difficult
manual tasks."
Woodrow Wilson, former President
of the United States, 1914
"The schools are the training
ground to create a population that's easy to manage."
John Taylor Gatto
"A cynical, mercenary,
demagogic press will produce in time a people as base as itself."
Joseph Pulitzer
"Consumers of news, if
fed American-exceptionalism junk food long enough, come to feel
at home with it, equate it with objectivity, with getting the
truth; it appears neutral and unbiased, like the old comfortable
living-room sofa they're sitting on as they watch NBC or CNN.
They view the 'alternative media,' with a style rather different
from what they're accustomed to, as not being 'objective'."
William Blum
"Civic literacy in the
United States is not simply in decline, it is the object of scorn
and derision. The corporate controlled media have abandoned even
the pretense of holding power accountable and now primarily serve
as second rate entertainment venues spouting the virtues of consumerism,
greed and American exceptionalism."
Henry Giroux
"As news organizations
are increasingly driven by a bottom-line mentality, the news we
get becomes more and more sensational. What is the difference
between Time and Newsweek? Between ABC, NBC, and CBS News? Between
the Washington Post and the New York Times? For all practical
purposes, none. The concentration of media power means that Americans
increasingly get their information from a few sources who decide
what is "news."
Oliver Stone
"It is not at all uncommon
to grow to adulthood in the United States, even to graduate from
university, and know remarkably little about the exceptionally
harmful foreign policy of the government."
William Blum
"Whatever doubts one may
have about the West's Fox-CNN-NYTimes-Washington Post propaganda
bubble can be dispelled by living outside it, and then going back
to the United States and talking to the people. It is frighteningly
surreal and shockingly evident how disinformed the overwhelming
majority is, not only of the world outside America's boundaries,
but in their own backyards. It's only marginally better in Europe.
It is not that they are uninformed. It is that they are actively
and aggressively disinformed by myriad intentional omissions,
wholesale distortions and outright lies, to keep everybody in
line with the official Washington-London-Paris narrative."
Jeff J. Brown, 2016
"They don't educate our
kids, they indoctrinate our kids. It's a propaganda machine."
Ron Paul
"The mainstream media is
a conglomerate of collective corporate thought, designed to make
you ignorant and unaware of the realities of the world, of the
important issues, and to hide in the shadows the sacredly guarded
truths of power. Our mainstream media - the large newspapers,
radio and TV news stations - are dominated by billion dollar corporations,
whose boards of directors reflect the 'who's who' of the corporate,
political, and financial elite, with former government officials,
industrialists, and bankers controlling the dispersal of information
and the perspectives we are given."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"Many Americans, whether
consciously or unconsciously, actually pride themselves on their
ignorance... It's also a source of satisfaction that they have
a president - George W. Bush - who's no smarter than they are."
William Blum in his book "Freeing
the World to Death"
"Television journalism
is largely a farce. Celebrity reporters, masquerading as journalists,
make millions a year and give a platform to the powerful and the
famous so they can spin, equivocate, and lie.
... It is not one or two reporters or television hosts who are
corrupt. The media institutions are corrupt. Many in the media,
especially those based in Washington, work shamelessly for our
elites."
Chris Hedges
"We have a large public
that is very ignorant about public affairs and very susceptible
to simplistic slogans by candidates who appear out of nowhere,
have no track record, but mouth appealing slogans."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"Most Americans have no
idea that what we are fed by the news media is nothing more than
a portrayal of what powerful corporations want us to believe,
that what happens to pass as education is as often as not mere
propaganda, that what we learn in church may have very little
or nothing to do with the truth, that what our parents teach us
may be nothing more than an accumulation of their own personal
biases, no doubt a rather subtle modification of what they were
taught by their parents. And through such a process, governments
and nations around the world wield control as to what their citizens,
believe, value, and do."
Doug Soderstrom
"Americans are wonderfully
courteous to strangers, yet indiscriminately shoot kids in schools.
They believe they are masters of the world, yet know nothing about
what goes on outside their shores. They are people who believe
the world stretches from California to Boston and everything outside
is the bit they have to bomb to keep the price of oil down. Only
one in five Americans hold a passport and the only foreign stories
that make their news are floods, famine, and wars, because it
makes them feel good to be an American. Feeling good to be American
is what they live for. "
Brian Reade, London columnist
"What the press do is they
tell you lies, lies they already know you want to hear. The press
can figure out what its readers or viewers believe, and make a
hell of a living pandering to their egos and telling them that
they're smart. They lie and tell the audience they are right,
and they never have to change their minds about anything. And
the audience rewards them, lauding them and paying them money
to keep hearing those sweet, self-serving lies."
Allan Uthman
"Germans in the Third Reich
and Soviet citizens in the Stalin era had a better idea of their
government's agendas than do Americans today. The American people
are the most uninformed people in modern history."
Paul Craig Roberts
"People who watch no "news"
at all have more knowledge of international affairs than people
who watch MSNBC or Fox News."
blacklistednews.com
"In a consumer society,
people are concerned not about the world, not about life, not
about freedom and democracy. They are concerned about buying things.
So, that keeps them distracted, and it ultimately keeps them stupid,
and essentially useless, except for serving the function of continuing
to consume until they die."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The general public are
viewed as no more than ignorant and meddlesome outsiders, a bewildered
herd. And it's the responsible men who have to make decisions
and to protect society from the trampling and rage of the bewildered
herd. Now since it's a democracy they - the herd, that is - are
permitted occasionally to lend their weight to one or another
member of the responsible class. That's called an election."
Noam Chomsky
"In an age of instant emotional
gratification, we neither seek nor want honesty or reality. Reality
is complicated. Reality is boring. We are incapable or unwilling
to handle its confusion. We ask to be indulged and comforted by
clichés, stereotypes, and inspirational messages that tell
us we can be whoever we seek to be, that we live in the greatest
country on earth, that we are endowed with superior moral and
physical qualities, and that our future will always be glorious
and prosperous, either because of our own attributes or our national
character or because we are blessed by God. In this world, all
that matters is the consistency of our belief systems."
Chris Hedges
"The conventional view
serves to protect us from the painful job of thinking."
John Kenneth Galbraith
"Americans don't understand
that terrorists cannot take away habeas corpus, the Bill of Rights,
or the Constitution. Terrorists are not anything like the threat
that we face to the Bill of Rights and the Constitution from our
own government in the name of fighting terrorism."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Can anyone name a single
daily newspaper in the United States that is unequivocally opposed
to US foreign policy? Can anyone name a single television network
in the United States that is unequivocally opposed to US foreign
policy? Is there a single daily newspaper or TV network in the
entire United States that has earned the label "opposition
media"?"
William Blum
"The media are a pitiful
lot. They don't give us any history, they don't give us any analysis,
they don't tell us anything. They don't raise the most basic questions:
Who has the most weapons of mass destruction in the world by far?
Who has used weapons of mass destruction more than any other nation?
Who has killed more people in this world with weapons of mass
destruction than any other nation? The answer: the United States."
Howard Zinn
"The New York Times is
the house organ of the Establishment. It is committed, both editorially
and in its presentation of the news, to the interests of an Establishment:
continuity, security and legitimacy. Therefore they generally
support business and finance, the American version of empire,
the government and the president, until, and unless, some excess
is so egregious that it poses a threat to continuity, security
or legitimacy."
Larry Beinhart
"The main media bias is
in favor of the thieves who stole our country and economy, and
own the mainstream media companies. The omnipresent mainstream
media is the greatest weapon of oppression humanity has ever known."
David DeGraw
"It takes a lot of repetition
while an American is growing up to inculcate the message into
their young consciousness, and lots more repetition later on.
The education of an American true-believer is ongoing, continuous
- schoolbooks, comic books, church sermons, Hollywood films, all
forms of media, all the time; hardened into historical concrete."
William Blum
"Television, a medium built
around the skillful manipulation of images, ones that can overpower
reality, is our primary form of mass communication.
... If a person is not seen on television, on some level he or
she is not important. Television confers authority and power.
It is the final arbitrator for what matters in life."
Chris Hedges
"The main shortcoming of
the establishment media lies in errors of omission, much more
than errors of commission. It's not that they tell bald lies so
much as it is that they leave out parts of stories or entire stories,
or historical reminders, which if included might put the issue
in a whole new light, in a way not compatible with their political
biases."
William Blum
"Thinking is skilled work.
It is not true that we are naturally endowed with the ability
to think clearly and logically - without learning how or without
practicing."
Alfred Mander
"I never saw a foreign
intervention that the New York Times did not support, never saw
a fare increase or a rent increase or a utility rate increase
that it did not endorse, never saw it take the side of labor in
a strike or lockout, or advocate a raise for underpaid workers.
And don't let me get started on universal health care and Social
Security. So why do people think the Times is liberal?"
New York Times reporter John Hess
"Even open-minded people
will often find themselves unable to take seriously the likes
of Noam Chomsky, Edward Herman, Howard Zinn and Susan George on
first encountering their work; it just does not seem possible
that we could be so mistaken in what we believe. The individual
may assume that these writers must be somehow joking, wildly over-stating
the case, paranoid, or have some sort of axe to grind. We may
actually become angry with them for telling us these terrible
things about our society and insist that this simply 'can't be
true'. It takes real effort to keep reading, to resist the reassuring
messages of the mass media and be prepared to consider the evidence
again."
David Edwards
"Most newspapers are part
of huge conglomerates, and the policy that comes down is that
you don't rock any boats. You can't make the government upset
because the value of the company is the broadcast licenses, and
the government will not renew them, and we can't make our corporate
owners mad because they will fire us, and we can't make the advertisers
mad or they will pull their advertising. So the media can't say
anything that will upset the power structure. And that's what
has happened to the press."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The flight into illusion
sweeps away the core values of the open society. It corrodes the
ability to think for oneself, to draw independent conclusions,
to express dissent when judgment and common sense tell you something
is wrong, to be self-critical, to challenge authority, to grasp
historical facts, to advocate for change, and to acknowledge that
there are other views, different ways, and structures of being
that are morally and socially acceptable. A populace deprived
of the ability to separate lies from truth, that has become hostage
to the fictional semblance of reality put forth by pseudo-events,
is no longer capable of sustaining a free society."
Chris Hedges
"They were astonished to
find, after reading the newspapers and watching television, that
almost all the opinions on all the vital issues were the same.
One Russian writer asked: 'In our country to get that result we
have a dictatorship. We imprison people. We torture them. Here
you have none of that. How do you do it? What's the secret?'"
the recounting of a story about
Russian writers touring the United States
"Images sent over thousands
of miles, well-lit anchors who seem alert to everything of importance
taking place in our world, field reporters in far-flung places
who pop up and respond instantly to the television anchors and
deliver close-up accounts of vital events.
And the same important faces of government leaders who, day after
day, are struggling to improve our destiny against great odds,
against intransigent enemies of progress.
All this is delivered to us in the space of a few minutes, each
night, like clockwork.
The news presents that little show of magic which the people sorely
need. The need never dies. It's eternal.
The television anchors can be obvious oafs, hucksters, cheap con
artists.
They can twist the truth, burn it, hide it, step on it, reverse
it; it doesn't matter."
Jon Rappoport
"Education is not the learning
of facts, but the training of the mind to think."
Albert Einstein
"Americas don't want to
know that all the wars in their country's history were fought
because of greed. That Hitler would never have become so powerful
without US banks financing his war machine, without Ford and other
US corporations supplying equipment, and without IBM organizing
his 'work camps'. That Roosevelt precipitated the attack on Pearl
Harbor, and knew it was coming. That Truman dropped the bombs
on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, fully understanding that Japan wanted
desperately to surrender. Don't tell them about the sordid history
behind the Korean and Vietnam Wars. Don't tell them that all those
millions of innocent rice farmers and thousands of American kids
died for Wall Street. Don't even mention that Oswald had nothing
to do with John Kennedy's execution, nor that Bobby Kennedy, John
Kennedy Jr., MLK, Malcom X, and Paul Wellstone were slaughtered
because they refused to cooperate fully with the US war machine.
Americans don't want to know that the official government explanation
of the attacks of 9/11 is perhaps the greatest fairytale since
"Alice in Wonderland"."
John R. Hall
DID THE AMERICAN 'DEEP
STATE' & ISRAEL'S 'MOSSAD'
KILL JOHN KENNEDY ?
John Kennedy / Robert Kennedy
/ Martin Luther King
WHAT IS THE 'DEEP STATE'
?
"The term 'Deep State'
describes a system composed of high-level elements within the
intelligence services, military, security, judiciary and organized
crime.
... It is a hybrid association of elements of government and parts
of top-level finance and industry that is effectively able to
govern the United States without reference to the consent of the
governed as expressed through the formal political process."
former congressional staff member
Mike Lofgren
"The "deep state"
refers to a parallel secret government, organized by the intelligence
and security apparatus, financed by drugs, and engaging in illicit
violence, to protect the interests of the military against threats
from intellectuals and the constitutional government.
... The "deep state" is the interface in America between
the public, the constitutionally established state, and the deep
forces of wealth, power, and violence outside the government."
Peter Dale Scott
"The "deep state"
consists of individuals across all elements within and external
to the government, who in the aggregate are able to leverage government
capabilities while violating, with impunity, all Constitutional
checks and balances. Related to this is the matter of funding
and reach - if you follow the money, where do you end up? From
New York banks to Texas energy to global drugs, there is a criminal
network that is above the law and above the state."
Daniel Sheehan
"America's deep state is
something of a hybrid creature that operates along a New York
to Washington axis.
... The U.S.-style deep state includes key players in the police
and intelligence agencies, the military, the treasury and justice
departments and in the judiciary. It is structured to materially
reward those who play along.
... Even though government is needed to implement desired policies,
the banksters comprise the truly essential element, capable of
providing genuine rewards for compliance. As corporate interests
increasingly own the media, little dissent comes from the Fourth
Estate as the process plays out while many of the proliferating
Washington think tanks that provide deep state "intellectual"
credibility are similarly funded by defense contractors.
... The cross fertilization that is essential to make the deep
state system work takes place through the famous revolving door
whereby senior government officials enter the private sector at
a high level. In some cases the door revolves a number of times,
with officials leaving government before returning in an even
more elevated position.
This has been characteristic of the rise of the so-called neoconservatives.
Along the way, those select individuals are protected, promoted
and groomed for bigger things. The senior government officials,
ex-generals, and high level intelligence operatives who participate
find themselves with multi-million dollar homes for their retirement
years, cushioned by a tidy pile of investments."
Philip Giraldi, 2016
"There is an amorphous
group of unelected corporate lawyers, bankers, and intelligence
and military officials who form an American "deep state,"
setting real limits on the rare politicians who ever try to get
out of line. They collaborate with and nurture their deep state
counterparts in other countries, to whom they feel far more loyalty
than their fellow citizens. The minions of the deep state hate
and fear even the mildest moves towards democracy, and fight against
it by any means available to them. They're not all-powerful and
don't get exactly what they want, but on the issues that matter
most they almost always win in the end. And while all this is
mostly right there in the open, discernible by anyone who's curious
and has a library card, if you don't go looking you will never
hear a single word about it."
Jon Schwarz
"John Stuart Mills wrote
in his 1956 masterpiece The Power Elite, that America was ruled
by those who control the "strategic command posts" of
society-the big corporations, the machinery of the state, and
the military establishment. These dominant cliques were drawn
together by their deep mutual stake in the "permanent war
economy" that had emerged during the Cold War.
Though political tensions could flare within the power elite,
Mills wrote, there was a remarkable unity of purpose among these
ruling groups. The top corporate executives, government leaders,
and high-ranking military officers moved fluidly in and out of
one another's worlds, exchanging official roles, socializing in
the same clubs, and educating their children at the same exclusive
schools.
... Within this system of American power, Mills saw corporate
chiefs as the first among equals. Long interlocked with the federal
government, corporate leaders came to dominate the "political
directorate" during World War II. The United States had largely
become a democracy in form only. More than half of a century before
the John Roberts-era Supreme Court that legally sanctioned corporate
control of the electoral process."
David Talbot
"The "Deep State"
is a parallel secret government, organized by a covert faction
of the intelligence agencies, operated by a splinter cell of the
United States military-industrial complex, financed through both
the major banks, and the sale of illegal drugs, weapons, and human
trafficking. They are international in their reach, owe no allegiance
to any particular country, and are unbelievably ruthless in the
protection of their interests."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"The Deep State has a life
of its own, like the government itself. It's composed of top-echelon
employees of a dozen Praetorian agencies, like the FBI, CIA, and
NSA, top generals, admirals, and other military operatives, long-term
congressmen, senators, and directors of important regulatory agencies.
But Deep State is much broader than just the government. It includes
the heads of major corporations, all of whom are heavily involved
in selling to the State and enabling it. That absolutely includes
Silicon Valley, although those guys at least have a sense of humor,
evidenced by their "Don't Be Evil" motto. It also includes
all the top people in the Fed, and the heads of all the major
banks, brokers, and insurers. Add the presidents and many professors
at top universities, which act as Deep State recruiting centers,
all the top media figures, of course, and many regulars at things
like Bohemian Grove and the Council on Foreign Relations. They
epitomize the status quo, held together by power, money, and propaganda."
Doug Casey, financial analyst
"There is another government
- a Deep State - concealed behind the one that is visible at either
end of Pennsylvania Avenue, a hybrid entity of public and private
institutions, ruling the country according to consistent patterns
in season and out, connected to, but only intermittently controlled
by, the visible state whose leaders we choose."
former congressional staff member
Mike Lofgren
"The forces dominating
both political parties are now so powerful, so affluent, and above
all so invested in the profits from war-making, that a president
is farther than ever from challenging this power."
Peter Dale Scott
"Wall Street may be the
ultimate owner of the Deep State and its strategies, if for no
other reason than that it has the money to reward government operatives
with a second career that is lucrative beyond the dreams of avarice
- certainly beyond the dreams of a salaried government employee."
former congressional staff member
Mike Lofgren
"The deep state wins no
matter who is in power by creating bipartisan-supported money
pits within the system. Unending wars and simmering though hard
to define threats together invite more spending on national security
and make for good business. Monetizing the completely unnecessary
and hideously expensive global war on terror benefits the senior
government officials, beltway industries and financial services
that feed off it. Because it is essential to keep the money flowing,
the deep state persists in promoting policies that otherwise make
no sense, to include the unwinnable wars currently enjoying marquee
status in Iraq, Syria and Afghanistan. The deep state knows that
a fearmongered public will buy its product and does not even have
to make much of an effort to sell it."
Philip Giraldi, 2016
"CIA Director Leon Panetta
advised Obama that "no Democratic president can go against
military advice. So just do it. Do what they say"."
Peter Dale Scott
"The money launderers,
drug dealers, killers and crooks are the only entities able to
operate outside of societal laws and mores. The Controllers: international
bankers, heads of multinational corporations, and top ranking
members of secret societies use their "implementers"
to carry out their decisions. Politicians are one of the "guises"
used in front of the scenes, while the CIA, Mossad, and the Mob
take care of their dirty dealings far removed from public scrutiny.
This is the way our world operates."
Michael Collins Piper
"The long-time tendency
of business and government to become more intricately and deeply
involved with each other has now reached a new point of explicitness.
The two cannot now be seen clearly as two distinct worlds."
John Stuart Mills in his book The
Power Elite
"One factor linking Dallas,
Watergate, Iran-Contra, and 9/11, has been the involvement of
personnel involved in America's highest-level emergency planning,
known since the 1950s as Continuity of Government (COG).
This planning group is one part of the American deep state, along
with agencies like the CIA and NSA, the private groups like Booz
Allen Hamilton to which more than half of the US intelligence
budget is outsourced, and finally the powerful banks and corporations
whose views are well represented in the CIA and NSA."
Peter Dale Scott
"The United States of America
is not exactly deep-state-Turkey, but any democracy can be subverted
by particular interests hiding behind the mask of patriotism buttressed
by phony international threats. Ordinary Americans frequently
ask why politicians and government officials appear to be so obtuse,
rarely recognizing what is actually occurring in the country.
That is partly due to the fact that the political class lives
in a bubble of its own creation but it might also be because many
of America's leaders actually accept and benefit from the fact
that there is an unelected, unappointed and unaccountable presence
within the system that actually manages what is taking place from
behind the scenes. That would be the American deep state."
Philip Giraldi, 2016
"All complex societies
have an establishment, a social network committed to its own enrichment
and perpetuation."
former congressional staff member
Mike Lofgren
"Dick Cheney and Donald
Rumsfeld were a part of the permanent, though hidden, national
security apparatus of the United States, inhabitants of a world
in which Presidents come and go, but America always keeps on fighting."
Peter Dale Scott
WHAT IS ISRAEL'S 'MOSSAD'
?
"Israel's Mossad is quite
possibly the most ruthless and efficient intelligence agency in
the world."
Victor Thorn, 2003
"It is interesting, but
not surprising, to note that in all the words written and uttered
about the Kennedy assassination, Israel's intelligence service
agency, the Mossad, has never been mentioned. And yet a Mossad
motive is obvious. On this question, as on almost all others,
American reporters cannot bring themselves to cast Israel in an
unfavorable light -despite the fact that Mossad complicity is
as plausible as any of the other theories."
US Congressman Paul Findley, March
1992
"In 1951 Sir William Stephenson
of M16, restructured the [Israeli intelligence agency] Mossad
into a single unit as an arm of the Political Department of the
Israeli Foreign Office and assigned the task of conducting intelligence
gathering. It was also given the job carrying out "black
job" operations.
... All Mossad agents, operate on a war-time footing. The Mossad
has a tremendous advantage over other intelligence services in
that every country in the world has a large Jewish community,
which is useful.
The Mossad also has the advantage of having access to the records
of all U.S. law enforcement agencies and U.S. intelligence services.
The office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) services the Mossad at
no cost to Israel.
... The Mossad has a skillful disinformation service. The amount
of disinformation it feeds to the American "market"
is embarrassing, but even more embarrassing is how America swallows
hook, line and sinker such propaganda."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
"This is our final judgment:
the government of Israel, through its secret spy agency, the Mossad,
orchestrated the conspiracy that ended the life of John F. Kennedy.
Through its own vast resources and through its international contacts
in the intelligence community and in organized crime, Israel had
the means, it had the motive, and it had the opportunity to carry
out the crime of the century - and did."
Michael Collins Piper in his book
"Final Judgment"
"British intelligence reported
[February 2002] that the Israeli Mossad ran the Arab hijacker
cells that were later blamed by the U.S. government's 9/11 Commission
for carrying out the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon
in 2001.
... Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert personally interceded with
New York Mayor Rudolph Giuliani to have released from prison five
Urban Moving Systems employees, identified by the CIA and FBI
agents as Mossad agents.
... The five Israelis were the only suspects arrested - anywhere
in the United States on 9/11 - who were thought to have been involved
in the 9/11 attacks.
... For Mossad, the successful 9/11 terrorist "false flag"
operation was a success beyond expectations. The Bush administration,
backed by the Blair government, attacked and occupied Iraq, deposing
Saddam Hussein, and turned up pressure on Israel's other adversaries,
including Iran, Syria, Pakistan, Hamas, and Lebanese Hezbollah.
... Then-Israeli Finance Minister Binyamin Netanyahu commented
on the 9/11 attacks on U.S. television shortly after they occurred.
Netanyahu said: "It is very good!" It now appears that
Netanyahu, in his zeal, blew Mossad's cover as the masterminds
of 9/11."
Wayne Madsen, 2017
"Israeli agents [Mossad]
planted firebombs in American installations in Egypt in 1954 in
an attempt to undermine relations between Nasser and the United
States; Israel murdered 34 American servicemen in a deliberate
attack on the USS Liberty on June 8, 1967; Israeli espionage,
most notably Jonathan Pollard's spying, has done tremendous damage
to American interests; five Mossad agents were filming and celebrating
as the Twin Towers collapsed on September 11, 2001; Tel Aviv and
its accomplices in Washington were the source of the false pre-war
intelligence on Iraq."
Maidhc Cathail. 2010
"There has been since almost
the earliest days of the Israeli state and the earliest days of
the CIA a secret bond, basically by which Israeli intelligence
did jobs for the CIA and for the rest of American intelligence.
You can't understand what's been going on with American covert
operations and the Israeli covert operations until you understand
this secret arrangement."
journalist Andrew Cockburn
"Israel's Mossad was a
primary (and critical) behind the scenes player in the conspiracy
that ended the life of JFK. Through its own vast resources and
through its international contacts in the intelligence community
and in organized crime, Israel had the means, it had the opportunity,
and it had the motive to play a major frontline role in the crime
of the century - and it did."
Michael Collins Piper in his book
"Final Judgment"
"In carrying out its mission
to collect positive intelligence, the principal function of the
Mossad is to conduct agent operations against the Arab nations
and their official representatives and installations throughout
the world, particularly in Western Europe and the United States.
... Objectives in Western countries are equally important to the
Israeli intelligence service. The Mossad collects intelligence
regarding Western, Vatican, and UN policies toward the Near East;
promotes arms deals for the benefit of the IDF; and acquires data
for silencing anti-Israel factions in the West.
... Mossad activities are generally conducted through Israeli
official and semiofficial establishments - deep cover enterprises
in the form of firms and organizations, some especially created
for, or adaptable to, a specific objective - and penetrations
effected within non-Zionist national and international Jewish
organizations... Official organizations used for cover are: Israeli
purchasing missions and Israeli government tourist offices, El
Al, and Zim offices. Israeli construction firms, industrial groups
and international trade organizations also provide nonofficial
cover. Individuals working under deep or illegal cover are normally
charged with penetrating objectives that require a long-range,
more subtle approach, or with activities in which the Israeli
government can never admit complicity."
1979 CIA analysis titled 'Israel:
Foreign Intelligence and Security Services'
"For the past 20 years,
a large and growing component of Dope, Inc. has been the combined
machinery of gangster Meyer Lansky and the Israeli Mossad."
DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence
Review, 1992
"The Israeli Mossad has
a fearsome reputation for ruthlessness second only to the old
Russian KGB. The Israeli intelligence services are known for their
boldness and their buccaneering tactics... however, the Mossad
has lately gone in for assassinations on foreign soil... This
is nothing new for the Israelis: picking off their enemies on
foreign soil is a longtime favorite sport of the Mossad."
Justin Raimondo, 2010
"Mossad wants to do everything
possible to preserve a state of war between Israel and its neighbors."
US Congressman Paul Findley, March
1992
"New Orleans District Attorney
Jim Garrison had decided - based on the entirety of everything
that he had learned from a wide variety of sources - that the
most likely masterminds of the JFK assassination were operatives
of Israel's intelligence service, the Mossad."
Michael Collins Piper
"For years the tentacles
of the Israeli Secret Service had reached out into all walks of
American life.
...This influence extended into the U.S. [House] and the Senate,
the Pentagon, the defense and electronic industries, the research
laboratories and such Jewish-oriented organizations as the Anti-Defamation
League, the Jewish Defense Committee, Bonds for Israel and the
Federation of Jewish Philanthropies.
Some of these bodies have served as fronts for intelligence-gathering
and there are few of the important congressional committees which
do not possess one member or staff-assistant who does not feed
the Israeli network relevant material."
Richard Deacon, intelligence historian,
in his history of israel's Mossad
WHO KILLED PRESIDENT
JOHN KENNEDY?
"In the summer of 1963,
the leaders of the military-industrial complex could see storm
clouds on their horizon. After JFK's American University address
and his quick signing of the Test Ban Treaty with Khrushchev,
corporate power holders saw the distinct prospect in the not distant
future of a settlement in the Cold War between the United States
and the Soviet Union.
... In the direction of U.S.-Soviet disarmament lay the diminished
power of a corporate military system that for years had controlled
the United States government. In his turn toward peace, Kennedy
was beginning to undermine the dominant power structure that Eisenhower
had finally identified and warned against so strongly as he left
the White House."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"The Warren Commission
had no choice but to cover up that a popular American president,
John F. Kennedy, had been murdered by the Joint Chiefs of Staff,
the CIA, and the Secret Service, because he was believed by paranoid
anti-communists to be "soft on communism" and thereby
a threat to the security of the United States. The cold war was
on, and the Warren Commission could not hold those responsible
accountable without destroying the public's confidence in the
American military and security services."
Paul Craig Roberts
"JFK was assassinated on
November 22, 1963 in Dallas, Texas. His assassins included networks
of Allen Dulles' CIA, including a then-young CIA agent named G.H.W.
Bush; elements of the Mafia around New Orleans mafia boss Carlos
Marcello; elements of the Dallas Police; mafia-CIA-linked gangster
night club owner, Jack Ruby; Texan political boss, Vice President
Lyndon B. Johnson; networks of the Pentagon. The only one who
was innocent was the one Ruby rubbed out to silence him: Lee Harvey
Oswald."
F. William Engdahl
"Nearly a century after
Lincoln was assassinated for issuing Greenbacks, President John
F. Kennedy found himself in the crosshairs. Kennedy had announced
a crackdown on off-shore tax havens and proposed increases in
tax rates on large oil and mining companies. He supported eliminating
tax loopholes which benefit the super-rich. His economic policies
were publicly attacked by Fortune magazine, the Wall Street Journal
and both David and Nelson Rockefeller. Even Kennedy's own Treasury
Secretary Douglas Dillon, who came from the UBS Warburg-controlled
Dillon Read investment bank, voiced opposition to the JFK proposals.
Kennedy's fate was sealed in June 1963 when he authorized the
issuance of more than $4 billion in United States Notes by his
Treasury Department in an attempt to circumvent the high interest
rate usury of the private Federal Reserve international banker
crowd."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"New Orleans District Attorney
Jim Garrison had decided - based on the entirety of everything
that he had learned from a wide variety of sources - that the
most likely masterminds of the JFK assassination were operatives
of Israel's intelligence service, the Mossad."
Michael Collins Piper
"An Assassination Bureau
exists in the United States and Europe and carries out high-level
assassinations where all other remedies have failed. One such
bureau called PERMINDEX ran the on-the-ground Kennedy assassination
under the direction of Sir William Stephenson, for years the Queen
of England's leading "pest controller."
... The FBI, Secret Service and CIA knew exactly how to strip
President Kennedy of his security motorcycle detail and make it
easy for the three PERMINDEX shooters to murder him in Dealey
Plaza in November of 1963."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300: The Conspirator's Hierarchy", 2006
"By the end of 1962, the
national security establishment in Washington D.C., which had
quickly come to know JFK as a skeptic during 1961, had come to
view him as a heretic; and by November of 1963, the month he was
assassinated, they no doubt considered him an apostate, for he
no longer supported most of the so-called "orthodox"
views of the Cold War priesthood.
... The national security establishment wanted to turn the Cold
War against the USSR into a hot war, so that the U.S. could inflict
punishing and fatal blows upon its Communist adversaries on the
battlefield. It was this desire for hot war by so many within
the national security establishment - their belief that conventional
proxy wars with the Soviet Bloc were an urgent necessity, and
that nuclear war with the USSR was probably inevitable - to which
President Kennedy was so adamantly opposed. And it was JFK's profound
determination to avoid nuclear war by miscalculation, and to avoid
combat with conventional arms unless it was truly necessary, that
separated him from almost everyone else in his administration
from 1961 throughout 1963."
Douglas P. Horne, 2014
"To the power brokers of
the system that President Kennedy ostensibly presided over, his
and Khrushchev's turn toward peace was, a profound threat... As
the Cold War elite knew, Kennedy was already preparing to withdraw
from Vietnam. They feared he would soon be able to carry out a
U.S. withdrawal from the war with public support, as one part
of a wider peacemaking venture with Khrushchev, and perhaps even
Castro."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"At a meeting called to
order in Dallas, Texas by J. Edgar Hoover at Clint Murchinson's
house on November 21, 1963, the eve of the JFK assassination,
the attendees included, among others:
J. Edgar Hoover (Head of the FBI, next door neighbor of LBJ, racist
and Jew hater, and friend of mobster Frank Costello), Clint Murchinson
(Texan oil Baron, racist and Jew hater but still a business partner
of Myer Lansky, and acknowledged Kennedy hater), H.L. Hunt (financier
of rabid right-wing fanatic causes, racist and Jew hater, Texas
Oil Baron, and Kennedy Hater), John J. McCloy (Washington Lobbyist/Fixer
and later to be appointed member of the Warren Commission investigating
the JFK assassination), Allen Dulles (ex-head of the CIA, fired
by JFK in the aftermath of the Bay of Pigs fiasco, and soon to
be appointee to the Warren Commission investigating the assassination
of JFK), John Connally (ex-Secretary of the Navy, ex-Governor
of Texas and close friend and confidant of LBJ), General Charles
Cabell (Deputy Director of the CIA fired by JFK after the Bay
of Pigs fiasco), and his brother Earle Cabell (the Mayor of Dallas
at the time of the assassination), Richard Nixon (defeated by
JFK for the U.S. Presidency, and avowed Kennedy hater), and soon-to-be-sworn-in-as-President
Vice President Lyndon Johnson.
Would someone please give me an innocent explanation for such
a meeting in Dallas of all of these Kennedy haters on the eve
before his assassination?"
Daniel Sheehan
"Mr. Lane [the attorney
representing E. Howard Hunt] was asking us [the jury] to do something
very difficult. He was asking us to believe John Kennedy had been
killed by our own government. Yet when we examined the evidence
closely, we were compelled to conclude that the CIA had indeed
killed President Kennedy."
juror Leslie Armstrong told The
Spotlight newspaper in their November 11, 1991 issue [E. Howard
Hunt vs. The Spotlight newspaper]
"The final judgment is
inescapable ... Israel was indeed the driving force behind the
assassination of President John F. Kennedy. The role of Israel
was the unsuspected "missing link" in the JFK assassination
conspiracy.
... This is our final judgment: the government of Israel, through
its secret spy agency, the Mossad, orchestrated the conspiracy
that ended the life of John F. Kennedy.
Through its own vast resources and through its international contacts
in the intelligence community and in organized crime, Israel had
the means, it had the motive, and it had the opportunity to carry
out the crime of the century - and did.
... Israel's worldwide connections-particularly with the anti-Kennedy
forces within the CIA and the CIA-linked Lansky crime empire,
along with the French OAS rebels and Charles DeGaulle's enemies
within his own intelligence service - made possible the network
through which the plan to kill JFK was carried out. Permindex
was in the center of it all."
Michael Collins Piper in his book
"Final Judgment"
"In his deepening alienation
from the CIA, the Pentagon, and big business, John Kennedy was
moving consciously beyond the point of no return. Kennedy knew
well the complicity that existed among the Cold War's corporate
elite, Pentagon planners, and the heads of 'intelligence agencies'."
... We have no evidence as to who in the military-industrial complex
may have given the order to assassinate President Kennedy. That
the order was carried out by the Central Intelligence Agency is
obvious. The CIA's fingerprints are all over the crime and the
events leading up to it."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"President John F. Kennedy
had experienced in the Joint Chiefs of Staff under Chairman Lyman
Lemnitzer a high level of insubordination... When Lemnitzer brought
Kennedy the Northwoods Project to shoot down American citizens
in the streets of America and to blow American airliners out of
the sky in order to place the blame on Castro so that the US could
invade and achieve "regime change", President Kennedy
removed Lemnitzer as chairman and sent him to Europe as head of
NATO.Kennedy did not know about Operation Gladio, an assassination
program in Europe run by NATO and the CIA. Communists were blamed
for Operation Gladio's bombings of civilians in train stations
in order to erode communist political influence, especially in
Italy. Thus, Kennedy's way of getting rid of Lemnitzer put Lemnitzer
in charge of this program and gave Lemnitzer a way to get rid
of John Kennedy."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Intelligence, government,
and organized crime interests are intimately connected and operate
outside the law (and public scrutiny) to preserve and promote
their self-interests. Regrettably, they all joined forces in 1963
to eliminate the last American president who wasn't bought, sold,
and controlled by the Globalist money interests."
Michael Collins Piper
WHO KILLED MARTIN LUTHER
KING?
"The only trial ever held
for for Martin Luther King's murder took place in Memphis, Tennessee,
only a few blocks from the Lorraine Motel where King was killed.
In a wrongful death lawsuit initiated by the King family, seventy
witnesses testified over a six-week period. They described a sophisticated
government plot that involved the FBI, the CIA, the Memphis Police,
Mafia intermediaries, and an Army Special Forces sniper team.
The twelve jurors, six black and six white, returned after two
and one-half hours of deliberation with a verdict that King had
been assassinated by a conspiracy that included agencies of his
own government."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"We must mark Martin Luther
King now as the most dangerous Negro in the future of this Nation."
William C. Sullivan, Assistant
Director of FBI wrote to J. Edgar Hoover, 1963
"The blame for the assassination
of Martin Luther King should be laid squarely on the shoulders
of agents of the government of the United States in collaboration
with Memphis operatives of the Marcello criminal organization.
As horrifying as that fact is, it gets worse when one realizes
the extent of the military's involvement, from the coordination
of the flow of events down to the last detail, including the selection
of the back-up team by the head of the 902nd Military Intelligence
Group. Even prior to the assassination, the use of military intelligence
to spy on Dr King and other Americans, leading to other army sharpshooter
actions against targeted civilians, makes it clear that for a
half century or more the military have been heavily involved in
the domestic affairs and life of the nation. Very few people at
the time knew, or even now know, the extent of this involvement.
It is only in retrospect that we begin to get a glimpse of how
widespread this activity was in the 1960s."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"When Martin King began
to crusade against the Vietnam war, he would cast a long shadow
over the economic forces of America. Little wonder that they shuddered
at the possibility that his efforts might result in the tap of
the free-flowing profits being turned off. Should the American
people come to demand an end to the war and should the war end,
the losses were not something they could accept.
Perhaps it was for this reason alone that King had to be stopped."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"In December 1963, less
than a month after the assassination of President John F. Kennedy,
FBI officials met in Washington to explore ways of "neutralizing
King as an effective Negro leader.
... A massive FBI campaign was under way from 1964 aimed at destroying
Martin Luther King through dirty tricks and media manipulation.
... In January 1979, the House Select Committee published its
final report on the assassinations of John F. Kennedy and Martin
King. It found no evidence or complicity on the part of the CIA,
the FBI, or any other government agency in the assassination of
Martin King."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Warren and Murphy [aliases
of Army Special Forces soldiers] ... were part of an eight-man
"Operation Detachment Alpha 184 team - a Special Forces field
training team in specialized civilian disguise.
... Warren and Murphy stated that the team was specifically briefed
before departing from Camp Shelby for Memphis at 4:30 AM on the
morning of April 4 1968. During the half-hour session the team
was left in no doubt as to its mission. On the order they were
to shoot to kill - "body mass" (center, chest cavity)
- Dr Martin Luther King Jr and the Reverend Andrew Young.
They were shown "target acquisition photos" of the two
men and the Lorraine Motel. The team's pep talk stressed how they
were enemies of the United States who were determined to bring
down the government. Warren said that no one on the team had any
hesitancy about killing the two "sacks of shit."
... Warren recognized his target, Andrew Young, putting on his
coat, and took aim, holding him in his sights... Warren kept Andy
Young in the cross hairs of his scope, and then, he said, a shot
rang out.
It sounded like a military weapon, and Warren assumed that the
other sniper unit had jumped the gun and fired too soon because
the plan was always for a simultaneous shooting [of Martin Luther
King and Andrew Young]... the team leader came on and ordered
the team to disengage in an orderly fashion and follow the egress
routes assigned to them out of South Memphis."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"In 1999, the Martin Luther
King family brought a wrongful death lawsuit in a Tennessee Circuit
Court. A nearly month-long trial ensued. Seventy witnesses were
called. It took the jury only two and a half hours to come back
with a verdict that Dr. King was assassinated by a conspiracy
that included agencies of his own government."
Jesse Ventura in the book "American
Conspiracies"
"In 1999, the King family
took the case of Martin Luther King's assassination to civil court.
They proved, and the jury verdict confirmed, that Martin Luther
King had been assassinated by a conspiracy of the FBI, military
intelligence, and the Memphis Poiice Department. The decision
to assassinate King was decided upon because he had begun speaking
out against the Vietnam War, against the American empire, and
against poverty in the form of his massive national antipoverty
campaign."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
WHO KILLED ROBERT KENNEDY?
"JFK [John Kennedy] , Malcolm
[X], Martin [Luther King], and [RFK [Robert Kennedy] were four
proponents of change who were murdered by shadowy intelligence
agencies using intermediaries and scapegoats under the cover of
'plausible deniability'."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"The Kennedy years saw
a continual conflict between the military and intelligence circles
and the civilian leadership of John Kennedy. His brief term as
President was marked by a constant struggle to prevent the military
and intelligence services of America _ particularly the Joint
Chiefs of Staff and the CIA _ from starting wars with Cuba, Vietnam
and the Soviet Union. The Cuban Missile Crisis was resolved only
after Robert Kennedy, JFK's brother and the Attorney General,
convinced the Russians that Kennedy was at risk of being overthrown
in a military coup, which would result in a direct nuclear war
against the USSR."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
, 2011
"Our collective denial
of the obvious, in the setting up of Lee Harvey Oswald and his
transparent silencing by Ruby, made possible the Dallas cover-up
of the JFK assassination. The success of the cover-up was the
indispensable foundation for the subsequent murders of Malcolm
X, Martin Luther King, and Robert Kennedy by the same forces at
work in our government - and in ourselves. Hope for change in
the world was targeted and killed four times over. The cover-up
of all four murders, each leading into the next, was based, first
of all, on denial - not the government's but our own."
James Douglass in his book book
"JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"
"John F. Kennedy and his
brother Robert ... were hated viscerally by their enemies... Their
political enemies on the right felt that their risk-taking aggressiveness
was reckless and their idealism was putting the country at risk
of being overcome by its Communist enemies. Their enemies in the
Mafia, who felt they had been ambushed by John and Robert, after
having helped their father get them elected in 1960, thought they
had been used and abused by them. The oilmen of Texas had given
at least partial support for the Democratic ticket because of
Johnson's presence, but then felt they were being double-crossed
as well."
Phillip F. Nelson in his book "LBJ:
The Mastermind of JFK's Assassination"
"John and Robert Kennedy
had become notorious in the ranks of big business. JFK's strategy
of withdrawing defense contracts and RFK's aggressive investigating
tactics toward men of power were seen as unforgivable sins by
the corporate world. As a result of the president's uncompromising
stand against the steel industry - and implicitly any corporation
that chose to defy his authority - a bitter gap opened up between
Kennedy and big business, whose most powerful elements coincided
with the military-industrial complex."
James W. Douglass in his book "JFK
and the Unspeakable"
WHAT IS THE TRUTH ABOUT
THE 9/11 WORLD TRADE CENTER AND PENTAGON ATTACKS?
ALLOWED TO HAPPEN? / SAUDI ARABIA CONNECTION?
/ ISRAEL MOSSAD CONNECTION?
"For those Americans who
accept the official interpretation of the event, 9/11 was a surprise
attack on the US government and its people by Islamic terrorists.
For some Americans, "9/11" has a more complex meaning.
This second group, while accepting the official interpretation
of the attacks, thinks of 9/11 primarily as an event that was
used opportunistically by the Bush administration to extend the
American empire.
For a third group of Americans, the term "9/11" connotes
an event with a more sinister dimension. These citizens believe
that the Bush administration knew the attacks were coming and
intentionally let them happen.
According to a fourth view of 9/11, the attacks were not merely
foreknown by the Bush administration; they were orchestrated by
it."
"9/11 and American Empire
: Intellectuals Speak Out"
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"There is persuasive evidence
that the events of September 11, 2001 did not unfold as the Bush
administration and the 9/11 Commission would have us believe...
All three buildings that were destroyed in the World Trade Center
were most probably destroyed by controlled demolition charges
placed in the buildings before 9/11."
William Bill Christison, a 29-year
CIA veteran
"Naive people think that
if the US government's explanation of 9/11 was wrong, physicists
and engineers would all speak up. Some have. However, for most
physicists and engineers this would be an act of suicide. Physicists
owe their careers to government grants, and their departments
are critically dependent on government funding. A physicist who
speaks up essentially ends his university career... An engineering
firm that spoke out would never again be awarded a government
contract. In addition, its patriotic, flag-waving customers would
regard the firm as a terrorist apologist and cease to do business
with it."
Paul Craig Roberts
"British intelligence reported
[February 2002] that the Israeli Mossad ran the Arab hijacker
cells that were later blamed by the U.S. government's 9/11 Commission
for carrying out the attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon
in 2001.
... Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert personally interceded with
New York Mayor Rudolph Giuliani to have released from prison five
Urban Moving Systems employees, identified by the CIA and FBI
agents as Mossad agents.
... The five Israelis were the only suspects arrested - anywhere
in the United States on 9/11 - who were thought to have been involved
in the 9/11 attacks.
... For Mossad, the successful 9/11 terrorist "false flag"
operation was a success beyond expectations. The Bush administration,
backed by the Blair government, attacked and occupied Iraq, deposing
Saddam Hussein, and turned up pressure on Israel's other adversaries,
including Iran, Syria, Pakistan, Hamas, and Lebanese Hezbollah.
... Then-Israeli Finance Minister Binyamin Netanyahu commented
on the 9/11 attacks on U.S. television shortly after they occurred.
Netanyahu said: "It is very good!" It now appears that
Netanyahu, in his zeal, blew Mossad's cover as the masterminds
of 9/11."
Wayne Madsen, 2017
"All three buildings of
the World Trade Center were destroyed by carefully planned, orchestrated
and executed controlled demolition."
Professor Lynn Margulis, Department
of Geosciences, University of Massachusetts at Amherst
*There were stand-down orders
on 9/11. The US Air force did not intervene. There was a cover-up
of the WTC and Pentagon investigations. The WTC rubble was removed
before it could be examined. The plane debris at the Pentagon
is unaccounted for. There were reports of significant financial
gains made as a result of 9/11, from insider trading in the days
prior to 9/11. Mystery surrounds WTC Building 7, which collapsed
or was "pulled" down in the afternoon of September 11,
2001."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"The official explanation
of the events of 9/11 is false and the evidence indicating an
inside job is significant."
Catherine Austin Fitts, former
Assistant Housing Secretary in the George H W Bush administration
"The press is saying what they have been told to say... the
stories about 9/11 are false... You take a look at the buildings
falling down. They didn't fall down because airplanes hit them;
they fell down because explosives went off, demolitions. Look
at building 7. It didn't fall to its side; it didn't fall in this
direction of that direction. Just like the two towers... What
is it they do not want the public to know?"
Major General Albert Stubblebine,
retired Commanding General of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security
Command - speaking to a reporter in Germany about 9/11
"The factual arguments
clearly establish the possibility of controlled demolition of
the WTC buildings on September 11, 2001, yet, there is almost
zero coverage in the corporate media in the US. This is top down
corporate censorship pure and simple. Even if other scientists
can be found to disagree with the study, the policy of ignoring
the topic inside the corporate media is relatively absolute...
Perhaps the mainstream science journalists left their critical
thinking skills at home and gave the scientific method the day
off. Or maybe the real conspiracy exists within the boardrooms
of the corporate mainstream media."
Peter Phillips, Professor of Sociology
at Sonoma State University
"I have had a lot of experience
looking at photographs. l don't know exactly what hit it the Pentagon
but I do know from the photographs I have analyzed, it was not
an airplane. For one thing, if you look at the hole that was made
in the Pentagon, the nose penetrated far enough so that there
should have been wing marks on the side of the building.
... Whenever there's a plane crash, things are strewn about. So
where are the seats, the luggage? The wings, vertical stabilizers,
and engines were never fully recovered. A number of parts to a
757 are pretty much indestructible, but not a single piece has
ever been positively identified as originating with Flight 77.
... With all the evidence readily available at the Pentagon crash
site, any unbiased, rational investigator could only conclude
that a Boeing 757 did not fly into the Pentagon as alleged. In
all my years of direct and indirect participation, I never witnessed
nor even heard of an aircraft loss, where the wreckage was accessible,
that prevented investigators from finding enough hard evidence
to positively identify the make, model, and specific registration
number of the aircraft - and in most cases the precise cause of
the accident."
Major General Albert Stubblebine,
retired Commanding General of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security
Command
"After 9/11, not a single
employee at the FAA or NORAD got punished. In fact, all the major
military men involved received promotions."
Jesse Ventura in the book "American
Conspiracies"
"America's fate was sealed
when the public and the anti-war movement bought the government's
9/11 conspiracy theory. The government's account of 9/11 is contradicted
by much evidence. Nevertheless, this defining event of our time,
which has launched the U.S. on interminable wars of aggression
and a domestic police state, is a taboo topic for investigation
in the media."
Paul Craig Roberts
"When you are a patriot,
you don't question the motivation of the CIA or the White House.
You assume the bigger purpose is for a greater good. They pick
good, loyal people like me.
... WTC 7 was a classic controlled demolition with explosives.
We used super-fine military grade nanothermite composite materials
as explosives. The hard part was getting thousands of pounds of
explosives, fuses and ignition mechanisms into the building without
causing too much concern. But almost every single office in the
Building 7 was rented by the CIA, the Secret Service, or the military,
which made it easier.
... When the building came down, it was such a rush. Everything
went exactly to plan. It was so smooth. Everybody was evacuated.
Nobody was hurt in WTC 7. We were celebrating. We kept watching
replays of the demolition, we had the whiskey and cigars out,
and then all of a sudden the strangest thing happened. We all
started to worry that it looked a bit too smooth. We watched the
tape again and again and again and we started to get paranoid.
It looked like a controlled demolition. We thought shit, people
are going to question this. And then we heard that people from
the street were reporting that they heard the explosions during
the afternoon. When we were told that the BBC botched their report
and announced to the world that the building collapsed 20 minutes
before it actually did At that point we really thought the gig
was up.
... There were so many loose ends, so much evidence left behind.
We thought the public would be all over it. We thought there would
be a public uprising that the media couldn't ignore. They'd be
funding investigations and demanding to know why they were being
lied to. We thought they'd find chemical composites in the area
that would prove Building 7 was blown up.
"We thought there would be a revolution. It would go all
the way to the top, to President Bush. He'd be dragged out of
the White House.
"But none of that happened. Almost nobody questioned anything.
The media shot down anyone who dared question anything they were
told.
... There could never be a real investigation of 9/11. The entire
shadow government, as you call them now, are implicated.
... They will use the media to attack me. They are all on the
payroll to suppress everything around 9/11."
retired CIA agent Malcom Howard,
2017
[worked for the CIA for 36 years as an operative]
[says he was involved in the "controlled demolition"
of World Trade Center 7]
THE GLOBAL POWER ELITE
& THE "GREAT RESET"
THE FALSE MEDIA NARRATIVE:
THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA DEFEND THE
SOVEREIGNTY OF THE UNITED STATES AND ARE COMMITTED TO PRESERVING
AMERICA AND STRENGTHENING THE AMERICAN WAY OF LIFE.
THE REALITY:
THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA ARE THE PROPAGANDA
ARM OF A GLOBAL OLIGARCHY. THEY ARE PART OF THE FINANCIAL-CORPORATE-TECH-MILITARY-SURVEILLANCE-GOVERNMENT-MEDIA
COMPLEX -- OTHERWISE KNOWN AS THE "DEEP STATE".
THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA'S JOB IS TO
CONVINCE THE PUBLIC THAT THE IDEAS OF THE GLOBAL ELITE ARE IN
THEIR BEST INTEREST, AND TO CONCEAL HOW THE GLOBAL OLIGARCHY PLANS
TO DESTROY AMERICA AND RAVAGE LIVES IN COUNTRIES AROUND THE WORLD.
"The plan for an overhaul
of the world is the brainchild of an elite group of businessmen,
politicians, and their intellectual entourage that meet in Davos,
Switzerland, in January each year. Brought into existence in 1971,
the World Economic Forum (WEF) has become a megaglobal event since
then. More than three thousand leaders from all over the world
attended the meeting in 2020.
Under the guidance of the WEF, the agenda of the Great Reset says
that the completion of the current industrial transformation requires
a thorough overhaul of the economy, politics, and society.
... The consensus has emerged at the annual Davos meetings that
the world needs a revolution, and that reforms have taken too
long. The members of the WEF envision a profound upheaval at short
notice. The time span should be so brief that most people will
hardly realize that a revolution is going on. The change must
be so swift and dramatic that those who recognize that a revolution
is happening do not have the time to mobilize against it.
... Projects like the Great Reset leave unanswered the question
of who rules the state. The state itself does not rule. It is
an instrument of power. It is not the abstract state that decides,
but the leaders of specific political parties and of certain social
groups.
Earlier totalitarian regimes needed mass executions and concentration
camps to maintain their power. Now, with the help of new technologies,
it is believed, dissenters can easily be identified and marginalized.
The nonconformists will be silenced by disqualifying divergent
opinions as morally despicable.
... The 2020 lockdown worked as if it had been orchestrated -
and perhaps it was. As if following a single command, the leaders
of big and small nations - and of different stages of economic
development - implemented almost identical measures. Not only
did many governments act in unison, they also applied these measures
with little regard for the horrific consequences of a global lockdown.
Months of economic stillstand have destroyed the economic basis
of millions of families. Together with social distancing, the
lockdown has produced a mass of people unable to care for themselves.
First, governments destroyed the livelihood, then the politicians
showed up as the savior.
... The lockdown and its consequences have brought a foretaste
what is to come: a permanent state of fear, strict behavioral
control, massive loss of jobs, and growing dependence on the state."
Anthony Mueller, 2020
"The global elite who meet
every year at Davos, Switzerland have little need for national
loyalty. They view national boundries as obstacles, that are vanishing,
and they see national governments as residues from the past, whose
only useful function is to facilitate the elites global operations."
Samuel Huntington
"The World Economic Forum's
(WEF) agenda matches goals set out by the United Nations Agenda
2030.
In the future, the less-developed world will not rise to the developed,
rather the other way, as advanced civilizations must go down to
their living standards to become 'sustainable'."
TOTT News, 2020
"The lockdown in the wake
of the coronavirus pandemic has accelerated the implementation
of long-held plans to establish a new world order. Under the auspices
of the World Economic Forum (WEF), global policymakers are advocating
for a "Great Reset" with the intent of creating a global
technocracy.
A consensus has emerged at the annual WEF/Davos meetings that
the world needs a revolution, and that reforms have taken too
long. The members of the WEF envision a profound upheaval at short
notice. The change must be so swift and dramatic that those who
recognize that a revolution is happening do not have the time
to mobilize against it.
Earlier totalitarian regimes needed mass executions and concentration
camps to maintain their power. Now, with the help of new technologies,
dissenters can easily be identified and marginalized. The nonconformists
will be silenced by disqualifying divergent opinions as morally
despicable.
The 2020 lockdowns offer a preview of how this system works. The
lockdown worked as if it had been orchestrated. As if following
a single command, the leaders of big and small nations implemented
almost identical measures. Not only did many governments act in
unison, they also applied these measures with little regard for
the consequences of a global lockdown.
Months of economic standstill have destroyed the economic basis
of millions of families. Together with social distancing, the
lockdown has produced a mass of people unable to care for themselves.
First, governments destroyed the livelihood, then the politicians
showed up as the savior.
The lockdown and its consequences have brought a foretaste what
is to come: a permanent state of fear, strict behavioral control,
massive loss of jobs, and growing dependence on the state."
Anthony Mueller, 2020
"The Global Power Elite
works out policies to advance their interests with regard to the
management and protection of global capital and the enforcement
of debt collection worldwide They are strategically placed to
impose these policies through their members' positions within
individual states and transnational state institutions. The enormous
concentrations of economic power translate into enormous influence
over global policymaking.
The Global Power Elites of the Transnational Capitalist Class
make efforts to protect their interests through global organizations
like the World Bank, World Trade Organization, International Monetary
Fund, the G20, G7, World Economic Forum, Trilateral Commission,
Bilderberg Group, Bank for International Settlements, and other
transnational associations... Within this system, nation-states
become little more than population containment zones, and the
real power lies with the decision makers who control global capital."
Peter Phillips, 2018
"Yearly the World Economic
Forum (WEF)/Davos brings together the world's most powerful CEO's
along with governmental policy decision-makers.
... The World Economic Forum is a facilitator for the goals and
objectives of the United Nations - which is world government."
Joan Veon,2005
"The current crime against
humanity has been unleashed worldwide by the "Big Money",
the globalists, foundations, Big Pharma and the WHO on the occasion
of the "global corona false alarm", together with the
hypocritical promises of salvation of the World Economic Forum
and the predatory International Monetary Fund, then we cannot
assume a de-globalization and a turning away from inhuman neoliberalism.
The ruling "elite" will use the meeting in Davos to
further advance the global control by destroying nation states.
"
Rudolf Hänsel, 2020
"The Global Power Elite
constitutes 6,000 to 7,000 people, or 0.0001 percent of the world's
population. They are the Davos-attending, Gulfstream/ private
jet-flying, megacorporation-interlocked, policy-building elites
of the world-people at the absolute peak of the global power pyramid.
These are the people setting the agendas at the G8, (now the G7
after the exclusion of Russia), G20, NATO, the World Bank, and
the WTO. They are from the highest levels of finance capital,
transnational corporations, the government, the military, the
academy, nongovernmental organizations, spiritual leaders, and
even shadow elites. They represent the interests of several hundred
thousand millionaires and billionaires who comprise the richest
people in the top 1 percent of the world's wealth hierarchy."
Peter Phillips, 2018
"Think tanks are created
with the intent to bring elite interests together from a wide
array of institutions: financial, industrial, corporate, academic/intellectual,
media, cultural, foreign policy and political spheres. In think
tanks, top officials from these sectors are gathered in a single
institution where they work together to plan strategies for economic
and foreign policies, for establishing consensus between elites,
and to serve as training and recruitment grounds for officials
to enter the political and foreign policy establishment, where
they are capable of enacting the very policies developed within
the think tanks. Notable think tanks with immense influence -
specifically in the United States - include the Council on Foreign
Relations, the Brookings Institution, the Carnegie Endowment,
and the Center for Strategic and International Studies. Larger,
international think tanks have been increasingly common during
the era of globalization, uniting respective elites from across
the powerful western industrial states, instead of simply the
elites within each respective state. Notable among these institutions
are the Trilateral Commission, the Bilderberg Group and the World
Economic Forum."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2014
IMMUNITY PASSPORTS NO VACCINATION - NO TRAVEL
"Years ago, "conspiracy
theorists" were ridiculed for warning of a system in which
vaccines would be required to access normal aspects of life. Today,
however, government officials and the mainstream media are openly
discussing the very same system.
For the moment, vaccine passports are mainly intended for international
travel. However, their use can be extended to many other areas
of life. Vaccine passports in the form of free mobile apps in
which a traveler uploads their COVID-19 test results or vaccination
status.
Whatever the "new normal" is for travel will quickly
spill over into everyday life
Researchers suspect these new "passports" will quickly
be extended to employment, education, and even buying food."
Robert Wheeler, Global Research, 2020
"A coalition of big tech
companies, including Microsoft is developing a COVID passport,
with the expectation that a digital document linked to vaccination
status will be required to travel and get access to basic services.
The group is calling itself the Vaccination Credential Initiative
(VCI), and includes Microsoft, Salesforce and Oracle.
Anyone who has been vaccinated will receive a QR code that can
be stored on their mobile phone in the wallet app. Those without
phones will have access to a printed version.
The coalition expects standards to be adopted that will see mandatory
negative tests or proof of vaccination, in order to re-engage
in society.
The Commons Project has received funding from the Rockefeller
Foundation."
Steve Watson, snapwire.com, 2021
"The so-called COVID-PASS
Immunity Passport is a smartphone app that will determine who
gets to eat at restaurants versus who still has to get tested
for the coronavirus (COVID-19) and get vaccinated.
If you go along with the New World Order, your COVI-PASS will
give a "green" light to proceed. If you do not, however,
then your COVID-PASS will say "restricted" until you
comply.
Endorsed by Bill Gates and other globalists, COVI-PASS is every
authoritarian's dream come true, and it is coming to a country
near you.
Besides leisure and entertainment activities, COVI-PASS will also
govern who gets to go back to work and who has to stay home and
basically starve.
Those who desire entry into the new world will need to have COVI-PASS
approval, allowing them "safe" re-entry back into their
workplaces.
Residents of the new world will no longer be able to buy, sell,
or do much of anything without a COVI-PASS, which is a dream come
true for eugenicist Bill Gates, who lives not only to vaccinate,
but also to control the human "herd" through technology.
In the end, if you refuse vaccinations and COVI-PASS, you will
not be allowed to work, eat, or participate in society - which
suggests that most people will accept these things just to survive."
thetruthrevolution.net, 2020
"Immunity passports would
require people to present proof of immunity to COVID-19 in order
to access public spaces, work sites, airports, schools, or other
venues.
In many proposed schemes, this proof would be stored in a digital
token on a phone.
Immunity passports would be a significant step toward a system
of national digital identification that can be used to collect
and store our personal information and track our location.
... Advocates of immunity passports visualize a world where we
can't pass through a door to a workplace, school, or restaurant
until the gatekeeper scans our credentials.
This would habituate gatekeepers to demand such status credentials,
and habituate the public to submit to these demands.
This digital system could easily be expanded to check not just
a person's immunity status, but any other bit of personal information
that a gatekeeper might deem relevant.
The system could be adjusted to document not just a person's status,
but also when that person passed through a door that required
proof of such status.
And all data of all such passages could be accumulated into one
database.
This would be a troubling step towards digital national identification,
which would create new ways to digitally monitor our movements
and activities."
EraOfLight, 6/1/2020
IS AMERICA STILL A DEMOCRACY?
THE SLIPPERY SLOPE TOWARD
A TOTALITARIAN STATE
"I wouldn't call it fascism
exactly, but a political system nominally controlled by an irresponsible,
dumbed down electorate who are manipulated by dishonest, cynical,
controlled mass media that dispense the propaganda of a corrupt
political establishment can hardly be described as democracy either"
columnist Edward Zehr
"We've slipped away from
a true republic. Now we're slipping into a fascist system where
it's a combination of government, big business and authoritarian
rule, and the suppression of the individual rights of each and
every American citizen. When it comes to any significant differences
on foreign policy, economic intervention, the Federal Reserve,
a strong executive branch, a welfarism mixed with corporatism,
both parties are very much alike. The major arguments in hotly
contested presidential races are mostly for public consumption
to convince the people they actually have a choice."
Ron Paul
"One more terrorist attack
and we're going to shut the Constitution down."
General Tommy Frank
"We have no real say in
how the government runs, or how our taxpayer funds are used.
We have no real say, but we're being forced to pay through the
nose, anyhow, for endless wars that do more to fund the military
industrial complex than protect us, pork barrel projects that
produce little to nothing, and a police state that serves only
to imprison us within its walls."
John Whitehead, 2018
"The United States has
entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable
manifestations of a failed state is that the criminals are all
inside the government operating against the people, whereas in
a normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government,
operating against it. So, we now have every manifestation of being
a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall
Street gangsters."
Paul Craig Roberts
"We've reached the point
where state actors can penetrate rectums and vaginas, where judges
can order forced catheterizations, and where police and medical
personnel can perform scans, enemas and colonoscopies without
the suspect's consent. And these procedures aren't to nab kingpins
or cartels, but people who at worst are hiding an amount of drugs
that can fit into a body cavity. In most of these cases, they
were suspected only of possession or ingestion. Many of them were
innocent But these tactics aren't about getting drugs off the
street These tactics are instead about degrading and humiliating
a class of people that politicians and law enforcement have deemed
the enemy."
Radley Balko
"Oppression is designed
to compel obedience and submission to authority. Those who voluntarily
put themselves in that state - by believing that their institutions
of authority are just and good and should be followed rather than
subverted - render oppression redundant, unnecessary. Of course
people who think and behave this way encounter no oppression.
That's their reward for good, submissive behavior. They are left
alone by institutions of power because they comport with the desired
behavior of complacency and obedience without further compulsion.
But the fact that good, obedient citizens do not themselves perceive
oppression does not mean that oppression does not exist."
Glenn Greenwald
"We have compromised our
values, butchered our own youth, killed hundreds of thousands
of innocent people, subverted our idealism and squandered our
national treasures in fruitless and costly adventures abroad.
In the process, we have helped our worst enemies and turned America,
once the world's beacon of freedom, into a national security surveillance
state and an international moral pariah."
Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.
"The Military Commissions
Act of 2006 effectively suspended habeas corpus and freed up the
executive branch to designate any American citizen an "enemy
combatant" forfeiting all privileges accorded under the Bill
of Rights."
Christopher Ketcham
"Presidents come and go
every four or eight years. But operatives such as George Kennan,
Henry Kissinger, Donald Rumsfeld, Zbigniew Brzezinski, George
Schultz, James Baker etc. linger around in "public service"
for decades.
Standing above those big names, certain financial and media dynasties
have influenced American politics for a whole century, or more!
The House of Rockefeller, which donated the land upon which the
United Nations was built, has been promoting Globalism since about
the turn of the 19 th century; same goes for the House of Sulzberger-Ochs
(New York Times owners since 1896) , the House of Meyer-Graham
(Washington Post owners since 1933) , and the arch-Billionaire
Globalists of them all, the anti-Russian House of Rothschild,
which bankrolled Britain's war against Napoleon 200 years ago,
as well as the movement which eventually brought about the establishment
of "the State of Israel". Add to the "club"
newer activist billionaires such as George Soros, Mike Bloomberg,
Ted Turner, Pierre Omidyar, Sheldon Adelson and some counterparts
in Europe and you have the makings of a vast international network
of immensely powerful Global manipulators."
MS King, 2014
"The politicians "we
the people" most trusted to look out for our best interests,
protect our rights, and ensure that the nation does not slip into
tyranny have cheated on us, lied to us, swindled us, deceived
us, double-crossed us, and sold us to the highest bidder.
Time and again, they have shown in word and deed that their priorities
lay elsewhere, that they care nothing about our plight, that they
owe us no allegiance, that they are motivated by power and money
rather than principle, that they are deaf to our entreaties, that
they are part of an elite ruling class that views us as mere cattle,
that their partisan bickering is part of an elaborate ruse to
keep us divided and distracted, and
that their oaths of office to uphold the Constitution mean nothing.
Incredibly, even in the face of their treachery and lies, the
great majority of Americans persist in believing that the politicians
have the people's best interests at heart.
Despite the fact that we've been burned before, most Americans
continue to allow themselves to be bamboozled into casting their
votes for one candidate or another, believing that this time they
mean what they say, this time they really care about the citizenry,
this time will be different.
Of course, they rarely ever mean what they say, they care about
their constituents only to the extent that it advances their political
careers, and it never turns out differently. We are as easily
discarded the day after the elections as we were wantonly wooed
in the months leading up to the big day. Those same politicians
who were once so eager to pose for our pictures, smile at our
jokes, and glad-hand us for our votes will, upon being elected,
retreat behind a massive, impenetrable wall that ensures we are
not seen or heard from again-at least, until the next election."
John W. Whitehead
"A populace deprived of
the ability to separate lies from truth, is no longer capable
of sustaining a free society."
Chris Hedges
"The result of the manipulation
of society by the Establishment elite has been four major wars
in sixty years, a crippling national debt, abandonment of the
Constitution, suppression of freedom and opportunity, and creation
of a vast credibility gulf between the man in the street and Washington,
D.C. While the transparent device of two major parties trumpeting
artificial differences, circus-like conventions, and the cliché
of "bipartisan foreign policy" no longer carries credibility,
and the financial elite itself recognizes that its policies lack
public acceptance, it is obviously prepared to go it alone without
even nominal public support."
Antony C. Sutton, 2002
"Democracy is dead in the
United States and that the forces of tyranny and authoritarianism
offer no apologies for their hatred of democracy and the culture
of poverty, immiseration, and cruelty that they want to impose
on the American people, if not the rest of the world."
Henry Giroux
"The fundamentalist-Sunni
royal family of the Sauds have bought the highest levels of the
U.S. government in order to control U.S. foreign policies, especially
the ongoing wars to take down the governments of Iraq, Libya,
Syria, and ultimately of Russia itself, which latter nation has
allied itself instead with Shiia countries."
Eric Zuesse, 2015
"Each office must remain
constantly alert to the existence of organizations which have
aims and objectives coinciding with those of the Communist Party
and are likely to be susceptible to communist influence. This
necessarily includes antiwar and pacifist groups, civil rights
groups, and other radical groups which advocate civil disobedience
and oppose the exercise of authority by duly constituted Government
officials."
a message from FBI headquarters
to field offices on January 30,1967
"The argument that the
two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one,
perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish
idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead,
the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American
people can "throw the rascals out" at any election without
leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy.
... It is increasingly clear that, in the twentieth century, the
expert will replace the democratic voter in control of the political
system. Hopefully, the elements of choice and freedom may survive
for the ordinary individual in that he may be free to make a choice
between two opposing political groups - even if these groups have
little policy choice within the parameters of policy established
by the experts. In general, his freedom and choice will be controlled
within very narrow alternatives."
Carroll Quigley in his book Tragedy
and Hope
"Persisting social crisis,
the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation
of mass media to obtain public confidence would be the steppingstones
in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly
controlled society."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"We have created a uniquely
American police state, one that has managed to grow and operate
within, or at least alongside, the democratic system... By Nazi
or Soviet standards, America is not a police state. But the dictionary
definition does not require the extremes of a Gestapo, or a KGB;
it defines a police state as "a government that seeks to
intimidate and suppress political opposition by means of police,
especially a secret national police organization." The FBI
and the CIA have done precisely that."
David Wise in his book "The
American Police State"
"Justice is incidental
to law and order."
J. Edgar Hoover - Director of the
FBI 1924-1972
"The shaping of the will
of Congress and the choosing of the American president has become
a privilege reserved to the country's equestrian classes, a.k.a.
the 20% of the population that holds 93% of the wealth, the happy
few who run the corporations and the banks, own and operate the
news and entertainment media, compose the laws and govern the
universities, control the philanthropic foundations, the policy
institutes, the casinos, and the sports arenas."
journalist Lewis Lapham
"FBI Director J. Edgar
Hoover was a master blackmailer. The moment he would get something
on a senator he'd send one of the errand boys up and advise the
senator that we're in the course of an investigation and by chance
happened to come up with this data on your daughter. But we wanted
you to know this-we realize you'd want to know it. But don't have
any concern, no one will ever learn about it. Well, Jesus, what
does that tell the senator? From that time on, the senator's right
in his pocket."
William Sullivan, number three
in the FBI under J. Edgar Hoover, to Los Angeles Times, 1973
"Those in the United States
who finally rule, take their signals and commands not from the
electorate as a body but from a small group of men (plus a few
women). This group will be called the establishment. It exists
even though that existence is stoutly denied. It is one of the
secrets of the American social order. A second secret is the fact
that the existence of the establishment, the ruling class, is
not supposed to be discussed .... A third secret is implicit in
what has been said - that there is really only one political party
of any consequence in the United States, one that has been called
the 'Property Party.' The Republicans and the Democrats are in
fact two branches of the same (secret) party."
Professor Arthur S. Miller in his
book "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional
Change"
"The protean forces for
creating an authoritarian state are in full play in the United
States and extend far beyond the shadow of a debased and corrupt
politics. A set of complex forces working in tandem is slowly,
insidiously eroding the very foundations of a civic and democratic
culture. Some of the most glaring issues are massive unemployment;
a rotting infrastructure; the defunding of vital public services;
the dismantling of the social safety net; expanding levels of
poverty, especially for children; and an imprisonment binge largely
targeting poor minorities of color."
Henry Giroux
"Other countries have long
emulated aspects of the American Way in designing their own development
models. Having access to higher education, creating conditions
that support innovation and allowing for greater upward mobility
have all been deeply attractive qualities to many nations. But
it is the construction of a durable U.S. middle class that has
been perhaps most compelling to highly stratified societies across
Latin America, Asia and Africa. Now, however, the United States
is moving in the other direction, toward an unstable society divided
between astronomically rich elites and everyone else. This undermines
a critical component of U.S. soft power and is a model for societal
engineering that few would choose to emulate."
Assistant Secretary of State for
East Asian and Pacific Affairs from 2009 to 2013 Kurt Campbell
"The US has not only a
larger percentage of its citizens in prison than any other country
on earth, but also the largest absolute number of prisoners. The
US actually has more of its citizens in prison than "authoritarian"
China which has a population four times larger than the US. The
US, possibly the greatest human rights abuser in history, is constantly
bringing human rights charges against China. Where are the human
rights charges against Washington?"
Paul Craig Roberts
"The FBI jeopardizes the
whole system of freedom of expression which is the cornerstone
of an open society... At worst it raises the specter of a police
state. in essence the FBI conceives of itself as an instrument
to prevent radical social change in America... Throughout most
of its history the FBI has taken on the task not only of investigating
specific violations of federal laws, but gathering general intelligence
in the national security field. The Bureau's view of its function
leads it beyond data collection and into political warfare."
Yale law professor Thomas Emerson
at a 1971 conference on the FBI
"Police forces in America
are oppressive organizations controlled by the one percent of
corporate America. Corporate America is using police forces as
their mercenaries."
retired Philadelphia Police Captain
Ray Lewis, 2014
"In an age of robber barons,
"we the people" are expected to just shut up and vote.
The powers-that-be want us to be censored, silenced, muzzled,
gagged, zoned out, caged in and shut down. They want our speech
and activities monitored for any sign of "extremist"
activity. They want us to be estranged from each other and kept
at a distance from those who are supposed to represent us. They
want taxation without representation. They want a government without
the consent of the governed.
They want the police state."
John Whitehead
"Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz,
Stephen Hadley, Elliott Abrams, and Condoleezza Rice ran the 9/11
attacks.
It was called a stand down, a false flag operation in order to
mobilize the American public under false pretenses... it was told
to me by the general on the staff of Wolfowitz.
I taught stand down and false flag operations at the national
war college, I've taught it with all my operatives so I knew exactly
what was done to the American public."
Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik , Deputy
Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford and Carter
"The basic authority of
a modern state over its people resides in its war powers... On
a day-to-day basis, it is represented by the institution of police,
armed organizations charged expressly with dealing with 'internal
enemies' in a military manner."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"We cannot uphold the law
by breaking it, we cannot defend the Constitution by violating
it, and we cannot survive as a democracy by adopting the police-state
methods of totalitarianism."
David Wise in his book 'The American
Police State "
"American government is
corrupt. Those who have enough money can almost get anything they
want from our government, whether it is tax breaks, or subsidies,
or policies and laws changed, removed, or added.
... Today CEOs and wealthy businessmen are the ruling elite in
the Western world, especially the United States. Their donations
finance elections and even education, which they are constantly
saying has to adapt itself to the needs of the market (that is,
be molded to inculcate their views). It should come as no surprise
therefore that the theories offered by economists rationalize
the self-interest of big business and the wealthy. Overtly, of
course, such theories claim to benefit society and the public's
well-being. But covertly, they do just the opposite: they make
the great mass of people poorer while making the rich fabulously
richer."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age"
"The Defense Authorization Act [2007] gives the Executive
the power to move National Guard units anywhere in the country,
without regard for the wishes of the state governors, and to declare
martial law. This declaration would authorize the detention of
dissenting citizens who could then be picked up and held incommunicado
for an indefinite period, without access to counsel or the courts.
This is nothing short of a militarization of the Republic.
Enabled by the Defense Authorization Act, the president can now
declare martial law, transfer military technology to militarized
domestic police forces, and detain dissenting citizens virtually
at will. These detainees could be held in camps that are now being
constructed and refurbished by Kellogg Brown and Root, ostensibly
for illegal immigrants.
... The unitary presidency has been granted the authority to order
kidnapping, detention, and torture abroad under the Military Commissions
Act of 2006. This act authorizes extraordinary rendition, which
inevitably means foreign detention and torture of anyone the President
determines to be an unlawful combatant."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"A threat confronts liberal
democracy. it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled
and directed society. Such a society would be dominated by an
elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior
scientific knowhow. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional
liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political
ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public
behaviour and keeping society under close surveillance and control.
Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum
of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on
the situation it exploits."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"I want to try and get
a message to mainstream America that that this police system is
corrupt, that police really are oppressing not only the black
community, but also the whites."
retired Philadelphia Police Captain
Ray Lewis, 2014
"In America, citizens have
no idea what their government's motives are in fomenting endless
wars and a gestapo police state. The only information Americans
have comes from whistleblowers. The mainstream media quickly discredit
the information and demonize the whistleblowers."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The shaping of the will of Congress and the choosing of
the American president has become a privilege reserved to the
20% of the population that holds 93% of the wealth, the happy
few who run the corporations and the banks, own and operate the
news and entertainment media, compose the laws and govern the
universities, control the philanthropic foundations, the policy
institutes, the casinos, and the sports arenas.
... Ronald Reagan's new Morning in America brought with it in
the early 1980s the second coming of a gilded age more swinish
than the first, and as the country continues to divide ever more
obviously into a nation of the rich and a nation of the poor,
the fictions of unity and democratic intent lose their capacity
to command belief."
Lewis H. Lapham
"There was of course no
way of knowing whether you were being watched at any given moment.
How often, or on what system, the Thought Police plugged in on
any individual wire was guesswork. It was even conceivable that
they watched everybody all the time. But at any rate they could
plug in your wire whenever they wanted to. You had to live-did
live, from habit that became instinct-in the assumption that every
sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every movement
scrutinized."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"I cannot say that our
country could have no central police without becoming totalitarian,
but I can say with great conviction that it cannot become totalitarian
without a centralized national police ... a national police will
have enough on enough people, even if it does not elect to prosecute
them, so that it will find no opposition to its policies."
Supreme Court justice Robert H.
Jackson in is book "The Supreme Court in the American System
of Government" (1955)
"I define a police state
as a society in which there is unlimited state power of armed
force freely discharged without citizen right to stop it. While
the men at the top always proclaim their devotion to the public
good, an endless litany of crimes against human life is permitted
by legally terrorist offices, central directives, and bureaucratic
channels. Thus in "free and democratic America", more
citizens are caged than any country in the world, and over 80%
have perpetrated no violence against any person. While the US
accuses others of inhuman persecution and despotism, it holds
the world records for caging non-violent people, for violent killings
of civilians, for spy surveillance of everyone, and for mass murders
of innocent people across international borders."
John McMurtry
"Whether a person believes
the official story of 9/11 which rests on unproven government
assertions or believes the documented evidence provided by a large
number of scientists, first responders, and structural engineers
and architects, the result is the same. 9/11 was used to create
an open-ended "war on terror" and a police state. It
is extraordinary that so many Americans believe that "it
can't happen here" when it already has."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The well-bred old boys
of the CIA, with their reversible names and consciences to match,
did not stop at murder. Living in their own clandestine world,
safe in the dark, accountable only to themselves, they had been
schooled at St. Grottlesex, but learned their political morality
from Eichmann. In their ignorance of the very system of government
they professed to serve, they confused their arrogance with patriotism."
David Wise in his book 'The American
Police State "
"My country is dead. Its
people have surrendered to tyranny and in so doing, they have
become tyranny's primary support group; its base; its defender.
Every day they offer their endorsement of tyranny by banking in
its banks and spending their borrowed money with the corporations
that run it. The great Neocon strategy of George H.W. Bush has
triumphed. Convince the America people that they can't live without
the 'good things', then sit back and watch as they endorse the
progressively more outrageous crimes you commit as you throw them
bones with ever less meat on them. All the while lock them into
debt. Destroy the middle class, the only political base that need
be feared. Make them accept, because of their shared guilt, ever-more
repressive police state measures. Do whatever you want."
Michael Ruppert
"American electoral politics
had become a caricature of its former vital self: a process in
which money (mostly corporate) first bought both political parties
and then graciously allowed the public to choose between them."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"The opportunity those
in power have to characterise political opponents as "national
security threats" or even "terrorists" has repeatedly
proven irresistible. In the past decade, the government, in an
echo of Hoover's FBI, has formally so designated environmental
activists, broad swaths of anti-government rightwing groups, anti-war
activists, and associations organised around Palestinian rights.
Some individuals within those broad categories may deserve the
designation, but undoubtedly most do not, guilty only of holding
opposing political views. Yet such groups are routinely targeted
for surveillance by the NSA and its partners."
Glenn Greenwald in his book "No
Place To Hide"
"We must be deeply suspicious
of the ruling elite of the United States, which is of course also
an oligarchy, but an oligarchy which operates behind the mask
of democratic institutions and formal democracy."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"In America there is no
democracy that holds government accountable. There is only a brainwashed
people who are chaff in the wind."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The most extremist power
any political leader can assert is the power to target his own
citizens for execution without any charges or due process, far
from any battlefield. The Obama administration has not only asserted
exactly that power in theory, but has exercised it in practice."
Glenn Greenwald
"In theory, the Posse Comitatus
Act of 1878 adopted in the wake of the US civil war, prevents
the military from intervening in civilian police and judicial
functions. This law has been central to the functioning of constitutional
government.
While the Posse Comitatus Act is still on the books, in practice
the legislation is no longer effective in preventing the militarization
of civilian institutions.
Both the legislation inherited from the Clinton administration
and the post 9/11 PATRIOT Acts I and II have blurred the line
between military and civilian roles. They allow the military to
intervene in judicial and law enforcement activities even in the
absence of an emergency situation."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"What is masquerading as
government is a crime syndicate with a flag. The US Government
is an instrument of organized crime, alternatively described as
the Octopus, the Washington Consensus, the Shadow Government,
Wall Street, the Round Table (Bilderbergs, Trilaterals, Council
on Foreign Relations, Royal Institute of International Affairs),
and the New World Order."
Nikki Alexander
"The most outrageous of
the FBI's activities was its COINTELPRO operation, which the Bureau
admitted it had conducted for fifteen years, between 1956 and
1971. Under this program, a secret arm of the United States government,
using taxpayers' funds, harassed American citizens and disrupted
their organizations, using a wide variety of covert techniques."
David Wise in his book "The
American Police State"
"It's worse than George
Orwell could have imagined in his book "1984" because
fechnological advancements between his time and ours.
The power of government today to control far exceeds what Big
Brother had in Orwell's imagination.
Homeland Security has announced that it is no longer focused on
terrorists, but on domestic extremists - and that's war protesters,
radical enviromentalists and people that disagree with the government."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The Supreme Court's Citizens
United decision opened the floodgates for corporate money to enter
Washington. Campaign spending in the 2012 elections was unprecedented,
totaling an astounding $6.3 billion, according to the Center for
Responsive Politics. Spending on the 2014 elections, at $4 billion,
made it the most expensive midterm election in history.
In the Citizens United case, the Supreme Court ruled in their
majority decision that corporate spending on federal elections
would not 'give rise to corruption or the appearance of corruption'."
Alex Ellefson
"The technological capacity
that the intelligence community has given the government could
enable it to impose total tyranny. And there would be no way to
fight back, because the most careful effort to combine together
in resistance to the government, no matter how privately it was
done, is within the reach of the government to know."
Senator Frank Church, 1975
"Over the years we have
been warned about the danger of subversive organizations, organizations
that would threaten our liberties, subvert our system, would encourage
its members to take further illegal action to advance their views,
organizations that would incite and promote violence, putting
one American group against another... There is an organization
that does fit those descriptions, and it is the organization,
the leadership of which has been most constant in its warning
to us to be on guard against such harm. The Bureau [FBI] did all
of those things."
Senator Philip Hart of Michigan
testifying before the Church Committee, 1975
"American elites are so
committed to warmaking abroad that they are likely to turn America
into a police state to protect their interests."
Fred Branfman
"Endless war has ruined
our economy. It benefits a handful of elites, while levying a
tax on the vast majority of Americans.
Congress members - part of the super-elite which has made money
hand over fist during this economic downturn - are heavily invested
in the war industry, and routinely trade on inside information
perhaps even including planned military actions.
No wonder the American government is making the state of war permanent,
and planning to unleash new, widespread wars in the near future."
www.washingtonsblog.com, 2014
"President Barack Obama
realizes that he is only the president in a country where the
industrial-military complex decides what has to be done, and you
cannot go beyond the parameters of what they decide. It would
be dangerous.
former UN General Assembly President
Miguel d'Escoto
"A 5-4 majority of the
U.S. Supreme Court lifted limits on total amounts that an individual
can contribute during a campaign cycle, an extension of the 2010
ruling on 'Citizens United' allowing the rich to spend unlimited
sums on political advertising. It was another step toward an American
oligarchy where politicians, activists and even jornalists compete
to satisfy one "oligarch" or another."
Robert Parry
"9/11 has allowed the government
to use fear to get unlimited power. But when you get power, it
doesn't mean you can quickly spring it on everybody, because that
shocks and startles them. So you use the power a bit little at
a time, and let the people get used to it, and in that way you
never meet any opposition."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The privatization of public
services and functions manifests the steady evolution of corporate
power into a political form, into an integral, even dominant partner
with the state. It marks the transformation of American politics
and its political culture from a system in which democratic practices
and values were, if not defining, at least major contributing
elements, to one where the remaining democratic elements of the
state and its populist programs are being systematically dismantled."
Sheldon Wolin
"The American government
could already be described as authoritarian... Due process of
law and the right of habeas corpus, which for centuries have characterized
the rule of law in democratic states, have been eliminated. At
the discretion of the president, non-citizens and citizens alike
may be classified as enemy combatants, picked up and held for
an indeterminate period of time without access to counsel. A network
of secret prisons and camps is being established both inside and
outside of the United States. Paramilitary forces or private mercenary
armies are being developed to make up for the inadequate numbers
of the existing volunteer army. This is effectively resulting
in the privatization of the US military."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"Court rulings -- most
famously the Citizens United case in 2010 -- have long meant that
any laws attempting to stop billionaires (both conservative and
liberal billionaires, for what it's worth) from buying elections
were already a lost cause. The Roberts court has held that --
even in a time with record levels of income inequality -- money
is just a form of free speech."
www.philly.com, 2014
"The total result of the
manipulation of society by the Establishment elite has been four
major wars in sixty years, a crippling national debt, abandonment
of the Constitution, suppression of freedom and opportunity, and
creation of a vast credibility gulf between the man in the street
and Washington, D.C. While the transparent device of two major
parties trumpeting artificial differences, circus-like conventions,
and the cliché of "bipartisan foreign policy"
no longer carries credibility, and the financial elite itself
recognizes that its policies lack public acceptance, it is obviously
prepared to go it alone without even nominal public support."
Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall
Street and the Rise of Hitler", 1976
"9/11 has given us a police
state, has destroyed the civil liberties that are guaranteed by
the Constitution, like habeas corpus and due process."
Paul Craig Roberts
"What the U.S. Supreme
Court did [Citizen United] is award monopoly power over the First
Amendment to corporations.
... What this decision does is it says the Supreme Court of the
United States says that you, a corporation, have a First Amendment
right to buy as much influence as you can afford."
Monica Youn
EMPIRE OF CHAOS
IS THE UNITED STATES THE MOST DESTRUCTIVE
EMPIRE IN HISTORY?
"The Roman Empire produced
few exportable goods. Material innovation, whether through entrepreneurialism
or technological advancement, all but ended long before the final
dissolution of the Empire. Meanwhile the costs of military defense
and the pomp of Emperors continued. Financial needs continued
to increase, but the means of meeting them steadily eroded. In
the end due to economic failure, even the armor of soldiers deteriorated
and the weaponry of soldiers became so obsolete to the extent
that the enemies of the Empire had better armor and weapons as
well as larger forces. The decrepit social order offered so little
to its subjects that many saw the barbarian invasion as liberation
from onerous obligations to the ruling class."
Alfred Toynbee
"U.S. military forces were
directly responsible for about 10 to 15 million deaths during
the Korean and Vietnam Wars and the two Iraq Wars.
... The United States was also responsible for 14 million deaths
in Afghanistan, Angola, Democratic Republic of the Congo, East
Timor, Guatemala, Indonesia, Pakistan and Sudan.
... The United States most likely has been responsible since WWII
for the deaths of between 20 and 30 million people in wars and
conflicts scattered over the world."
James A. Lucas
"We thought we knew what
would happen in Libya. We thought we knew what would happen in
Egypt. We thought we knew what would happen in Iraq, and we guessed
wrong. In each one of these countries the thing we have to consider
is that there is some structure that's holding the society together.
And as we learned, especially in Libya, when you remove the top
and the whole thing falls apart - you get chaos."
former Secretary of State Colin
Powell
"The war against a foreign
country only happens when the moneyed classes think they are going
to profit from it."
George Orwell
"The objective of U.S.
world domination is not just power for its own sake but power
to insure plutocratic control of the planet, power to privatize
and deregulate the economies of every nation in the world, to
hoist upon the backs of peoples everywhere - including the people
of North America - the blessings of an untrammeled 'free market'
corporate capitalism. The struggle is between those who belleve
that the land, labor, capital, technology, and markets of the
world should be dedicated to maximizing capital accumulation for
the few, and those who believe that these things should be used
for the communal benefit and socio-economic development of the
many."
Michael Parenti
"U.S. and Western imperialism
is the root cause of the "refugee crisis". Everyday
men, women, and children are killed by U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan,
U.S. and Western-backed militias in Afghanistan, Syria, and Somalia,
European and North American mining and oil conglomerates in Central
and Western Africa, or are starved to death in Yemen by the U.S.-backed
Arab blockade of the country. Until the genocidal aims of U.S.
imperialism, with the support of Canada, Australia, the European
Union, and regional allies, are defeated, the "war on terror"
will continue to make life too unbearable for working people in
Asia, Africa, and the Middle East to remain in their home countries."
T.J. Petrowski, 2015
"The United States never
intended to rebuild Iraq. The United States has a long record
of bombing nations, reducing entire neighborhoods, and much of
cities, to rubble, wrecking the infrastructure, ruining the lives
of those the bombs didn't kill. And afterward doing shockingly
little or literally nothing to repair the damage."
General William McCoy, Army Corps
of Engineers
"It took some time before
I fully realized that the United States sees little need for diplomacy.
Power is enough. Only the weak rely on diplomacy The Roman Empire
had no need for diplomacy. Nor does the United States."
Boutros Boutros-Ghali, Secretary-General
of the United Nations from January 1992 to December 1996
"So how do you improve
the business climate in third world countries? Well, it's easy.
You murder priests (that is, priests and other religiously oriented
groups who are involved too much with the concerns of the people
- i.e., the "Marynollers," the Quakers, Catholic priests
involved in Liberation Theology, etc), you torture peasant organizers,
you destroy popular organizations, you institute mass murder and
repression to crush any popular organizations (which might try
to help the poor). And that improves the investment climate. So
there's a secondary correlation between American aid and the deterioration
of human rights. It's entirely natural that we should tend to
aid countries that are egregious violators of fundamental human
rights and that torture their citizens, and that's indeed what
we find."
Noam Chomsky
"The Plan is for the United
States to rule the world. The overt theme is unilateralism, but
it is ultimately a story of domination. It calls for the United
States to maintain its overwhelming superiority and prevent new
rivals from rising up to challenge it on the world stage. It calls
for dominion over friends and enemies alike. It says not that
the United States must be more powerful, or most powerful, but
that it must be absolutely powerful."
Vice-President Dick Cheney - West
Point lecture, June 2002
"We have compromised our
values, butchered our own youth, killed hundreds of thousands
of innocent people, subverted our idealism and squandered our
national treasures in fruitless and costly adventures abroad.
In the process, we have helped our worst enemies and turned America,
once the world's beacon of freedom, into a national security surveillance
state and an international moral pariah."
Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.
"In the wars in Iraq, Libya,
Afghanistan, Somalia, Sudan and Syria, America has destroyed any
significant progress those nations had made in education, healthcare,
infrastructure such as water treatment and electricity, postal
services, courts. By degrading the standards of living for people
in perceived "hostile" nations, America's ruling elite
empowers itself, while claiming that it has ensured the safety
and prestige of the American people. Sometimes it is even able
to convince the public that its criminal actions are "humanitarian"
and designed to liberate the people in nations it destroys."
Douglas Valentine, 2017
"Under Bill Clinton, George
W. Bush, and Barack Obama, the US government has become an unaccountable,
lawless, criminal organization and is a danger to the entire world
and its own citizens."
Paul Craig Roberts
"American leadership is
ruthlessly pursuing immoral wars all over the world with the intent
of creating outside enemies to focus public anger on, as a conscious
diversion away from the criminality happening domestically. As
an added bonus, the intelligence-military-industrial complex makes
an incredible sum of money. The end result: serfs are distracted
with inane nationalistic fervor, while the "elites"
earn billions."
retired U.S. Major General Robert
H. Scales
"A U.S. military counterinsurgency
document gave instructions on how to create terror.
In the case of the Philippines they were talking about leaving
the bodies by the rivers. So you mutilate the bodies, you cut
them, you amputate, and then you display the bodies on the riversides
to stir terror in the population. And of course that's exactly
what ISIS is doing today.
[In Indonesia in 1965] the CIA weighed in with a list of 5,000
targets for assassination. The U.S. press was hailing it at the
time. They were calling it a gleam of light in Asia. Gen. Suharto
was installed in power as a result of this process. Suharto later,
in the mid-'70s, sought the permission of President Ford and Henry
Kissinger to invade the small neighboring country of East Timor,
which was then emerging into independence from having been a Portuguese
colony. They gave the green light. They just said do it quickly.
They went in [and] killed a third of the population.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local
adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same
U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and
at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin
American officers.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local
adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same
U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and
at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin
American officers.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political
and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control.
There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's
analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S.
bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer
Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even
society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent,
have a better chance to rise and prevail.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political
and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control.
There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's
analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S.
bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer
Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even
society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent,
have a better chance to rise and prevail.
We're now in a moment where provocations and willful murder on
the part of the U.S. have come back to bite the United States.
That doesn't usually happen. There was no consequence like that
from Central America. There was no consequence like that from
Haiti, Palestine or South Africa. But in this case it happened.
Operations like the U.S. backing of the mujahedeen to repel the
Soviet invasion of Afghanistan and the U.S. backing of the various
anti-Assad Islamist forces in Syria, have given birth to first
al-Qaida, and then ISIS."
investigative journalist Allan
Nairn
"According to the Defense
Department's 2007 Base Structure Report, we maintain 823 military
facilities in 39 foreign countries, and another 86 facilities
in seven U.S. territories."
Paul Waldman, 2008
"Because the United States
does not look like a militarized country, it's hard for Americans
to grasp that Washington is a war capital, that the United States
is a war state, that it garrisons much of the planet, and that
the norm for us is to be at war somewhere at any moment."
Tom Engelhardt, TomDispatch, 2009
"Washington is responsible
for the destruction of Yugoslavia and Serbia, Afghanistan, Iraq,
Libya, Somalia, and part of Syria. Washington has enabled Saudi
Arabia's attack on Yemen, Ukraine's attack on its former Russian
provinces, and Israel's destruction of Palestine and the Palestinian
people."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Neoconservative Jeane
Kirkpatrick argued in 1979 that Third World revolutions are illegitimate,
the products of Soviet expansion rather than of local historical
forces opposed to repressive dictatorships. Kirkpatrick had solved
the moral problem of the rollbackers: why it is fine to overthrow
left-wing governments and make friends with rightist dictators.
The Kirkpatrick Doctrine held that right-wing dictatorships can
evolve into democratic governments while left-wing nations cannot.
Under this doctrine - Marcos, Pinochet, and P.W. Botha were leading
their countries down the path of democracy."
Thomas Bodenheimer and Robert Gould
in their book "Rollback"
"The United States no longer
manufactures much - with the exception of weaponry."
Chalmers Johnson
"While securing corporate
control over extensive oil reserves and pipeline routes along
the Eurasian corridor on behalf of the AngloAmerican oil giants,
Washington's ultimate objective is to eventually destabilize and
then colonize both China and Russia. This means the takeover of
their national financial systems and the control over monetary
policy, leading eventually to the imposition of the US dollar
as the national currency."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2005
"For the world as a whole,
the CIA has now become the bogey that communism has been for America.
Wherever there is trouble, violence, suffering, tragedy, the rest
of us are now quick to suspect the CIA had a hand in it. Our phobia
about the CIA is, no doubt, as fantastically excessive as America's
phobia about world communism; but in this case, too, there is
just enough convincing guidance to make the phobia genuine. In
fact, the roles of America and Russia have been reversed in the
world's eyes. Today America has become the nightmare."
Arnold Toynbee, the British historian,
quoted in the New York Times of May 7, 1971
"The American state's murderous
rampage through the Middle East and North Africa was enabled by
the Europeans who provided diplomatic and military cover for Washington's
crimes. Today the Europeans are suffering the consequences as
they are over-run by millions of refugees from Washington's wars."
Paul Craig Roberts
"We first fought in the
name of religion, then Communism, and now in the name of drugs
and terrorism. Our excuses for global domination always change."
Serj Tankian
"The U.S., with $37.8 billion
in arms sales ... controlled 68.4% of the global arms market in
2008... with 70% of the market, the U.S. actually has what, in
any other field, would qualify as a monopoly position."
Tom Engelhardt, 2009
"The purpose of our military
bases is "force projection" or the maintenance of American
military hegemony over the rest of the world. They facilitate
our "policing" of the globe and are meant to ensure
that no other nation, friendly or hostile, can ever challenge
us militarily."
Chalmers Johnson
"American policymakers,
setting themselves up as guardians of the world system, are more
inclined than ever to simply disregard international laws and
conventions if they get in the way of unrivaled military supremacy.
Every instance of U.S. armed intervention during the 1980s and
1990s represents a flagrant violation of regional treaties and
laws, not to mention the UN Charter itself, which explicitly prohibits
military attacks against sovereign nations - for example, Grenada,
Nicaragua, Haiti, Panama, Serbia, and Iraq. In any event, the
U.S. has consistently shown its contempt for international bodies,
agreements, and procedures that might conflict with its hegemonic
aspirations."
Carl Boggs
"Wherever the US government
says it is promoting democracy and freedom, there has been destruction,
impoverishment, sectarianism, fighting, and death."
Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya
"The greatest myth concerning
American foreign policies is the deeply-held belief that no matter
what the United States does abroad, no matter how bad it may look,
no matter what horror may result, the American government means
well. American leaders may make mistakes, they may blunder, they
may even on the odd occasion cause more harm than good, but they
do mean well. Their intentions are always honorable. Of that Americans
are certain. They genuinely wonder why the rest of the world can't
see how kind and g
William Blum
THE VACCINE CATASTROPHE
"The Gates Foundation has
been linked to mass vaccination initiatives using untested, unsafe
vaccinations.
... In December 2012, in the small village of Gouro, Chad, Africa,
situated on the edge of the Sahara Desert, five hundred children
were locked into their school, threatened that if they did not
agree to being force-vaccinated with a meningitis A vaccine, they
would receive no further education.
These children were vaccinated without their parents' knowledge.
This vaccine was an unlicensed product still going through the
third and fourth phases of testing.
Within hours, one hundred and six children began to suffer from
headaches, vomiting, severe uncontrollable convulsions and paralysis.
The children had to wait one full week for a doctor to arrive
while the team of vaccinators proceeded to vaccinate others in
the village.
When the doctor finally came, he could do nothing for the children.
The team of vaccinators, upon seeing what had happened, fled the
village in fear.
After being shuttled around like cattle, many of these sick, weak
children were finally dumped back in their village without a diagnosis
and each family was given an unconfirmed sum of 1000 British pounds
by the government. No forms were signed and no documentation was
seen. They were informed that their children had not suffered
a vaccine injury.
However, if this were true, why would their government award each
family 1000 British pounds, in what has been described as hush
money?
The groups involved with this project were PATH, WHO, UNICEF,
and the Gates Foundation. During investigations, it was discovered
that the whole project was being run by the Bill and Melinda Gates
Foundation."
www.vactruth.com, 2014
"We have known for 13 years,
MMR vaccine causes autism and we have concealed that fact."
Dr. William Thompson, former senior
scientist at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
"The state of California
passed its controversial mandatory vaccination law (SB 277), which
removed personal and religious reasons from the list of being
exempt from vaccinations, with the goal of increasing vaccination
rates.
In 2016 the rates of autism in California public schools jumped
7% in general, but rose especially high for kindergarten kids
- by 17%.
The number of kids diagnosed as autistic has risen seven-fold
since 2001.
Increases have come each year, but in 2016 following the mandatory
vaccination law, the rate jumped even higher than usual: a total
of 6,368 additional cases were reported from the previous school
year."
althealthworks.com, 2016
"Center for Disease Control
(CDC) is not an independent agency. It is a vaccine company. CDC
owns over twenty vaccine patents. It sells about $4.6 billion
of vaccines every year. And its primary metric for success in
all the departments in the agency is vaccine sales."
Robert Kennedy Jr.
"To date, studies conducted
or funded by the CDC that purportedly dispute any correlation
between autism and vaccine injury have been of poor design, under-powered,
and fatally flawed. The CDC's rush to support and promote such
research is reflective of a philosophical conflict in looking
fairly at emerging theories and clinical data related to adverse
reactions from vaccinations."
Subcommittee on Human Rights and
Wellness of the U.S. House of Representatives' Committee on Government
Reform, 2003
"An early 2014 report released
by the Council of Foreign Relations to identify countries with
the highest rates of disease outbreaks, accidently revealed that
the most highly vaccinated populations are also those with the
greatest number of outbreaks for those same infectious diseases.
This was especially the case for measles, mumps, rubella, polio
and pertussis outbreaks. The US, Canada, the European Union, Australia
and New Zealand, and Japan - each with the highest number of mandated
vaccines - led the list of nations."
Gary Null and Richard Gale, 2015
"In the aftermath of the
most recent unnecessary Pandemic declaration of a global H1N1
swine flu emergency, industrial countries were left sitting on
hundreds of millions of doses of untested vaccines. They decided
to get rid of the embarrassing leftover drugs by handing them
over to the World Health Organization (WHO) which in turn plans
to dump them for free on select poor countries. France has given
91 million of the 94 million doses the Sarkozy government bought
from the pharma giants; Britain gave 55 million of its 60 million
doses. The story for Germany and Norway is similar."
F William Engdahl, 2010
"We have a highly profitable,
lucrative religion that involves the government, industry, and
academia. That religion is vaccination. People believe in vaccines.
But, you ask them what they know about vaccines and it will be
almost nothing."
Dr. Suzanne Humphries in her book
"Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten
History"
"What we need, but do not
yet have, are studies of vaccinated vs unvaccinated children."
Barbara Loe Fisher, founder of
the National Vaccine Information Center
"The United States has
the highest number of mandated vaccines for children under 5 in
the world (36 - double the Western world average of 18), the highest
autism rate in the world (1 in 150 children, 10 times or more
the rate of some other Western countries), but only places 34th
in the world for its children under 5 mortality rate. "
http://preventdisease.com
[a study conducted by Think Twice Global Vaccine Institute, published
in the journal Human & Experimental Toxicology]
"With a child now receiving
31 and more vaccinations during its first 18 months of life, it
would seem that this barbaric practice would have been fully investigated
by our health officials to account for the epidemic rise in neurological
and behavioral disorders, adult diabetes and asthmatic conditions
in American children. Instead, our health officials continue to
pump out junk science."
Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null,
2009
"There is a huge gap in
our understanding of vaccine safety, and yet we have an industry
that is indemnified, that doesn't carry any risk or any liability
for vaccine damage. So why would you do the safety studies? This
is what they've done. They've taken shortcuts; they've not done
the safety studies that are necessary. I believe children are
now paying a considerable price for that."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
"The CDC has repeatedly,
purposefully withheld data that clearly shows a link between thimerosal
and autism."
Dr. Brian Hooker
"The idea of using vaccines
to covertly reduce births in the Third World is not new. David
Rockefeller and his Rockefeller Foundation were involved as early
as 1972 in a major project together with WHO and others to perfect
another "new vaccine".
The results of the WHO-Rockefeller project were put into mass
application on human guinea pigs in the early 1990's. The WHO
oversaw massive vaccination campaigns against tetanus in Nicaragua,
Mexico and the Philippines. Comite Pro Vida de Mexico, a Roman
Catholic lay organization, became suspicious of the motives behind
the WHO program and decided to test numerous vials of the vaccine
and found them to contain human Chorionic Gonadotrophin, or hCG.
That was a curious component for a vaccine designed to protect
people against lock-jaw arising from infection with rusty nail
wounds or other contact with certain bacteria found in soil. The
tetanus disease was indeed, also rather rare. It was also curious
because hCG was a natural hormone needed to maintain a pregnancy.
However, when combined with a tetanus toxoid carrier, it stimulated
formation of antibodies against hCG, rendering a woman incapable
of maintaining a pregnancy, a form of concealed abortion."
F. William Engdahl, 2010
"Children who come to me
from other practices where they've been fully vaccinated often
are the kids in my practice with asthma, panic disorder, OCD,
pandas, autism, Asperger's. The kids who've never been vaccinated
in my practice, I don't see those issues. I don't have one child
who was not vaccinated who also has asthma, food allergies, or
Asperger's or autism, or Crohn's or ulcerative colitis-none of
these chronic, either chronic inflammatory or chronic autoimmune
diseases. I don't have that in my population that never was vaccinated."
Dr. Toni Bark, Center for Disease
Protection
"Here are some of the adjuvants
that can be found in vaccines:
Insect DNA
Canine kidney DNA
Guiney pig DNA
Formaldehyde
Aspartame
Mercury (brand name is thimerosal)
Aborted fetal tissue/diploid cells
Aluminum
Squalene
Polysorbate 80
Phenol
Sodium borate
Glutaraldehyde
MSG."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"A 2014 retrospective French
study investigating the sudden spike in multiple sclerosis cases
since 1993, identified France's mass Hepatitis B vaccination program
as the perpetuator for a doubling of MS cases within a few years.
In the US there are 10,000 new cases of MS annually, and infants
are vaccinated with the hepatitis B vaccine immediately after
birth."
Gary Null and Richard Gale, 2015
"The number of vaccines
included in the current childhood vaccine schedule has quadrupled
over the past 60 years, with several demanding multiple injections
and boosters. During this exponential rise of "recommended"
schedules, the health of American children has plummeted."
Paul Fassa, 2017
"Without the slightest
nuance, the mainstream media constantly portrays people reluctant
to accept just any vaccine as "anti-vaxers", irresponsible
and misinformed people In reality, many so-called "anti-vaxers"
are not all totally against vaccines. While some people may be
totally against any kind of vaccination, many, including doctors
and health specialists, question certain vaccines, ingredients
in the vaccines and/or the vaccination schedule."
Julie Lévesque
"Autism rates in the US
have been rising since the 1980s. In 1985 autism prevalence was
1 in 2,500, ten years later it jumped to 1 in 500, and today it
is an astonishing 1 in 68 children.
More and more researchers and doctors are raising red flags as
they see more evidence that this epidemic is related not only
to environmental, food, and water toxins, but specifically to
those in vaccinations. In 1995, the immunization schedule for
children had 19 vaccinations before the age of 16. In 2001, that
number is now 28 before the age of 18.
Following the 2016 schedule, a child can receive up to 72 vaccinations
if they have all the doses of the vaccines, all the boosters,
and a double-dose of the annual flu shot done.
While the state of California has long been in favor of natural
medicine and freedom to choose your own method of healing, all
that changed in June 2015 when Governor Jerry Brown signed the
controversial SB277 bill eliminating personal and religious exemptions
for vaccines."
Yelena Sukhoterina, 2016
"The pharmaceutical companies
are busy designing a vaccine for the swine flu in hope that the
U.S. government will make the vaccine mandatory before another
vaccine-related disaster can ruin their party. Like SARS and bird
flu before it, this swine flu scare is a lot of nonsense."
Dr. Russell Blaylock, a board certified
neurosurgeon, 2009
"Research shows that vaccines,
not parents, are responsible for the vast majority of so-called
"shaken-baby-syndrome" (SBS) incidents and that the
blame is being shifted to parents to help hide the reality about
vaccines."
Natural Solutions Foundation
"The 2013-2014 influenza
vaccines accounted for over 93,000 adverse reactions, including
8,888 hospitalizations and 1,080 deaths according to the government's
Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS).[8] By the CDC's
own omission, the VAERS database only accounts for approximately
10% of adverse vaccine events."
Gary Null and Richard Gale, 2015
"Many reports that describe
post-vaccination autoimmunity strongly suggest that vaccines can
indeed trigger autoimmunity. Defined autoimmune diseases that
may occur following vaccinations include arthritis, lupus (systemic
lupus erythematosus, SLE) diabetes mellitus, thrombocytopenia,
vasculitis, dermatomyosiositis, Guillain-Barre syndrome and demyelinating
disorders. Almost all types of vaccines have been reported to
be associated with the onset of Autoimmune/inflammatory Syndrome
[ASIA]."
Celeste McGovern, 2016
"Health experts point out
that were the intent of Gates really to improve the health and
well-being of black Africans, the same hundreds of millions of
dollars the Gates Foundation has invested in untested and unsafe
vaccines could be used in providing minimal sanitary water and
sewage systems.
Vaccinating a child who then goes to drink feces-polluted river
water is hardly healthy in any respect. But of course cleaning
up the water and sewage systems of Africa would revolutionize
the health conditions of the Continent."
F. William Engdahl, 2010
"Any person injected with
a live virus, even if it's weakened or "inactive" due
to toxic formaldehyde, can shed that virus via saliva or mucus
to any person whether they are inoculated or not.
... Shedding is observed as early as one day and as late as 15
days after a dose.
... in the United States, stool samples were collected from infants
for 9 days following the first dose. Rotavirus antigen was detected
in stool of 21% of 103 infants, as early as day 3 post vaccination
and as late as day 9."
S. D. Wells, 2015
"Since 1979, all the cases
of polio in America come from the polio vaccine. The naturally
occurring (or wild type) polio virus has not been shown to cause
a single case of polio in the United States since 1979."
Washington Post, January 26, 1988
"It should be of concern
that the effect of routine vaccinations on all-cause mortality
was not tested in randomized trials. All currently available evidence
suggests that DTP vaccine may kill more children from other causes
than it saves from diphtheria, tetanus or pertussis. Though a
vaccine protects children against the target disease it may simultaneously
increase susceptibility to unrelated infections."
from a study by Scandinavian scientists
regarding a vaccination campaign in the African nation of Guinea
Bissau during the 1980s
"In December 2014, the
US Department of Justice released its report outlining compensation
paid out to vaccine injured victims. Based upon the statistics,
the flu vaccine has been shown to be the most dangerous reported.
Fifty-nine percent of awarded flu vaccine injuries were for Guillain-Barre
Syndrome."
Gary Null and Richard Gale, 2015
"The USA leads the world
in infant vaccinations, those administered during the first year
after their births - 26 vaccinations during that time.
In 1950, there were 3 childhood vaccines typically given when
a child entered school.
In 1983, there were 10 recommended vaccines by the age of 6 years
old (24 doses, 7 injections, 4 oral doses for polio).
In 2010, the CDC vaccine schedule totaled 68 doses with more than
half given by the time a child was only a year and a half old.
In 2016, the schedule has increased to 74 doses by age 17 with
53 injections and 3 oral doses of rotavirus."
Paul Fassa, 2017
"Live virus vaccines against
influenza or poliomyelitis may in each instance produce the disease
it intended to prevent."
Drs. Jonas and Darrell Salk in
an article in Science magazine, March 4, 1977
"Autism rates in the US
have been rising since the 1980s.
In 1985 autism prevalence was 1 in 2,500, ten years later it jumped
to 1 in 500, and today it is an astonishing 1 in 68 children.
More and more researchers and doctors are raising red flags as
they see more evidence that this epidemic is related not only
to environmental, food, and water toxins, but specifically to
those in vaccinations.
In 1995, the immunization schedule for children had 19 vaccinations
before the age of 16.
Following the 2016 schedule, a child can receive up to 72 vaccinations
if they have all the doses of the vaccines, all the boosters,
and a double-dose of the annual flu shot done."
althealthworks.com, 2016
"Thimserosal used as a
preservative in vaccines is likely related to the autism epidemic.
This epidemic in all probability may have been prevented or curtailed
had the FDA not been asleep at the switch regarding the lack of
safety data regarding injected thimerosal and the sharp rise of
infant exposure to his known neurotoxin. Our public health agencies'
failure to act is indicative of institutional malfeasance for
self-protection and misplaced protectionism of the pharmaceutical
industry."
Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null,
2009
"The U.S. gives more vaccines
than any other country in the world. Our childhood schedule for
under the age of one has twice as many vaccines as other developed
countries. What else do we have? The highest infant mortality
rate of any developed nation. Finland has the lowest. They only
give 11 by age six. Mississippi has the highest rate of vaccination
in the U.S. and the highest infant mortality rate. These numbers
do not lie. But you will not hear that from the media. What we
have with vaccines is the highest profit-margin pharmaceutical
drug on the market. Drug companies make more money off of vaccines
than they do any other pharmaceutical drug, in terms of profit
margin."
Brandy Vaughan, the former Merck
employee, and whistleblower speaking about California's vaccination
mandate bill SB277
"The vaccine for Human
Pamplona Virus (HPV), called Gardasil, is banned in most European
countries. But, you can still get it in the USA, even though a
staggering 10% of girls that got the Gardasil vaccine were rushed
to the emergency room."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"CDC and FDA researchers
identify 749 deaths linked to the administration of the Hib vaccine,
51% of which were sudden infant death linked to the administration
of Hib vaccine."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"During normal childhood
development, non-specific immunity is gradually formed over time,
beginning in the womb with the transfer of maternal antibodies
from a child's mother and continuing on into early toddlerhood.
This natural process of immune formation establishes lifelong
immunity to various diseases as they are encountered.
... Vaccines, however, interfere with this process by overriding
non-specific immune formation and bombarding specific immunity
with antigens, adjuvants and chemicals. At best, these injections
provide temporary immunity, only aided by "booster"
shots at regular intervals to maintain it. At worst, this overriding
creates lasting immune damage, potentially triggering autoimmune
diseases.
... The immune system is incredibly complex, having been designed
in such a way as to provide multiple layers of protection against
outside invaders. But vaccines interfere with these layers - and
since they are far from perfect, being man-made with no possibility
of ever being perfected, they threaten to damage real immunity,
in some cases permanently.
This is especially true regarding vaccine adjuvants, which are
claimed to stimulate an immune response. It is near impossible
to balance these adjuvants, along with vaccine preservatives,
substrate proteins and other additives, to attain the proper immune
response, which puts many people at risk."
Tara Paras
"The tests of the triple
vaccines such as MMR are inadequate. There have never been any
safety studies of giving two doses, and yet that is now almost
universal practice in the developed world, but that's never been
subjected to a safety study. And some children are now receiving
nine, ten vaccines on the same day. That has never been subjected
to any kind of scrutiny by the FDA or anyone else."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
"In the early 1950s, there
were four vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis and smallpox.
Because three of these vaccines were combined into a single shot
(DTP), children received five shots by the time they were 2 years
old and not more than one shot at a single visit.
By the mid-1980s, there were seven vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus,
pertussis, measles, mumps, rubella and polio. Because six of these
vaccines were combined into two shots (DTP and MMR), and one,
the polio vaccine, was given by mouth, children still received
five shots by the time they were 2 years old and not more than
one shot at a single visit.
Since the mid-1980s, many vaccines have been added to the schedule.
Now, children could receive as many as 24 shots by 2 years of
age and five shots in a single visit."
Melissa Melton, 2014
"Vaccines can have tumorigenic
kidney cells of a cocker spaniel in them. They can have human
fetal cells with retroviruses. They can have aluminum, which is
one of the most horrible things to inject into any sort of life
form, especially into a muscle... Parents really need to know
that their doctors are not informed and therefore they cannot
give informed consent, and that they really need to think about
it because you cannot unvaccinate."
Dr. Suzanne Humphries in her book
"Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten
History"
"Aluminum has been added
to vaccines since about 1926 when Alexander Glenny and colleagues
noticed it would produce better antibody responses in vaccines
than the antigen alone. Glenny figured the alum was inducing what
he called a "depot effect" - slowing the release of
the antigen and heightening the immune response. For 60 years
his theory was accepted dogma. And over the same time, the vaccine
schedule grew decade on decade, but few ever questioned the effects
of injecting aluminum into the body, which is strange considering
its known toxicity.
A PubMed search on aluminum and "toxicity" turns up
4,258 entries. Its neurotoxicity is well documented. It affects
memory, cognition, psychomotor control; it damages the blood brain
barrier, activates brain inflammation, depresses mitochondrial
function and plenty of research suggests it is a key player in
the formation of the amyloid "plaques" and tangles in
the brains of Alzheimer's patients. It's been implicated in Amyotrophic
Lateral Sclerosis and autism and demonstrated to induce allergy."
Celeste McGovern, 2016
"A growing number of scientists
and researchers believe that a relationship between the increase
in neurodevelopmental disorders of autism and the increased use
of thimerosal in vaccines is plausible and deserves more scrutiny.
... At the same time that the incidence of autism was growing,
the number of childhood vaccines containing thimerosal was growing,
increasing the amount of ethylmercury to which infants were exposed
threefold."
Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null,
2009
"Vaccines were not what
made disease go away; what made disease go away was isolation
and sanitation."
Dr. Suzanne Humphries in her book
"Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten
History"
"The US childhood immunization
schedule requires 26 vaccine doses for infants aged less than
1 year, the most in the world."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"The Bill and Melinda Gates
Foundation created the GAVI alliance to push vaccinations on the
poorest
parts of the developing world in the name of "saving lives"
and stopping disease.
... In April 2012, the Indian medical press reported that some
47,500 children had been paralyzed as a direct result of the polio
vaccination campaign that had swept through their populous country.
India's National Polio Surveillance Project found that a sharp
rise in the cases of non-polio paralysis correlated with areas
where doses of oral polio vaccine were also increased.
Worse, children afflicted with polio vaccine-derived non-polio
paralysis were at more than twice the risk of dying than those
with wild polio infection, according to Indian officials.
Bill Gates has publicly denied that his vaccination campaign harmed
anyone.
... The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the UN's World Health
Organization knew that oral polio vaccines caused paralysis -
but they thought the trade off was worth it.
... After years of controversy in the United States, the use of
oral polio vaccine (OPV) was discontinued in 2000 due to its proven
link with vaccine-derived poliovirus (VDPV), and in the UK circa
2004.
The use of an injected and inactivated polio vaccine (IPV) replaced
its usage in the Western world, while oral polio vaccine continues
to be used in the developing world."
Aaron Dykes, Truthsteam Media,
2013
"How many vaccinations
were mandated for children in several countries of the western
world according to data available in 2009. Sweden and Japan had
11 vaccines, Finland 12, Norway 13, Switzerland 16, Australia
27, Canada 28, and USA 36. It is safe to say that, if anything,
more vaccines have been added to those schedules since 2009, especially
the HPV vaccine for both girls and boys."
Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013
"Vaccinated Americans are
incurring weakened immunity from the toxins in today's vaccines
and are more susceptible to catching live viruses from the shedders,
"the herd" with which they surround themselves, at schools
and at work. "Herd immunity" is a hoax and always has
been."
S. D. Wells, 2015
"You have effectively taken
a trivial disease - mumps - and by vaccinating, you have turned
it into a more dangerous disease. One dose of MMR doesn't prevent
it. Two doses of MMR don't prevent it. Three doses. You are creating
a population that is dependent upon reboosting with vaccines for
the rest of their lives to avoid this complication, a man-made
complication..... They were so zealous. They so urgently needed
to get this vaccine into the market that they ignored the potential
problems and now we have a big problem. Mumps vaccine is a dangerous
vaccine. It does not work."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
"There were 47,500 cases
of non-polio acute flaccid paralysis [NPAFP] reported in in India
2011, the same year India was declared "polio-free".
... The available data shows that the incidents tracked back to
areas were doses of the polio vaccine were frequently administered.
The national rate of non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (NPAFP)
in India is 25-35 times the international average.
... In addition to this data, it appears that the polio vaccines
are themselves the leading cause of polio paralysis in India."
Brandon Turbeville
"in the early 1990s, the
Institute of Medicine (IOM), which spent 20 months studying all
the available data on vaccinations, confirmed that no controlled
clinical trials have ever been conducted to rule out whether vaccines
can cause chronic neurological damage, blood disorders, juvenile
diabetes, Guillain-Barre paralysis and learning disabilities."
Dave Mihalovic, 2013
"The CDC's own data reveals
a 340% increased risk of autism in African-American children following
the MMR vaccine."
Julie Lévesque
"Mercury is toxic in all
circumstances.
... Although thimerosal has been removed from most vaccines, mercury
remains in trace amounts in some vaccines, and remains at high
toxic levels in the flu shots."
Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null,
2009
"The biological case against
Thimerosal is so dramatically overwhelming that only a very foolish
or a very dishonest person with the credentials to understand
this research would say that Thimerosal wasn't most likely the
cause of autism."
Boyd Haley, MD, Professor and Chair,
Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky, 2006
"There is no question that
HIV was introduced into the U.S. male homosexual population via
the gay hepatitis B vaccine experiment that took place between
1978 and 1981... Not surprisingly, the government has refused
to release data on the number of AIDS deaths that have occured
in the large group of gay men who initially volunteered for the
vaccine experiment."
Alan Cantwell, MD
"Vaccine informed consent
is an oxymoron. To be able to give informed consent, you have
to have the information to give. If vaccine safety information
does not exist, you're not in a position to give that information.
So the process of informed consent never gets out of the starting
blocks."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
"According to a CDC epidemiologist
named Tom Verstraeten, who had analyzed the agency's massive database
containing the medical records of 100,000 children, a mercury-based
preservative in the vaccines - thimerosal - appeared to be responsible
for a dramatic increase in autism and a host of other neurological
disorders among children.
The CDC paid the Institute of Medicine to conduct a study to whitewash
the risks of thimerosal, ordering researchers to "rule out"
the chemical's link to autism.
It withheld Dr. Verstraeten's findings, even though they had been
slated for immediate publication, and told other scientists that
his original data had been "lost" and could not be replicated."
Julie Lévesque
"'Tissue Scurvy' is an
autoimmune disorder in which there is an abundance of Vitamin
C in the body, but the Vitamin C is unable to enter the tissue
cells to perform its functions of maintaining the integrity of
the blood vessels and skeletal tissue. Without cellular Vitamin
C, various critical enzymatic actions cannot occur.
The result of this intracellular lack of Vitamin C is the development
of fractures, hemorrhages and other lesions of Tissue Scurvy including
the so-called shaken baby syndrome (SBS) triad features which
are solely a result of the auto-immune response to a toxic trauma.
The relationship of vaccines and autoimmune response, including
Tissue Scurvy is well established. In fact, the most common cause
of Tissue Scurvy In infants and children is the administration
of vaccines, any vaccine. Symptoms are generally seen within 4
weeks of vaccine administration."
Natural Solutions Foundation
"The pertussis vaccine
may cause lasting and permanent brain damage. Physicians are required
to warn all responsible parties of vaccine recipients that pertussis
vaccine may cause "lasting brain damage".
... In 1993, The National Childhood Encephalopathy study: a 10-year
follow-up reported on the medical, social, behavioural and educational
outcomes after serious, acute, neurological illness in early childhood.
The analysis found a four-fold increase in the estimated risk
of encephalitis from the pertussis vaccine."
Dave Mihalovic, 2013
"There is a direct relationship
between vaccination and Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). This
evidence was taken under oath during a three year Congressional
investigation, which clearly shows that Federal health officials
were complicit in covering up the associations between vaccines
and neurological damage."
Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null,
2009
"From 1980 through 1999,
there were 162 confirmed cases of paralytic polio cases reported
in the U.S.. Of the 162 cases, eight cases were acquired outside
the United States and imported. The last imported case caused
by wild poliovirus into the United States was reported in 1993.
The remaining 154 cases were vaccine-associated paralytic polio
(VAPP) caused by live oral poliovirus vaccine (OPV)."
Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013
"Since 1991, when the CDC
and the FDA had recommended that three additional vaccines laced
with the preservative be given to extremely young infants the
estimated number of cases of autism had increased fifteenfold
[in 2005], from one in every 2,500 children to one in 166 children."
Julie Lévesque
"What had been done to
establish the safety of giving Hepatitis B vaccine on day one
of life? Not just giving it on day one but giving it on day one
to every infant whether they were born at 24 weeks or 30 weeks
or 36 weeks or 40 weeks, whatever their birth weight was, whether
they were 10 lbs or 2 lbs, they were getting the same shot at
day one as a matter of policy. Safety studies? We couldn't find
them. And that was really shocking. How could this be? If your'e
going to make it a matter of policy for every kid in the country,
then you'e got to be absolutely certain that you got the safety
set that is right, because if not, you may produce insidious problems,
minor degrees of damage which you don't pick up straight away
but are catastrophic."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
"Even the ideal influenza
vaccine, matched perfectly to circulating strains of wild influenza
and capable of stopping all influenza viruses, can only deal with
a small part of the 'flu' problem because most 'flu' appears to
have nothing to do with influenza. Every year, hundreds of thousands
of respiratory specimens are tested across the US. Of those tested,
on average only 6% are found to be influenza positive."
Dr. Peter Doshi in a British Medical
Journal, 2013
"Multiple loads of toxins
are delivered through the DTP vaccine which include formaldehyde,
aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, thimerosal, and polysorbate
80, and other chemicals. That means that every DTP vaccine contains
carcinogenic, neurotoxic, immunotoxic and sterility agents just
like many flu vaccines. These chemicals then bioaccumulate in
the child with each successive vaccine, further introducing an
additional load of toxins with each injection."
Dave Mihalovic, 2013
"Vaccines contain a vast
array of potentially dangerous ingredients, including antibiotics,
formaldehyde, monosodium glutamate (MSG), bovine fetal tissue,
polysorbate and heavy metals like aluminum and the mercury-containing
preservative thimerosal. When these are shot into the bloodstream,
they bypass the majority of the body's natural immune system which
resides in the gut."
Melissa Melton, 2014
"For our government health
officials at the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and the Department
of Health and Human Services (HHS), vaccines have been baptized
safe and, therefore, there is no reason for further debate. In
fact, so certain are those in charge of the nation's vaccination
programs, even democratic discourse about vaccination controversies
has been marginalized and smothered. There is no dissenting opinion
published in any major industrial medical journal or magazine,
nor found on any government health websites.
When put to the test, a meticulous review of the scientific literature
finds that virtually all of the Federal health agencies assumptions
are held in error. Furthermore, the CDC, FDA and HHS, with all
of their resources, refuse to take into consideration the large
body of clinical evidence that contradicts their biased vaccine
policies."
Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null,
2009
"There are at least 97
studies showing links between vaccines and autism."
Julie Lévesque
"You do not combine three
live viruses into one vaccine and assume that that is a benign
process, that you can follow those children for 3, 4, 5 weeks
and get away with it. These are viruses that are live, they are
capable of establishing long-term infection and they are capable
of producing long-term adverse events."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
"International vaccination
programs have ended disastrously for third-world nations. The
Meningitis vaccine program resulted in the paralysis of at least
50 African children and a subsequent cover-up operation by the
government of Chad. This large number of adverse events occurred
in one small village alone."
Brandon Turbeville
"The vaccine-autism evidence
is now overwhelming, despite the misinformation from the Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention, the American Academy of Pediatrics
and the Institute of Medicine."
Bernard Rimland, Ph.D, 2006
"The standard DPT [diphtheria,
pertussis (whooping cough) and tetanus] vaccine is acknowledged
to be the deadliest of all vaccines, causing more disability,
illness and the highest risks, even exceeding MMR [measles, mumps
and rubella]."
Dave Mihalovic, 2013
"You couldn't even construct
a study that shows Thimerosal is safe. It's just too toxic. If
you inject Thimerosal into an animal, its brain will sicken. If
you apply it to living tissue, the cells die. If you put it in
a petri dish, the culture dies. Knowing these things, it would
be shocking if one could inject it into an infant without causing
damage."
Boyd Haley, MD, Professor and Chair,
Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky, 2006
"Paralysis rates have flourished
in countries where Bill Gates' polio vaccine have been administered
the most."
Brandon Turbeville
"Those countries where
vaccines are given routinely or forced upon children and their
parents, often under threat of law, experience the lion's share
of communicable diseases. Why? What's happened with "herd
immunity"? It just doesn't add up, especially since in the
USA there is over 90% childhood vaccination compliance."
Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013
"Most medical journals
receive half or more of their income from pharmaceutical company
advertising and reprint orders, and dozens of others journals
are owned by pharmaceutical companies.
... The FDA does zero independent medical testing of its own.
It is a system built upon conflicts of interest that leaves consumers
completely in the dark about the true consequences of taking Big
Pharma products."
Julie Lévesque
"Last week in our clinic
we saw nine or 10 new children with exactly the same story, referred
by paediatricians from around the country who said, 'This child
developed normally, had a reaction to MMR and is now autistic'"...
The safety of MMR cannot be substantiated by the science. That
is not only my opinion but increasingly the view of healthcare
professionals and the public."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
[170 Cases of Autism Linked to Vaccine in UK]
"The U.S. currently has
the most aggressive vaccination schedule of any country on the
planet."
Melissa Melton, 2014
"A government inquiry has
found that polio vaccines for infants funded by the Global Alliance
for Vaccination and Immunisation [GAVI] are causing deaths and
disabilities in regional countries including Pakistan.
The main vaccinations in question were the polio vaccine and the
5-in-1 pentavelent vaccine, which were said to be responsible
for the deaths and disability of a number of children in Pakistan,
India, Sri Lanka, Bhutan and Japan.
The vaccines were funded by the Global Alliance for Vaccination
and Immunization (GAVI) an organization financed by the Bill and
Melinda Gates Children's Vaccine Program, the International Federation
of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association, the Rockefeller Foundation,
the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), the World Health
Organization (WHO) and the World Bank."
Express Tribune of Pakistan, 2011
"Research shows that vaccines,
not parents, are responsible for the vast majority of so-called
shaken baby syndrome (SBS) and that the blame is being shifted
to parents to help hide the reality about vaccines."
Natural Solutions Foundation
"The prevalence rate for
autism before 1990 was only three children per 10,000. When the
CDC began surveillance of the study population
in 2000, it was one child in every 150. Since then, autism diagnoses
have been steadily increasing each year.
... Autism in the U.S. has increased by a whopping 30% in just
two years. The new estimate is that one in every 68 kids in America
now falls somewhere on the autism spectrum."
Melissa Melton, 2014
"The Bill and Melinda Gates
Foundation (BMGF), PATH and WHO (World Health Organization) were
criminally negligent trialling the vaccines on a vulnerable, uneducated
and under-informed population, school administrators, students
and their parents who were not provided informed consent or advised
of potential adverse effects or required to be monitored post-vaccination."
from a writ of petition submitted
to the Supreme Court of India, 2012
"The more vaccinated the
population, the more likely to contract the very diseases for
which they are vaccinated.
... In the USA, measles and whooping cough outbreaks occur in
90% or more of those contracting the diseases and fully vaccinated."
Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013
"We're seeing mumps outbreaks
in highly vaccinated populations around the world. What is the
response from health officials? Vaccinate! ... Mumps vaccine is
a huge commercial success precisely because it doesn't work. How
many products can you say that about? You can just see the sales
curve go up. The worse the vaccine, the more you need to get it."
Dr. Andrew Wakefield
"Studies show that in the
presence of aluminum compounds, mercury's toxicity increases dramatically.
Vaccines that contain aluminum compounds include the DPT, Hepatitis
A, Hepatitis B, pneumococcal, anthrax, and the HPV vaccine."
Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null,
2009
"The worst epidemic ever
to hit America, the Spanish Influenza of 1918, was the result
of a massive nationwide vaccination campaign.
... The 1918 flu period suddenly struck just after the end of
World War I when our soldiers were returning home from overseas.
... World War I was the first war in which all the known vaccines
were forced on all the servicemen.
... This mix of poison drugs and putrid protein of which the vaccines
were composed, caused such widespread disease and death among
the soldiers that it was the common talk of the day, that more
of our men were being killed by medical shots than by enemy shots
from guns.
... The death and disease rate among the vaccinated soldiers was
four times higher than among the unvaccinated civilians.
... World War I was a shorter war than the vaccine-makers had
planned on, only about a year for the United States, so the vaccine
promoters had a lot of unused, spoiling vaccines left over which
they wanted to sell at a good profit.
... So they did what they usually do, they called a meeting behind
closed doors, and plotted the whole sordid program, a nationwide
(worldwide) vaccination drive using all their vaccines, and telling
the people that the soldiers were coming home with many dread
diseases contracted in foreign countries and that it was the patriotic
duty of every man, woman and child to get "protected"
by rushing down to the vaccination centers and having all the
shots.
... The result was, that almost the entire population submitted
to the shots without question, and it was only a matter of hours
until people began dropping dead, while many others collapsed
with a disease of such virulence that no one had ever seen anything
like it before.
... They had all the characteristics of the diseases they had
been vaccinated against.
... Disaster ran rampant in the camps. Some of the military hospitals
were filled with nothing but paralyzed soldiers, and they were
called war casualties, even before they left American soil.
... The doctors didn't want this massive vaccine disease to reflect
on them, so they, agreed among themselves to call it Spanish Influenza.
Spain was a far away place and some of the soldiers had been there,
so the idea of calling it Spanish Influenza seemed to be a good
way to lay the blame on someone else.
... 20,000,000 died of that flu epidemic, worldwide, and it seemed
to be almost universal or as far away as the vaccinations reached.
Greece and a few other countries, which did not accept the vaccines,
were the only ones that were not hit by the flu... At home the
only ones who escaped the influenza were those who had refused
the vaccinations."
Baxter Dmitry (source Rebecca Carley),
2017
WHAT ARE 'FALSE FLAGS'
AND WHY DO THEY MATTER?
"The easiest way to gain
control of a population is to carry out acts of terror."
Josef Stalin
"The former Italian Prime
Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence
admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried
out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the
1950s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people's support
for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism."
Washington's Blog, 2010
"The easiest way to carry
out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that
simulates the very attack you want to carry out . This is exactly
how government perpetrators in the US and UK handled the 9/11
and 7/7 "terror" attacks, which were in reality government
attacks blamed on "terrorists"."
Captain Eric H. May, former Army
military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008
"What a strange coincidence
that the authorities were running terror drills at the same time,
simulating the same scenarios, in the same area. If this happened
one time, it could be written off as a coincidence.
However, when you learn that drills were being run the same time
as the 9/11 attacks, the 7/7 London bombing, the Oklahoma City
bombing, the Madrid bombing, the Norway Oslo attacks, the Sandy
Hook shooting, the Aurora movie theater shooting, and the Boston
bombing, you must understand that this is not a coincidence. This
is a pattern."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"The false flag attack
of September 11, 2001, was the instrument for destroying the bill
of rights. The George W. Bush regime made us "safe"
by taking away our civil liberties. Habeas corpus, the foundation
of liberty, was destroyed by the executive branch's assertion
that the President on his sole authority, the US Constitution
notwithstanding, can detain US citizens indefinitely without evidence,
without going before a court, without any accountability to law
whatsoever.
The Obama regime not only endorsed this murder of the US Constitution,
Obama even went further. He declared that he had the power to
sit in his office and write down names of US citizens whom he
could murder at will without accountability.
Congress did not object. The Supreme Court did not object. The
American media did not object. The law schools and bar associations
did not object. The Republican Party did not object. The Democratic
Party did not object. The American people did not object. Washington's
allies in Europe, Japan, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada did
not object. The Christian churches did not object."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The bombing of the Alfred
P. Murrah Federal Building, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, was not caused
solely by the truck bomb. Evidence shows that the massive destruction
was primarily the result of four demolition charges placed at
critical structural points at the third floor".
US Air Force munitions expert General
Benton K. Partin wrote to the US Senate
"If the real authorship
of state-sponsored terrorism is to be successfully concealed,
then a collection of scapegoats is the first ingredient required.
These may be defined as the patsies, or alternatively as fall-guys,
scapegoats, useful idiots, stooges or dupes. It is necessary that
they be of low mental ability and great gullibility, since their
mission is to be part of false-flag groups which pretend to be
working for a cause, while in reality they are under the control
of a private network inside the US government.
... 9/11 was an example of state-sponsored, false-flag, synthetic
terrorism. The 9/11 events were organized and directed by a rogue
network of high government and military officials of the United
States, with a certain participation by the intelligence agencies
of Britain and Israel, and with a more general backup from the
intelligence agencies of the other Echelon states Australia, New
Zealand, Canada."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"For many Americans, the
idea that we are living in a country whose own leaders planned
and carried out the attacks of 9/11 is simply too horrible to
entertain. Unfortunately, however, there is strong evidence in
support of this view."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"The question was how should
we maneuver them [Japan] into firing the first shot... it was
desirable to make sure the Japanese be the ones to do this so
that there should remain no doubt as to who were the aggressors."
Henry Stimson, US Secretary of
War prior to WWII, Nov. 25, 1941
"Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz,
Stephen Hadley, Elliott Abrams, and Condoleezza Rice ran the 9/11
attacks.
It was called a stand down, a false flag operation in order to
mobilize the American public under false pretenses... it was told
to me by the general on the staff of Wolfowitz.
I taught stand down and false flag operations at the national
war college, I've taught it with all my operatives so I knew exactly
what was done to the American public."
Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik , Deputy
Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford and Carter
"Sandy Hook was what is
known as an Integrated Capstone Event (ICE), and these events
involve numerous federal and local agencies including local police.
This "event" was a drill that was put on by DHS and
FEMA as a training exercise to coordinate federal, state and local
emergency response teams in the case of a mass-casualty event.
This was just a simulated event for training purposes. The event
was not a real school shooting, and nobody actually died at Sandy
Hook."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"All that is necessary
for success of "false flag" or "black ops"
events is for the government to have its story ready and to have
a reliable and compliant media. Once an official story is in place,
thought and investigation are precluded. Any formal inquiry that
is convened serves to buttress the already provided explanation."
Paul Craig Roberts
POWER: "At half past nine
this morning we were actually running an exercise for a company
of over a thousand people in London based on simultaneous bombs
going off precisely at the railway stations where it happened
this morning, so I still have the hairs on the back of my neck
standing up right now."
BBC HOST: "To get this quite straight, you were running an
exercise to see how you would cope with this and it happened while
you were running the exercise?"
POWER: "Precisely."
Peter Power, former Scotland Yard
anti-terrorism agent, who was a contract employee working in government
exercises on the day of the July 2007 London railway bombings
- interviewed by BBC
"The owner of all three
[World Trade Center] buildings was Larry Silverstein, who had
recently doubled the insurance value of the Twin Towers. He stated
in a PBS interview that he and the New York Fire Department agreed
to a controlled demolition of WTC 7. Since skyscrapers are not
normally wired for demolition -- unless someone intends to demolish
them -- Silverstein's statement is an admission that 9/11 was
an inside job."
Captain Eric H. May, former Army
military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008
"The U.S. government declassified
documents showing that in the 1960's, the American Joint Chiefs
of Staff signed off on a plan [Operation Northwoods] to blow up
American airplanes, and also to commit terrorist acts on American
soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an
invasion of Cuba."
Washington's Blog, Global Research,
2010
"The Israeli embassy had
been advised in advance by Scotland Yard of an impending bomb
attack [London, July 7, 2005]:
Just before the blasts, Scotland Yard called the security officer
at the Israeli Embassy to say they had received warnings of possible
attacks.
... Israeli Finance Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was warned by
his embassy not to attend an economic conference. Netanyahu was
staying at the Aidridge Hotel in Mayfair. The conference venue
was a few miles away at the Great Eastern Hotel close to the Liverpool
subway station; where one of the bomb blasts occurred."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
" America's War on Terrorism"
"When you are a patriot,
you don't question the motivation of the CIA or the White House.
You assume the bigger purpose is for a greater good. They pick
good, loyal people like me.
... WTC 7 was a classic controlled demolition with explosives.
We used super-fine military grade nanothermite composite materials
as explosives. The hard part was getting thousands of pounds of
explosives, fuses and ignition mechanisms into the building without
causing too much concern. But almost every single office in the
Building 7 was rented by the CIA, the Secret Service, or the military,
which made it easier.
... When the building came down, it was such a rush. Everything
went exactly to plan. It was so smooth. Everybody was evacuated.
Nobody was hurt in WTC 7. We were celebrating. We kept watching
replays of the demolition, we had the whiskey and cigars out,
and then all of a sudden the strangest thing happened. We all
started to worry that it looked a bit too smooth. We watched the
tape again and again and again and we started to get paranoid.
It looked like a controlled demolition. We thought shit, people
are going to question this. And then we heard that people from
the street were reporting that they heard the explosions during
the afternoon. When we were told that the BBC botched their report
and announced to the world that the building collapsed 20 minutes
before it actually did At that point we really thought the gig
was up.
... There were so many loose ends, so much evidence left behind.
We thought the public would be all over it. We thought there would
be a public uprising that the media couldn't ignore. They'd be
funding investigations and demanding to know why they were being
lied to. We thought they'd find chemical composites in the area
that would prove Building 7 was blown up.
"We thought there would be a revolution. It would go all
the way to the top, to President Bush. He'd be dragged out of
the White House.
"But none of that happened. Almost nobody questioned anything.
The media shot down anyone who dared question anything they were
told.
... There could never be a real investigation of 9/11. The entire
shadow government, as you call them now, are implicated.
... They will use the media to attack me. They are all on the
payroll to suppress everything around 9/11."
retired CIA agent Malcom Howard,
2017
[worked for the CIA for 36 years as an operative]
[says he was involved in the "controlled demolition"
of World Trade Center 7]
WAR ON TERRORISM &
WAR ON DRUGS
WHAT IS THE TRUTH ABOUT OUR
PERPETUAL WARS AND WHO DO THEY BENEFIT?
"You want to know what
the War On Drugs was really all about? The Nixon campaign in 1968
and the Nixon White House after that had two enemies: the antiwar
left and black people. You understand what I'm saying? We knew
we couldn't make it illegal to be either against the war or black,
but by getting the public to associate the hippies with marijuana
and blacks with heroin, and then criminalizing both heavily, we
could disrupt those communities. We could arrest their leaders,
raid their homes, break up their meetings and vilify them night
after night on the evening news. Did we know we were lying about
the drugs? Of course, we did."
John Ehrlichman, Richard Nixon's
Assistant for Domestic Affairs - told to journalist Dan Baum in
1994
"There is zero reason for
US officials to want an end to the war on terror, and numerous
and significant reasons why they would want it to continue. It's
always been the case that the power of political officials is
at its greatest, its most unrestrained, in a state of war."
www.washingtonsblog.com, 2014
"We've reached the point
where state actors can penetrate rectums and vaginas, where judges
can order forced catheterizations, and where police and medical
personnel can perform scans, enemas and colonoscopies without
the suspect's consent. And these procedures aren't to nab kingpins
or cartels, but people who at worst are hiding an amount of drugs
that can fit into a body cavity. In most of these cases, they
were suspected only of possession or ingestion. Many of them were
innocent But these tactics aren't about getting drugs off the
street These tactics are instead about degrading and humiliating
a class of people that politicians and law enforcement have deemed
the enemy."
Radley Balko
"In reviewing the history
of the English Government, its wars and its taxes, a bystander,
not blinded by prejudice, nor warped by interest, would declare,
that taxes were not raised to carry on wars, but that wars were
raised to carry on taxes."
Thomas Paine wrote in the Rights
of Man
"We are going to have a
war on terror which you can never win, and so you can always keep
taking people's liberties away. The media is going to convince
everybody that the war on terror is real. The ultimate goal is
to get everybody in the world chipped with an RFID chip, and have
all money be on the chips, and if anyone wants to protest what
we do, we turn off the chip."
Nicholas Rockefeller to producer
Aaron Russo - eleven months before the 9/11 World Trade Center
attacks
"The permanent possibility
of war is the foundation for stable government; it supplies the
basis for general acceptance of political authority. It has enabled
societies to maintain necessary class distinctions, and it has
ensured the subordination of the citizen to the state, by virtue
of the residual war powers inherent in the concept of nationhood.
No modern political ruling group has successfully controlled its
constituency after failing to sustain the continuing credibility
of an external threat of war."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"The war on drugs has nothing
at all to do with drugs. It is part of an all-out war on the American
people by a government interested only in control."
Gore Vidal in his book "The
Decline and Fall of the American Empire"
"In the US's so-called
War on Terror, by far the greatest and most systematic terrorization
of civilians, is in fact perpetrated by the US state itself. Unarmed
citizens are murdered across the world as 'collateral damage',
'illegal enemy combatants' or other license of impunity. The US
state conceives itself as above international law along with ally
Israel, but this reality is taboo to report and so too all the
killing and terrorization of civilians. One can truly say that
"the historical record demonstrates the US is provably guilty
of continual lawless mass murder of civilians across the world",
but the truth is unthinkable within the ruling ideological regime."
John McMurtry
"Wars are very useful for
making major changes to a society because the fog of war hides
the true intent of those in power. Restrictions are implemented,
and regulations are lifted. If the politicians are able to convince
the masses that these changes are being made to protect the people,
and they can convince everyone that any opposition to these new
rules is unpatriotic, there is almost no limit to a number of
changes that can be forced onto the people to alter their society."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"The fundamentalist-Sunni
royal family of the Sauds have bought the highest levels of the
U.S. government in order to control U.S. foreign policies, especially
the ongoing wars to take down the governments of Iraq, Libya,
Syria, and ultimately of Russia itself, which latter nation has
allied itself instead with Shiia countries."
Eric Zuesse, 2015
"The profits behind the
war industry are what drives the demand for war.
Enemies are always needed, and the corporate media will tell us
how evil the new enemy is. If it's not communism it's terrorism.
For those who direct the war industry, terrorism is much more
flexible than communism or other so-called enemies.
The United States will always be at war because war is so profitable."
Christian Sorenson
"Since World War II, 90
percent of the casualties of war are unarmed civilians, a third
of them children. Our victims have done nothing to us. From Palestine
to Afghanistan to Iraq to Somalia to wherever our next target
may be, their murders are not collateral damage. They are the
nature of modern warfare. They don't hate us because of our freedoms.
They hate us because every day, we are funding and committing
crimes against humanity.
The so-called 'War on Terror' is a cover for our military aggression
to gain control of the resources for Western nations. This is
sending the poor of this country to kill the poor of those Muslim
countries. This is trading blood for oil. This is genocide, and
to most of the world, we are the terrorists.
... Our soldiers don't sacrifice for duty, honor, and country.
They sacrifice for Kellogg, Brown, and Root. They don't fight
for America-they fight for their lives and their buddies beside
them because we put them in a war zone. They're not defending
our freedoms-they are laying the foundations for permanent military
bases to defend the freedoms of ExxonMobil and British Petroleum.
They're not establishing democracy; they're establishing the basis
for an economic occupation to continue after the military occupation
has ended."
Dr. Dahlia Wasfi, in a speech to
the Congressional Progressive Caucus, April 27, 2006
"There is no War on Terror.
There is a war which is being waged using terrorist proxy groups
and they are being used against nation states who are resisting
US and Israeli hegemony. And they are also being used as a means
of disciplining the work forces in Europe. In a period of mass
unemployment and austerity, you now have terrorist attacks being
committed by terrorists funded, armed and trained by Western intelligence
agencies. There is no such thing as ISIS. ISIS is a creation of
the United States."
journalist Gearold O Colmain
"So you have an international
terrorist (Osama bin Laden) trained and funded by the CIA, an
international terrorist organization (the Kosovo Liberation Army
- KLA) trained and funded by the British, American and German
secret services and special forces, and an American establishment
(Clinton, Gore, Clark, Albright, Holbrooke, Lieberman - all Bilderberg
and CFR members who represent the interests of the new world order
- fighting to establish democracy and bring justice to a long-suffering
and oppressed people."
investigative journalist Daniel
Estulin in his book "Shadow Masters"
"Private military contractors
(PMCs) have helped sustain and promote an array of conflicts including
Libya, Afghanistan, Syria and again Iraq. They have taken over
many CIA-functions such as efforts to infiltrate and co-opt social
movements as in the Arab Spring. They have also been crucial to
the War on Drugs and are invariably found at the forefront in
lobbying to increase drone use including on the U.S.-Mexican border
and for domestic policing."
Jeremy Kuzmarov
"If you were a US leader,
or an official of the National Security State, or a beneficiary
of the private military and surveillance industries, why would
you possibly want the war on terror to end? That would be the
worst thing that could happen. It's that war that generates limitless
power, impenetrable secrecy, an unquestioning citizenry, and massive
profit."
www.washingtonsblog.com, 2014
"The rapidity with which
the U.S. is being transformed into a police state is astonishing.
It has occurred under the guise of "the war on terror,"
itself a product of 9/11. Americans were told that the police
state regime was only for terrorists, but the suspension of constitutionally
guaranteed civil liberties now extends to all.
Americans regard such warnings as hyperbole. They think they are
safe as long as they are not doing anything wrong. In other words,
they think that anyone the government picks up must be guilty.
This view shows a remarkable ignorance of the 20th century. Nazi
concentration camps and the Soviet Gulag were full of people who
had done nothing wrong. Many were people demonized for being of
the wrong race and class. Others were people reported by envious
neighbors or by someone settling a score. The system didn't care,
because it existed independently of any concerns about justice
or security."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Of all the enemies to public liberty
war is, perhaps, the most to be dreaded, because it comprises
and develops the germ of every other. War is the parent of armies;
from these proceed debts and taxes; and armies, and debts, and
taxes are the known instruments for bringing the many under the
domination of the few. In war, too, the discretionary power of
the Executive is extended; its influence in dealing out offices,
honors, and emoluments is multiplied: and all the means of seducing
the minds, are added to those of subduing the force, of the people.
The same malignant aspect in republicanism may be traced in the
inequality of fortunes, and the opportunities of fraud, growing
out of a state of war, and in the degeneracy of manners and of
morals, engendered by both. No nation could preserve its freedom
in the midst of continual warfare."
James Madison
"The arbitrary nature of
war expenditures and of other military activities make them ideally
suited to control the essential class relationships. Obviously,
if the war system were to be discarded, new political machinery
would be needed at once to serve this vital subfunction. Until
it is developed, the continuance of the war system must be assured,
if for no other reason, among others, than to preserve whatever
quality and degree of poverty a society requires as an incentive,
as well as to maintain the stability of its internal organization
of power."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"While the US issues certifications
to judge countries on their ability to stop drug traffic, Big
Oil produces 90% of the chemicals needed to process cocaine and
heroin, which CIA surrogates grow, process and distribute."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"It is too true, however
disgraceful it may be to human nature, that nations in general
will make war whenever they have a prospect of getting anything
by it; nay, absolute monarchs will often make war when their nations
are to get nothing by it, but for the purposes and objects merely
personal, such as thirst for military glory, revenge for personal
affronts, ambition, or private compacts to aggrandize or support
their particular families or partisans. These and a variety of
other motives, which affect only the mind of the sovereign, often
lead him to engage in wars not sanctified by justice or the voice
and interests of his people."
John Jay in Federalist No 4
"A competent war on drugs
must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers
who 'launder' Dope, Inc.'s ill-gotten gains...Shut down the drug
money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope
cartel would choke to death on its own profits... Dope, Inc.'s
vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other
financial institutions that 'launder' the cartel's $558 billion
per year in gross revenue... Action by governments against the
drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc.."
DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence
Review, 1992
"A U.S. military counterinsurgency
document. It gave instructions on how to create terror; this was
the way they put it. And they described methods used in the Philippines
in the campaign against the Huks.
In the case of the Philippines they were talking about leaving
the bodies by the rivers. So you mutilate the bodies, you cut
them, you amputate, and then you display the bodies on the riversides
to stir terror in the population. And of course that's exactly
what ISIS is doing today.
[In Indonesia in 1965] the CIA weighed in with a list of 5,000
targets for assassination. The U.S. press was hailing it at the
time. They were calling it a gleam of light in Asia. Gen. Suharto
was installed in power as a result of this process. Suharto later,
in the mid-'70s, sought the permission of President Ford and Henry
Kissinger to invade the small neighboring country of East Timor,
which was then emerging into independence from having been a Portuguese
colony. They gave the green light. They just said do it quickly.
They went in [and] killed a third of the population.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local
adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same
U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and
at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin
American officers.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local
adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same
U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and
at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin
American officers.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political
and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control.
There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's
analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S.
bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer
Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even
society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent,
have a better chance to rise and prevail.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political
and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control.
There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's
analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S.
bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer
Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even
society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent,
have a better chance to rise and prevail.
We're now in a moment where operations of willful murder on the
part of the U.S. and provocation have come back to bite the United
States. That doesn't usually happen. There was no consequence
like that from Central America. There was no consequence like
that from Haiti, Palestine or South Africa. But in this case it
happened. Operations like the U.S. backing of the mujahedeen to
repel the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan ... the U.S. backing
of the various anti-Assad Islamist forces in Syria, have given
birth to first al-Qaida and then ISIS. That wasn't the U.S. intention.
They didn't want to create al-Qaida in the sense of the al-Qaida
that attacks the U.S. They didn't want to create an ISIS, which
is now a political nightmare."
investigative journalist Allan
Nairn
"The Global War On Terror
(GWOT) was considered the "super bowl" for private military
contractors (PMC) who had made over $100 billion in Iraq alone
by 2008."
Jeremy Kuzmarov
"Americans don't understand
that terrorists cannot take away habeas corpus, the Bill of Rights,
or the Constitution. Terrorists are not anything like the threat
that we face to the Bill of Rights and the Constitution from our
own government in the name of fighting terrorism."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Without war, no government
bas ever been able to obtain acquiescence in its 'legitimacy'
or right to rule its society. The possibility of war provides
the sense of external necessity without which no government can
long remain in power."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"As America becomes an
increasingly multicultural society, it may find it more difficult
to fashion a consensus on foreign policy issues, except in the
circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external
threat."
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1997
book "The Grand Chessboard
"The world order doesn't
allow for any frontal attack aimed at destroying narco-trafficking
because that business, which moves $400 billion annually, is far
too important for the leading nations of world power to eliminate.
The US punishes those countries which don't do enough to fight
against drugs, whereas their CIA boys have built paradises of
corruption throughout the world with the drug profits."
Ecuadorian Presidential Candidate
Manuel Salgado
"In October 2001 a UN report
confirmed that the Taliban had successfully eliminated the year's
opium production in Afghanistan, which in recent years had supplied
90 percent of Europe's heroin... Following the defeat of the Taliban,
farmers began replanting wheat fields with opium poppy."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"Washington's "war
on drugs" is directed towards increasing U.S. power in Latin
America. The use of drug money laundered through U.S. banks finances
Washington's trade imbalances, while the drug war increases Washington's
general influence over economic policy."
James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer
in their book "Globalization Unmasked"
"The so-called "War
on Drugs" is a cruel joke. Its official purpose is, at best,
to reduce the drug trade by 50% over a 10-year period. In practice,
this means Washington is picking and choosing which drug mafias
will survive and flourish, and which will be driven out of business...
Throughout, the financial controllers of Dope, Inc. are protected
from all prosecution."
DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence
Review, 1992
"The "war on terrorism"
purports to defend the American Homeland and protect the "civilized
world". It is upheld as a "war of religion", a
"clash of civilizations", when in fact the main objective
of this war is to secure control and corporate ownership over
the region's extensive oil wealth [Middle East], while also imposing
under the helm of the IMF and the World Bank, the privatization
of state enterprises and the transfer of the countries' economic
assets into the hands of foreign capital."
Michel Chossudovsky
"Terrorism has become a
sort of screen created since the end of the Cold War by policymakers
in Washington ... It is fabricated to keep the population afraid
and insecure, and to justify what the United States wishes to
do globally."
Edward Said
"War spending, considered
pragmatically, has been a consistently positive factor in the
rise of gross national product and of individual productivity...
No combination of techniques for controlling employment, production,
and consumption has yet been tested that can remotely compare
to war in effectiveness. It is, and has been, the essential economic
stabilizer of modern societies."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"Countries we seek to dominate,
from Indonesia and Guatemala to Iraq and Afghanistan, are intimately
familiar with these brutal mechanisms of control. But the reality
of empire rarely reaches the American public. The few atrocities
that come to light are dismissed as isolated aberrations. The
public is assured what has been uncovered will be investigated
and will not take place again. The goals of empire, we are told
by a subservient media and our ruling elites, are virtuous and
noble. And the vast killing machine grinds forward, feeding, as
it has always done, the swollen bank accounts of defense contractors
and corporations that exploit natural resources and cheap labor
around the globe."
investigative journalist Allan
Nairn
"To sustain "the War
on Terrorism" agenda, fabricated realities funneled on a
day to day basis into the news chain, must become indelible truths
which form part of a broad political and media consensus. In this
regard, the corporate media is an instrument of this evolving
totalitarian system."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2005
"The war on terror as seen
by Washington and a complaisant US media is the ultimate money
and power machine, requiring a huge military and intelligence
commitment that is endless and not confined to any part of the
world. As terror has no capital city or national identity the
war against it cannot end through capture and surrender. As it
is a secret war, it can be waged using unconventional methods,
without regard for the deaths of civilians who are seen as "sheltering"
the terrorists, guaranteeing that the blood of the innocent will
produce new generations raised hating America. The bleeding will
continue forever and everywhere as long as there are terrorists,
justifying government intrusion into the lives of the citizens
at home and huge and unsustainable budgets to wage the war worldwide.
It is George Orwell's dark vision of '1984' turned into reality.
Tyranny and bankruptcy will be the war on terror's legacy."
Philip Giraldi, 2009
"A 'war on terrorism' is
a war without an end in sight, without an exit strategy, with
enemies specified not by their aims but by their tactics. Relying
principally on military means is like trying to eliminate a cloud
of mosquitoes with a machine gun... A war on terrorism is a permanent
engagement against an always-available tool."
Ronald Spiers, a retired diplomat
"There is no war on terrorism.
If there was, the Royal Marines and the SAS would be storming
the beaches of Florida, where more CIA-funded terrorists, ex-Latin
American dictators and torturers, are given refuge than anywhere
on earth."
John Pilger
"Homeland Security has
announced that it is no longer focused on terrorists, but on domestic
extremists, and that's war protesters, radical enviromentalists
and people that disagree with the government."
Paul Craig Roberts
ISLAMIC TERRORISM AND
CHAOS IN THE MIDDLE EAST
ARE ISLAMIC JIHADISTS INCLUDING AL-QUEDA
AND ISLAMIC STATE (ISIS, ISIL, DAESH) FUNDED AND/OR SUPPORTED
BY
UNITED STATES, ISRAEL, AND SAUDI ARABIA AND PERSIAN GULF MONARCHIES?
"Across the Mideast, Arab
leaders routinely accuse the U.S. of having created the Islamic
State. To most Americans, such accusations seem insane. However,
to many Arabs, the evidence of U.S. involvement is so abundant
that they conclude that our role in fostering the Islamic State
must have been deliberate.
In fact, many of the Islamic State fighters and their commanders
are ideological and organizational successors to the jihadists
that the CIA has been nurturing for more than 30 years from Syria
and Egypt to Afghanistan and Iraq."
Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.
"In the mid-1980s, Al Qaeda
was a database located in computer and dedicated to the communications
of the Islamic Conference's secretariat. It was but natural for
Osama bin Laden to be connected to this network. He is a member
of an important family in the banking and business world. When
Osama bin Laden was an American agent in Afghanistan, the Al-Qaeda
Intranet was a good communication system through coded or covert
messages... The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist
group called Al-Qaeda. And any informed intelligence officer knows
this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe
in the presence of an identified entity representing the 'devil'
only in order to drive the 'TV watcher' to accept a unified international
leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this
propaganda is the US and the lobbyists for the US war on terrorism
are only interested in making money."
Pierre-Henry Bunel, a former agent
for French military intelligence, 2004
"ISIS is an operation by
the West to create the greater Israel."
James Henry Fetzer, 2014
"Al Qaeda is nothing more
than a broad euphemistic umbrella classification used to group
any Middle Eastern fighter under the sun as an enemy. The most
diabolical aspect of this public relations stunt is that it enables
Washington to label any group it feels necessary to attack to
appear to be related to an improvable organized enemy while at
the same time actually increasing its approval ratings by exploiting
the basic primal fears of the American public."
Sarvat N. Hanif
"ISIS, like its predecessor
al-Qaeda, is a joint American-Saudi-Israeli project to destabilize
and fracture the Middle East and North Africa by thrusting criminal
malcontents against Libya, Syria, Lebanon, Iran and other countries
not presently under Western/ Israeli control."
Brandon Martinez
"To undermine Iran, which
is predominantly Shiite, the George W. Bush Administration has
decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities in the Middle
East. In Lebanon, the Administration has coöperated with
Saudi Arabia's government, which is Sunni, in clandestine operations
that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite organization
that is backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine
operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these
activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that
espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America
and sympathetic to Al Qaeda (including ISIS/Islamic State)."
Seymour Hersh in his article "The
Redirection: Is the Administration's new policy benefiting our
enemies in the war on terrorism?" (2007)
"A key component of ISIS's
support comes from wealthy individuals in the Arab Gulf States
of Kuwait, Qatar and Saudi Arabia."
Mike Krieger
"The fundamentalist-Sunni
royal family of the Sauds have bought the highest levels of the
U.S. government in order to control U.S. foreign policies, especially
the ongoing wars to take down the governments of Iraq, Libya,
Syria, and ultimately of Russia itself, which latter nation has
allied itself instead with Shiia countries."
Eric Zuesse, 2015
"Al Qaeda has been supported
and financed from its inception in the early 1980s by the CIA."
Michel Chossudovsky
"The policy paper [by the
Israeli Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies]
advocated a strategy that bears startling resemblance to the chaos
unfolding in the wake of the expansion of the 'Islamic State'
- Israel would 'shape its strategic environment' by first securing
the removal of Saddam Hussein. Jordan and Turkey would form an
axis along with Israel to weaken and "roll back" Syria.'
This axis would attempt to weaken the influence of Lebanon, Syria
and Iran by 'weaning' off their Shi'ite populations."
investigative journalist Nafeez
Ahmed, 2014 - about a 1996 paper published by the Israeli Institute
for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies, co-authored by former
Pentagon official Richard Perle
"Substantial and sustained
funding from private donors in Saudi Arabia and Qatar has played
a central role in the ISIS surge into Sunni areas of Iraq... The
tribal and communal leadership in Sunni majority provinces is
much beholden to Saudi and Gulf paymasters, and would be unlikely
to cooperate with ISIS without their consent.
Western governments traditionally play down the connection between
Saudi Arabia and its Wahhabist faith, on the one hand, and jihadism,
whether of the variety espoused by Osama bin Laden and al-Qa'ida
or by Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi's ISIS, but there is nothing conspiratorial
or secret about these links: 15 out of 19 of the 9/11 hijackers
were Saudis, as was Bin Laden and most of the private donors who
funded the operation."
Patrick Cockburn, 2014
"Israel has actively worked
toward the balkanization of the Middle East with the view of asserting
its own political supremacy."
Catherine Shakdam, 2014
"The fact that ISIS has not moved against
Israel and instead focused on killing Muslims actually says a
lot about this organization's real mission."
Dr. Kevin Barrett, a Ph.D. Arabist-Islamologist
"There is no War on Terror.
There is a war which is being waged using terrorist proxy groups
and they are being used against nation states who are resisting
US and Israeli hegemony. And they are also being used as a means
of disciplining the work forces in Europe. In a period of mass
unemployment and austerity, you now have terrorist attacks being
committed by terrorists funded, armed and trained by Western intelligence
agencies. There is no such thing as ISIS. ISIS is a creation of
the United States."
journalist Gearold O Colmain
"Looking at a map of the
Middle East, it is obvious that ISIS militants sit exactly where
Zionists imagine Greater Israel should be. Are we to believe that
ISIS' campaigns in Iraq and Syria and its push toward Egypt and
Jordan are but a coincidence?"
Yuram Abdullah Weiler, a political
analyst and columnist in Tehran, Iran
"It was the United States
itself that intentionally created ISIS, beginning as early as
2007 for the expressed purpose of overthrowing the government
of Syria and confronting pro-Iranian forces across the Middle
East from Lebanon to Iran's very doorstep."
Tony Cartalucci, 2014
"Since 2003, Anglo-American
power has secretly and openly coordinated direct and indirect
support for Islamist terrorist groups linked to al-Qaeda across
the Middle East and North Africa. This ill-conceived patchwork
geostrategy is a legacy of the persistent influence of neoconservative
ideology, motivated by longstanding but often contradictory ambitions
to dominate regional oil resources, defend an expansionist Israel,
and in pursuit of these, re-draw the map of the Middle East."
investigative journalist Nafeez
Ahmed
"There are striking similarities
between ISIS and Zionists, not only in the formulation and expression
of their radical views but also in the deep-seated belief that
the assertion of their ideology entails the destruction and negation
of all others. Moreover, both groups operate on the same political
plane and both advocate territorial expansion and political absorption."
Catherine Shakdam
"After the fall of the
Soviet Union, the superpowers began to fight over control of Central
Asia, particularly the oil and gas wealth, as well as the strategic
value of the region.
Given the history, and the distrust of the West, the US realized
that it couldn't get direct control, and therefore would need
to use a proxy to gain control quickly and effectively. Turkey
was the perfect proxy; a NATO ally and a puppet regime. Turkey
shares the same heritage/race as the entire population of Central
Asia, the same language (Turkic), the same religion (Sunni Islam),
and of course, the strategic location and proximity.
This started more than a decade-long illegal, covert operation
in Central Asia by a small group in the US intent on furthering
the oil industry and the Military Industrial Complex, using Turkish
operatives, Saudi partners and Pakistani allies, furthering this
objective in the name of Islam.
These illegal covert operations by the Turks and certain US persons
dates back to 1996, and involves terrorist activities, narcotics,
weapons smuggling and money laundering, converging around the
same operations and involving the same actors."
Sibel Edmonds, 2008
"Saudi Arabia remains a
critical financial support base for al-Qa'ida, the Taliban, and
other terrorist groups.
What destabilised Iraq from 2011 on was the revolt of the Sunni
in Syria and the takeover of that revolt by jihadis, who were
often sponsored by donors in Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Kuwait and United
Arab Emirates."
US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton
- in December 2009 in a cable released by Wikileaks
"The so-called "Islamic
State" (ISIS) is supplied not by "black market oil"
or "hostage ransoms" but billions of dollars worth of
supplies carried into Syria across NATO member Turkey's borders
via hundreds of trucks a day.
Since at least as early as 2011, NATO member Turkey has allowed
a torrent in supplies, fighters, and weapons to cross its borders
to resupply ISIS positions inside of Syria.
The supplies trucks stream across the border from Ankara, various
ports used by NATO, and NATO's Incirlik Air Base.
It is a certainty that Turkey is not only aware of this, but directly
complicit."
Tony Cartalucci, 2014
"Osama bin Laden in his
cave must be rubbing his hands in glee as we embark on the very
process that terrorists of his stamp so relish: as we hastily
double up our police and intelligence forces and award them greater
powers, as we put basic civil rights on hold and curtail press
freedom, impose news blackouts and secret censorship, spy on ourselves
and, at our worst, violate mosques and hound luckless citizens
in our streets because we are afraid of the color of their skin."
John le Carre
"The Bush family and the
House of Saud, the two most powerful dynasties in the world, have
had close personal, business, and political ties for more than
20 years.
... Just days after 9/11, wealthy Saudi Arabians, including members
of the bin Laden family, were whisked out of the U.S. on private
jets. No one will admit to clearing the flights, and the passengers
weren't questioned. Did the Bush family's long relationship with
the Saudis help make it happen?"
John Perkins
"During the 1980s and early
'90s, the CIA worked in partnership with BCCI [Bank of Credit
and Commerce International] in what was, at the time, the agency's
largest covert operation ever, pumping an estimated $10 billion
into funding the Afghan Mujahideen. Through this operation, Osama
bin Laden's al Qaeda network was formed. Bin Laden had accounts
in BCCI and ran CIA/BCCI-funded camps."
David Degraw
"The US has been working
covertly with Saudi Arabia and British military intelligence for
more than three decades to foster and fuel al-Qaeda extremists,
beginning in Afghanistan to fight the Soviet Union from the late
1970s until 1990.
Since then, al-Qaeda has served as a protean ideological cover
for imperialist predation in the Middle East and beyond. It has
undergone many reinventions with mercurial name changes along
the way. But the bottom line is that it is a Western/Saudi creation,
which alternates between an enemy of convenience and a ruthless
proxy for waging regime change."
Finian Cunningham
"George H. W. Bush, the
father of President George W. Bush, works for the bin Laden family
business in Saudi Arabia through the Carlyle Group, an international
consulting firm."
Gore Vidal
"ISIS (Islamic State) didn't
just arise out of the earth - they needed money, weapons, logistics,
propaganda facilities, and international connections to reach
the relatively high level of organization and lethality they seem
to have achieved in such a short period of time. Saudi Arabia,
Qatar, and the rest of the oil-rich Gulf states have been backing
ISIS all the way.
The US was in a de facto alliance with the groups that merged
to form ISIS, and Washington started funding Syrian rebel groups
whose composition and leadership kept changing. By funding the
Free Syrian Army (FSA), our "vetted" Syrian Islamists,
this administration has actively worked to defeat the only forces
capable of rooting out ISIS from its Syrian nest - Assad's Ba'athist
government."
Justin Raimondo, 2014
"ISIS constitutes NATO's
mercenary expeditionary force, ravaging its enemies by proxy from
Libya in North Africa to Lebanon and Syria in the Levant, to Iraq
and even to the borders of Iran. Its seemingly inexhaustible supply
of weapons, cash, and fighters can only be explained by multinational
state sponsorship and safe havens provided by NATO."
Tony Cartalucci, 2014
"Al-Qaeda was established
under the authority of President Reagan on March 27, 1985, with
National Security Directive 166. This established a broad cover
organization that could engage in arms and financial transactions
otherwise prohibited by US."
Gordon Duff
"The actions of Al-Qaeda
have only served to promote the interests of the U.S. and Israel,
which are clearly interested in "reshaping" the Middle
East in such a way that they can more easily rape and plunder
the region at will. In fact, the CIA is using the terrorist actions
of its proxy Al-Qaeda in order to give the U.S. an excuse to extend
their power into and invade the Arab countries, first countries
with rich plunder (oil) like Iraq, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and second
any country which is a "threat" to Israel, or more exactly
which Israel dislikes for whatever reason. The third objective
for which the CIA is using its proxy Al-Qaeda is to engender fear
and hate of Islam and Muslims worldwide. This corresponds to an
old and tried ploy of colonizers: to slander and denigrate the
target population so that it is acceptable and even called for
to commit genocide against them."
John Kaminski
"Humans only truly unite
when faced with a powerful external enemy. At this time a new
enemy must be found, one either real or invented for the purpose."
Club of Rome, 1991
"Osama bin Laden ran MAK
(Maktab al-Khidamat), an organization created by Pakistan's ISI
at the behest of the CIA. It funneled money, weapons, and internationally
recruited fighters into the war created in part by Jimmy Carter's
National Security Adviser, Zbigniew Brzezinski. Osama was closely
tied to the Afghan warlord and ISI stooge Gulbuddin Hekmatyar
who ran drugs for the CIA. In the 1980s, emissaries from the United
States met with Osama. The CIA paid Osama to train the militant
group Abu Sayyaf and others at his CIA-built camps in Afghanistan]
Kurt Nimmo
"Osama bin Laden and "Al
Qaeda" cannot be the organizers nor the performers of the
September 11 attacks. They do not have the necessary organization,
resources or leaders. Thus, a team of professionals had to be
created and the Arab kamikazes are just extras to mask the operation.
The September 11 operation modified the course of events in the
world in the direction chosen by transnational mafias and international
oligarchs; that is, those who hope to control the planet's natural
resources, the world information network and the financial flows.
This operation also favored the US economic and political elite
that also seeks world dominance."
General Leonid Ivashov, one of
the most senior of Russian military figures, in a speech delivered
in an international conference in Brussels in early 2006
"With the documented conspiracy
of the US and its allies to create a sectarian mercenary force
aligned to Al Qaeda, the so-called "moderate rebels"
the US has openly backed in Syria are now fully revealed as sectarian
extremists, and now with a torrent of supplies originating in
Turkey, it is clear that the ISIS menace NATO poses as the solution
to, was in fact NATO all along."
Tony Cartalucci, 2014
"The truth is, there is
no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed
intelligence officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign
to make the public believe in the presence of an identified entity
representing the 'devil' only in order to drive the 'TV watcher'
to accept a unified international leadership for a war against
terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is the US and the
lobbyists for the US war on terrorism are only interested in making
money."
former British Foreign Secretary
Robin Cook to the House of Commons
"Anyone who doesn't pretend
Al Qaeda exists is ostracized. Neither is there now nor has there
ever been such an organization. The Department of Justice invented
it and the CIA, Mossad and other organizations are responsible
for the terrorist acts falsely attributed to it.
... Osama bin Laden was never a terrorist, died in 2001, denied
any complicity in 9/11 and was a CIA agent, both loved and respected
by his American co-workers with whom I have spoken extensively.
He never committed a single act, had no terror network and was
the chosen trustee of all American Stinger missiles used against
the Soviet Union. Technically, he is an American hero."
Gordon Duff, 2012
"The "war on terror"
is a hoax that fronts for American control of oil pipelines, the
profits of the military-security complex, the assault on civil
liberty by fomenters of a police state, and Israel's territorial
expansion.
There were no al Qaeda in Iraq until the Americans brought them
there by invading and overthrowing Saddam Hussein, who kept al
Qaeda out of Iraq. The Taliban is not a terrorist organization,
but a movement attempting to unify Afghanistan under Muslim law.
The only Americans threatened by the Taliban are the Americans
Bush sent to Afghanistan to kill Taliban and to impose a puppet
state on the Afghan people."
Paul Craig Roberts
"There are dangerous and
fanatical individuals and groups around the world who have been
inspired by extreme Islamist ideas and who will use the techniques
of mass terror... But the nightmare vision of a uniquely powerful
hidden organization waiting to strike our societies is an illusion.
Wherever one looks for this Al Qaeda organization, from the mountains
of Afghanistan to the 'sleeper cells' in America, the British
and Americans are chasing a phantom enemy."
from the BBC documentary "The
Power of Nightmares: The Rise of the Politics of Fear"
"During the Cold War, Washington
officials of course couldn't say that they were intervening to
block social change, so they called it fighting communism, fighting
a communist conspiracy, and of course fighting for freedom and
democracy. Just like now the White House can't say that it invaded
Iraq to expand the empire, or for the oil, or for the corporations,
or for Israel, so it says it's fighting terrorism. The word "communist"
was used exceptionally loosely during the Cold War, just as the
word "terrorist" is used these days; or "al-Qaeda"-almost
every individual or group that Washington wants to stigmatize
is charged with being a member of al-Qaeda, as if there's a precise
and meaningful distinction between people retaliating against
American imperialism while being a member of al-Qaeda and people
retaliating against American imperialism while not being a member
of al-Qaeda; as if al-Qaeda gives out membership cards to fit
into your wallet, as if there are chapters of al-Qaeda that put
out a weekly newsletter, and hold a potluck on the first Monday
of each month. U.S. policies keep creating new anti-American terrorists,
whom Washington calls al-Qaeda, which justifies continuing the
same policies to fight the new al-Qaeda terrorists."
"William Blum
"What we see happening
on the part of what they are calling ISIS or ISIL is a reforming
of borders. Parts of Syria and Iraq are becoming, if the Islamists
succeed, a new state.
One of the reasons that the breakup of Iraq and Syria was not
seen as a threat to Israel, was that the Israeli and the neoconservative
strategists reasoned "if we break up these states and they
are fighting internally, there won't be any organized government
to get in Israel's way".
In place of Iraq, there will be these warring factions. In place
of Syria, warring factions, just like in Libya today. And a state
that has no central government is no threat to Israel. And, therefore,
we favor this destruction of the political entities of these countries,
because it releases us from any sort of organized government's
opposition to Israel's theft of Palestine."
Paul Craig Roberts
"For financial or political
reasons, Empires have always used external militarized cells and
mercenaries to commit unsavoury acts under a flag different than
the monarchy, nation-state, or private corporation who was directing
them behind the scenes."
Patrick Henningsen
IS NEOLIBERAL AUSTERITY
IN THE U.S. AND EUROPE
A STEP TOWARD A GLOBAL GRAND MERGER?
THE 'ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT'
AGENDA
"The master planners devised
the strategy of a merger - a Great Merger - among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States
becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must
at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners
in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly
equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed;
use American money and know-how to build up your competitors,
while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise
to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt
the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might,
and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence
level of the socialized nations of the world.
The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed
countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs
coming up... It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed
on the altar of the New World Order."
Gary Allen in his book "The
Rockefeller File"
"Freidrich Hegel's Hegelian
dialectic put forth a process whereby opposites 'thesis' and 'antithesis'
are reconciled into 'synthesis'. The Rothschild's Business Roundtable
that sponsored him saw in the dialectic a boon to their monopolies
by presenting phony communism (antithesis) as bogeyman to capitalism
(thesis)... By upholding Soviet state capitalism to all the world
as an example of "failed Communism", the bankers could
discredit this dangerous idea while producing their desired 'synthesis'
- a New World Order ruled by the Illuminati banking families and
Black Nobility monarchs, with laissez faire monopoly capitalism
as their economic paradigm."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"With all of the alleged
points of conflict between Russian strongman Vladimir Putin and
the West, the notion that Russia and its allies may someday "merge"
or "converge" with the United States might sound ludicrous.
Still, that is the ultimate plan, and it has been for decades,
if not longer. In fact, even the supposed "crises" and
"tensions" between "East" and "West"
- largely manufactured for public consumption - are helping to
drive that process. Somewhat behind the scenes but hardly in total
secrecy, Putin and his supposed nemeses among the global government-promoting
Western establishment are in fact working together toward what
they call a 'New World Order'."
Alex Newman
"China and Europe cooperate
on many levels and support each others oligarchical systems, but
on the other hand they are major competitors along with the United
States. A lot of the structural changes being implemented by the
EU's technocratic elite and political leaders, like austerity
measures, are designed to make Europe more competitive, impoverishing
their populations, undertaking structural reforms to increase
labor flexibility, dismantling labor protections, benefits, regulations,
union rights and workers rights, which makes them a poor exploitable
cheap labor force more capable of competing with China. China
is on the other end of this labor spectrum, where their labor
costs have increased due to popular unrest and protests, forcing
wages to increase. China wants to develop a consumer economy rather
than be an export oriented economy. While China is moving itself
up the economic ladder, Europe is pushing itself down, as they
try to find some kind of level playing field, in order to compete
more as equals."
Andrew Gavin Marshal, 2014
"The powers of financial
capitalism had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create
a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate
the political system of each country and the economy of the world
as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion
by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret
agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The Neoliberal Project
got into high gear in 1995, with the establishment of the World
Trade Organization, replacing the General Agreement on Tariffs
and Trade (GATT). The WTO promptly launched a systematic campaign
to increase the power of corporations, by means of 'free trade'
treaties that are binding on all members of the WTO, including
of course the EU. The overall effect of the Neoliberal Project
has been to lower living standards, undermine national sovereignty,
destabilise national finances, and in general to destroy everything
that the Bretton Woods system was designed to protect.
In the so-called 'third world', particularly in sub-Sahara Africa,
the ravages of the Neoliberal Project have been extended still
further by the actions of the IMF and by other means. Governments
are encouraged, or forced, to take on debts that they have no
ability to repay. When the governments then turn to the IMF for
relief, additional loans are granted, but they are encumbered
by draconian conditions. Governments are forced to cut social
services, and are required to sell off national assets, such as
water rights, at bargain basement prices to corporations. It becomes
illegal, to give an example of what draconian means, for people
to capture rainwater, as that is deemed to be stealing from the
corporations that have bought the nation's water rights. By such
means poverty has been systematically created wherever the IMF
has managed to dig in its claws."
www.theglobalelite.org, 2013
"There is a plan to homogenize
all regions of the earth through massive migrant immigration globally.
This systematic leveling of the so called playing field between
the developed Western world (North America and Europe) and the
developing Third World is simply part of the plan leading to the
New World Order. Hence, the globalized aggressive attack and disintegration
of the middle class around the world is designed to lower the
standard of living in the West, homogenizing a destabilized worldwide
lower standard of living that will facilitate maximum control
over a desperate, struggling global population."
Joachim Hagopian
"The growing tensions between
Russia and the West serve a key globalist goal that otherwise
would have been far more difficult to sell to the European public,
which is increasingly weary and even outraged by never-ending
political integration. In Eurasia, EU / U.S. bellicosity in Ukraine
helped Putin justify his Eurasian Union machinations, such as
justifying the need for integration against hostile super blocs.
In Europe, meanwhile, Putin's supposed militarism provided fresh
justifications for surrendering even more power and authority
to Brussels, giving impetus for building up a full-blown EU military
and for Ukraine joining. In Brussels and Washington, the alleged
threat posed by Putin has added renewed urgency to the push for
transatlantic integration, too."
Alex Newman, 2014
"[Major tax-exempt foundations
and key government insiders are working] to so alter life in the
United States that we can be comfortably merged with the Soviet
Union."
Ford Foundation President and Council
on Foreign Relations (CFR) member H. Rowan Gaither to congressional
investigator Norman Dodd, 1953
"If the New World Order
types had some kindness, some humanity, some morality perhaps
One World Government is what we need. But mainly these are nasty
people with a lust for money and a ruthless disregard for human
suffering."
Chris Pratt from his movie "Deception"
"About two hundred years
ago, at the beginning of the industrial revolution, there was
what was called the "great divergence" as industrialization
made some economies rich. Western empires forced many developing
countries to deindustrialize, and to remain as colonial export-oriented
economies, while the colonial powers industrialized to advance
their economies. This created a great divergence between what
we call the third world, developing, emerging economies and the
developed, advanced economies - Western Europe, United States
and Japan.
Now there is a process of convergence, as countries such as China,
Russia, Brazil, India, South Africa, and others rise economically.
The G20 is trying to advance the process of global convergence
by allowing the twenty largest economies in the world to try to
manage the global economic system in a process called global governance."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2014
"We need governance that
is adequate to the global world. We need a culture that will be
uniform throughout the world. Unless nations change the rules
we will not have global governance."
Mikhail Gorbachev, former President
of the USSR, in his keynote speech at the State of the World Forum
2000 in New York
"Globalists have long been
advancing what they refer to as "convergence." In essence,
for the world to be ruled under a single global regime, East and
West, Third World and First World, will all have to "converge".
In recent decades, however, it has become clear that the scheme
involves making the United States and Europe more like China and
Russia, rather than the other way around, playing the public on
both sides to accelerate the process."
Alex Newman
"Ever since the days of
Henry Ford, the Economic Elite have needed a thriving US middle
class to increase growth and profits, but now, in the global economy,
they view the US middle class as obsolete. They increasingly look
globally for profits and they would rather pay cheap labor in
countries like China and India."
David DeGraw
"I believe that the Council
on Foreign Relations and its ancillary elitist groups are indifferent
to communism. They have no ideological anchors. In their pursuit
of a new world order, they are prepared to deal without prejudice
with a communist state, a socialist state, a democratic state,
a monarchy, an oligarchy - its all the same to them."
Senator Barry M. Goldwater in his
book "With No Apologies"
"As of 2010, the top 1%
of households owned 35.4% of all privately held wealth, and the
next 19% had 53.5%, which means that just 20% of the people owned
a remarkable 89%, leaving only 11% of the wealth for the bottom
80%."
G. William Domhoff
"Virtually the entire communist
project in world domination and terror - from the original Bolshevik
revolution and the building up of Stalin, to Chairman Mao's murderous
takeover of China and Fidel Castro's bloody rise to power in Cuba
- has been facilitated every step of the way by Western globalists."
Alex Newman
WHY IS THE UNITED STATES
PROVOKING WAR WITH RUSSIA AND CHINA?
THE U.S. IS DETERMINED TO BE THE ONLY
GLOBAL SUPERPOWER, MAINTAIN FULL-SPECTRUM MILITARY DOMINANCE,
CONTROL THE WORLD'S ENERGY RESOURCES, DOMINATE EURASIA, AND PRESERVE
THE RESERVE-CURRENCY STATUS OF THE DOLLAR - AT ANY COST
"Our first objective is
to prevent the re-emergence of a new rival... This is a dominant
consideration underlying the new regional defense strategy and
requires that we endeavor to prevent any hostile power from dominating
a region whose resources would, under consolidated control, be
sufficient to generate global power... First the US must show
the leadership necessary to establish and protect a new order
that holds the promise of convincing potential competitors that
they need not aspire to a greater role or pursue a more aggressive
posture to protect their legitimate interests."
neocon Paul Wolfowitz in the "Defense
Planning Guidance"
"The scene for a great
war involving the great powers of the time US, Russia and
China is now set, by design of the elite. It is just a matter
of time."
Mujahid Kamran
"War with Russia will be
nuclear. Washington has prepared for it. Washington has abandoned
the ABM treaty, created what it thinks is an ABM shield, and changed
its war doctrine to permit US nuclear first strike. All of this
is obviously directed at Russia, and the Russian government knows
it."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2014
"The U.S. is frantically
surrounding China with military weapons, advanced aircraft, naval
fleets and a multitude of military bases from Japan, South Korea
and the Philippines through several nearby smaller Pacific islands
to its new and enlarged base in Australia The U.S. naval fleet,
aircraft carriers and nuclear submarines patrol China's nearby
waters. Warplanes, surveillance planes, drones and spying satellites
cover the skies, creating a symbolic darkness at noon."
Jack A. Smith, CounterPunch
"The Plan is for the United
States to rule the world. The overt theme is unilateralism, but
it is ultimately a story of domination. It calls for the United
States to maintain its overwhelming superiority and prevent new
rivals from rising up to challenge it on the world stage. It calls
for dominion over friends and enemies alike. It says not that
the United States must be more powerful, or most powerful, but
that it must be absolutely powerful."
Vice-President Dick Cheney - lecture
at West Point, June 2002
"Once an enemy is demonized
the media display a form of hysteria that helps mobilize the public
in support of whatever forms of violence the government wishes
to carry out. They become a virtual propaganda arm of the government,
joining with it in the common fight against "another Hitler."
Under these conditions remarkable structures of disinformation
can be built, institutionalized, and remain parts of historic
memory even in the face of ex post confutations, which are kept
out of sight."
Edward s Herman, 2001
"We need a common enemy to unite us."
U.S. Secretary of State Condoleeza
Rice, March 2000
"Were the Soviet Union
to sink tomorrow under the waters of the ocean, the American military-industrial
establishment would have to go on, substantially unchanged, until
some other adversary could be invented. Anything else would be
an unacceptable shock to the American economy."
George Kennan, U.S. State Department
Cold War strategist during Truman Administration, 1940s
"Russia and China, recently have been driven into one another's
arms by the endless crusades of the West to undermine them. Together
they constitute a great power center outside the control of the
U.S. Empire. Bent on global domination, the U.S. cannot tolerate
such a defiant and alternative center of power. The reason is
that such a center provides an alternative for others who would
gain their independence from the West."
John V. Walsh, 2014
"Our government has kept us
in a perpetual state of fear - kept us in a continuous stampede
of patriotic fervor - with the cry of grave national emergency.
Always there has been some terrible evil to gobble us up if we
did not blindly rally behind it by furnishing the exorbitant funds
demanded. Yet, in retrospect, these disasters seem never to have
happened, seem never to have been quite real."
General Douglas MacArthur, 1957
- as quoted in American Caesar, by William Manchester, 1978
"The Pentagon's penchant
for military toys makes an ambitious, aggressive foreign policy
essential. Without enemies and conflicts, real or potential, there
is no reason to spend money. "
Gabriel Kolko, 2007
"I don't believe anyone
will consciously launch World War III. The situation now is more
like the eve of World War I, when great powers were armed and
ready to go when an incident set things off. Ever since Gorbachev
naively ended the Cold War, the hugely over-armed United States
has been actively surrounding Russia with weapons systems, aggressive
military exercises, NATO expansion. At the same time, in recent
years the demonization of Vladimir Putin has reached war propaganda
levels. Russians have every reason to believe that the United
States is preparing for war against them, and are certain to take
defensive measures. This mixture of excessive military preparations
and propaganda against an "evil enemy" make it very
easy for some trivial incident to blow it all up. "
Diana Johnstone, author of "Queen
of Chaos"
"Nothing is more dangerous
than the aggressive U.S./NATO troop movements right on the borders
of Russia.
Sending U.S. destroyers into the Black Sea and the Baltic Sea;
scheduling threatening U.S./NATO war games and troop movements
in East Europe; and imposing sanctions on the Russian Federation,
is a threat to peace on a world scale."
former US Attorney General Ramsey
Clark
"Turkey has served as a
proxy and facilitator in the CIA's project to undermine China
by supporting its Uighur separatist movement.
... One of the main tools Washington is using in order to get
Turkey involved in Xinjiang, China, is some Turkish Americans,
primarily the Fetullah Gulen network, prosecuted in absentia in
Turkey for trying to found a theocratic State order in that country,
running his activities from the United States. Another Turk used
in this affair is Enver Yusuf Turani, who is the self styled Foreign
and Prime Minister of the East Turkistan Government in exile.
He has been an American citizen since 1998. Enver Yusuf is in
close cooperation with Fetullah Gulen. Their activities for the
government in exile are based on a report entitled "the Xinjiang
Project" drafted by Graham Fuller in 1998 for the Rand Corporation
and revised in 2003 under the title "the Xinjiang Problem."
It emphasizes the importance of the Xinjiang Autonomous region
in encircling China and provides a strategy for it."
TurkPulse
"The war against a foreign
country only happens when the moneyed classes think they are going
to profit from it."
George Orwell
"The neoconservative ideology
came to full power with the collapse of the Soviet Union. And
this ideology says that history has chosen the US to prevail all
over the world, that there is no alternative to the American political
and economic system, and that this choice by history gives the
US the responsibility to exercise hegemony over the entire world."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The three grand imperatives
of imperial geostrategy are to prevent collusion and maintain
security dependence among the vassals, to keep tributaries pliant
and protected, and to keep the barbarians from coming together."
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book
" The Grand Chessboard"
"Nobody should have any
illusion about the possibility of gaining military superiority
over Russia. We will never allow this to happen."
Russian President Vladimir Putin
"The US has announced a
pivot to Asia, reallocating 60% of the American navy to the South
China Sea to control the flow of resources on which China depends.
The US is contracting to build a series of new air and naval bases
running from the Philippines to Vietnam in order to block China."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Russian President Vladimir
Putin is Public Enemy Number 1 because he's blocking the US pivot
to Asia, strengthening anti-Washington coalitions, sabotaging
US foreign policy objectives in the Middle East, creating institutions
that rival the IMF and World Bank, transacting massive energy
deals with critical US allies, increasing membership in an integrated,
single-market Eurasian Economic Union, and attacking the structural
foundation upon which the entire US empire rests, the dollar."
Mike Whitney
"I do not rule out local
and regional armed conflicts developing into a large-scale war,
including using nuclear weapons."
Russian General Nikolai Makarov
"The war against China
is in preparation. The US takes the side of every country that
gets into a dispute with China, even over small things that have
nothing whatsoever to do with the US."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Declining imperial nations
find the process of orderly retreat inordinately difficult. They
are so desirous of holding on to past privileges and capabilities,
there are so many vested interests committed to preserving the
status quo, the idea of greatness is so addictive and beguiling,
that the retreat from an imperial role and its associated commitments
is almost always hugely reluctant and extremely painful."
Martin Jacques in his book"When
China Rules the World"
"Some Western politicians
are already threatening us with not just sanctions, but also the
prospect of increasingly serious problems on the domestic front.
I would like to know what it is they have in mind exactly - are
they hoping to put us in a worsening social and economic situation
so as to provoke public discontent? We consider such statements
irresponsible and clearly aggressive in tone, and we will respond
to them accordingly."
Russian President Vladimir Putin
"The Neocons definitely
want war with Russia. They've wanted it ever since Reagan was
President. "
Paul Craig Roberts
"The dollar (the petrodollar)
is surely being weakened... The idea is to take the dollar down
while gradually substituting other currencies preparatory to creating
perhaps a single basket of currencies that will function as a
worldwide money."
thedailybell.com
"The United States may
have to determine how to cope with regional coalitions that seek
to push America out of Eurasia, thereby threatening America's
status as a global power."
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book
" The Grand Chessboard"
"They are constantly trying
to drive us into a corner because we have an independent position,
because we maintain it and because we tell it like it is and don't
engage in hypocrisy. But there is a limit to everything. And with
Ukraine, our Western partners have crossed the line, acting irresponsibly
and unprofessionally."
Russian President Vladimir Putin
"So long as the US dollar
remains the reserve currency of trade and in central bank reserves
worldwide, then the United States essentially can export its inflation
to the rest of the world. In effect, the dollar surplus countries
have no choice with their surplus dollars, but to buy U.S. Treasury
debt to finance America's wars around the world."
F. William EngdahL
"The financial crisis [2008]
raised the curtain on a new and protracted period of painfully
low growth and greatly reduced expectations in the West, with
the American economy - like its European counterparts - facing
the prospect of years of austerity... In contrast, the Chinese,
buoyed by huge foreign exchange reserves, large trade surpluses
and a high level of savings, can look forward to many more years
of fast economic growth. All this adds up to an extraordinary
and irreversible shift in power from the West in general, and
the United States in particular, to China."
Martin Jacques in his book"When
China Rules the World"
"Losing the world currency
role would be devastating for the United States, because that's
the main basis for Washington's power. That's why Washington has
financial hegemony, that's why iWashington can impose sanctions
on sovereign countries. So, if Washington loses this role, if
the dollar ceases to be the world reserve currency, we'll see
a dramatic reduction in Washington's power."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Russian President Vladimir
Putin is doing whatever he can to circumvent dollar-denominated
business and financial transactions. The move away from the dollar
is a direct attack on the US's greatest source of power, the ability
to control the de facto international currency and to require
that other nation's stockpile dollars for their energy purchases
which are then recycled into US financial assets, stocks bonds
and US Treasuries. This petrodollar-recycling scam allows the
US to run gigantic current account deficits without raising interest
rates or reducing government spending. Putin's anti-dollar policies
could diminish the greenback's role as reserve currency and put
an end to a system that institutionalizes looting."
Mike Whitney
"How America 'manages'
Eurasia is critical. A power that dominates Eurasia would control
two of the world's three most advanced and economically productive
regions. A mere glance at the map also suggests that control over
Eurasia would almost automatically entail Africa's subordination,
rendering the Western Hemisphere and Oceania (Australia) geopolitically
peripheral to the world's central continent. About 75 per cent
of the world's people live in Eurasia, and most of the world's
physical wealth is there as well, both in its enterprises and
underneath its soil. Eurasia accounts for about three-fourths
of the world's known energy resources."
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book
" The Grand Chessboard"
"Washington sent a very
senior Treasury official to Riyadh[Saudi Arabia], and essentially
told Riyadh that OPEC was not to sell a single barrel of oil unless
it is priced in dollars... The oil price jumping by 400 per cent
in 1973/74 saved the dollar. The dollar had floated up on a sea
of oil... What saved the dollar, what saved Wall Street and the
power of the dollar ... was the 400 per cent OPEC price shock.
That halted growth in Europe, it smashed the developing countries,
which were enjoying a rapid growth dynamic by the early 1970 s,
and it tilted the power balance back into the direction of Wall
Street and the dollar system."
F. William Engdahl
"We've seen the US change
its war doctrine, nuclear weapons are no longer to be used only
in retaliation to an attack. They are now a preemptive first-strike
force. This is clearly directed at Russia. The Ukraine is directed
at Russia. So, the war has already started, it is underway. That's
what Ukraine is about. It is the war against Russia."
Paul Craig Roberts
"NATO is expanding to Russian
and Chinese borders. Encroaching US bases surround them. Moscow
and Beijing are mindful. They're allied defensively. They're preparing
for scenarios they hope to avoid. They're readying for possible
global war."
Stephen Lendman
"Washington broke all the
agreements that Reagan and Gorbachev had about not taking NATO
into eastern Europe. NATO is now in the Baltics. It is all across
eastern Europe. The former members of the Warsaw pact are now
members of NATO."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Today, it is imperative
to end this hysteria, to refute the rhetoric of the Cold War and
to accept the obvious fact: Russia is an independent, active participant
in international affairs. Like other countries, it has its own
national interests that need to be taken into account and respected."
Russian President Vladimir Putin
"The Neocons have been
very clear about their ideology of American hegemony over the
world. It's like Adolf Hitler all over again. Neoconservatives
don't use the Nazi language. Instead, we're said to be the 'exceptional'
people, the 'indispensable country.' They use these adjectives
to elevate the United States above law, its own law and international
law. So, it's alright if we commit war crimes with naked aggression.
It's alright if we torture. It's alright if we kidnap people in
foreign countries and take them to other foreign countries. This
is all just part of America achieving hegemony. Notice the way
we achieve it is not by argument or reason or persuasion or anything
like that. It's by force."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The 2008 Western financial
crisis marked a precipitous and irreversible decline in Europe's
position. Its place in the world will never be the same again...
The EU - and its member countries - will experience a diminished
role in the world: other countries are already less keen on becoming
trading partners, with alternative and more attractive suitors
on offer; European influence and representation in international
bodies is steadily declining, as the recent reforms in the IMF
illustrate; and their aid and assistance will be less sought after
by developing countries as wealthier and more generous donors,
notably China, take their place."
Martin Jacques in his book"When
China Rules the World"
"I'm not sure that we can
rely on Washington to have the judgment not to push Washington's
takeover of Ukraine into a hot war. It seems preposterous to think
that Washington would be in a hot war with China and Russia. These
are two large powerful countries. They have nuclear weapons."
Paul Craig Roberts
"China will not hesitate
to protect Iran even with a Third World War."
Chinese Rear Admiral Zhang Zhaozhong
"The West is habituated
to the idea that the world is its world; that the international
community is its community; that international institutions are
its institutions; that the world currency - namely the dollar
- is its currency; that universal values are its values; that
world history is its history; and that the world's language -
namely English - is its language."
Martin Jacques in his book"When
China Rules the World"
"Washington is recreating
the Cold War that it had with the Soviet Union. This is a very
profitable way to supply the US military-security complex with
the taxpayers' money. And in some ways it is safer than a war,
because the war in Afghanistan didn't go well, the war in Iraq
didn't go well. But if you can have a Cold War and you don't actually
fight, you can keep it going for years, just like the Cold War
with the Soviet Union. And the Cold War built the military-security
complex in the US."
Paul Craig Roberts
NOT ALL CONSPIRACIES
ARE THEORIES
"CONSPIRACY THEORY"
IS A LABEL OFTEN USED TO KEEP US FROM LEARNING THE TRUTH
"We are opposed around
the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies
on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence - on infiltration
instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation
instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies
by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material
resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient
machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic,
scientific and political operations Its preparations are concealed,
not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters
are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor
is printed, no secret is revealed."
John Kennedy to journalists, 1961
"We have been conditioned
to laugh at conspiracy theories, and few people will risk public
ridicule by advocating them... Almost all of history is an unbroken
trail of one conspiracy after another. Conspiracies are the norm,
not the exception."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
"We now live in a nation
where doctors destroy health, lawyers destroy justice, universities
destroy knowledge, governments destroy freedom, the press destroys
information, religion destroys morals, and our banks destroy the
economy."
Chris Hedges
"'Conspiracy theory' is
a term that at once strikes fear and anxiety in the hearts of
most every public figure, particularly journalists and academics.
Since the 1960s the label has become a disciplinary device that
has been overwhelmingly effective in defining certain events off
limits to inquiry or debate. Especially in the United States raising
legitimate questions about dubious official narratives destined
to inform public opinion (and thereby public policy) is a major
thought crime that must be cauterized from the public psyche at
all costs."
James F. Tracy
"There is an Establishment
history, an official history, which dominates history textbooks,
trade publishing, the media and library shelves. The official
line always assumes that events such as wars, revolutions, scandals,
assassinations, are more or less random unconnected events. By
definition events can never be the result of a conspiracy, they
can never result from premeditated planned group action.
... Woe betide any book or author that falls outside the official
guidelines. Foundation support is not there. Publishers get cold
feet. Distribution is hit and miss, or non-existent."
Antony Sutton in his book "America's
Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and
Bones"
"World events do not occur
by accident. They are made to happen, whether it is to do with
national issues or commerce; most of them are staged and managed
by those who hold the purse string."
Denis Healey, former British Secretary
of Defense
"Conspiracy theorists of
the world, believers in the hidden hands of the Rothschilds and
the Masons and the Illuminati, we skeptics owe you an apology.
You were right. The players may be a little different, but your
basic premise is correct: The world is a rigged game."
Matt Taibbi, Rolling Stone
"A small group of dominant
men have been able to secure control of local, national, continental,
and even global policy. Though the power of this network is not
complete, they are moving inexorably in that direction. Without
increased awareness (and resistance), their unelected and unaccountable
global state will become a reality. And though the illusion of
national sovereignty might be maintained, the freedom of the world's
citizens will be controlled within very narrow alternatives."
Joseph Plummer
"The depression was the
calculated 'shearing' of the public by the World Money powers,
triggered by the planned sudden shortage of supply of call money
in the New York money market....The One World Government leaders
and their ever close bankers have now acquired full control of
the money and credit machinery of the U.S. via the creation of
the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank."
Curtis Dall, FDR's son-in-law as
quoted in his book, My Exploited Father-in-Law
"What we've got here for
the first time on a global scale is a conspiracy of the governing
class, worldwide, against the governed. What we are now facing
is the nightmare that every lover of freedom has dreaded that
the worldwide governing class would find an excuse to gang up
together against the people's interest, against liberty, against
democracy, against prosperity, against capitalism, against every
form of the freedoms which we have for too long and too dangerously
taken for granted."
Lord Christopher Monckton, British
Consultant, Policy Adviser
"The question was how should
we maneuver them [Japan] into firing the first shot... it was
desirable to make sure the Japanese be the ones to do this so
that there should remain no doubt as to who were the aggressors."
Henry Stimson, US Secretary of
War prior to WWII, Nov. 25, 1941
"Presidents come and go
every four or eight years. But operatives such as George Kennan,
Henry Kissinger, Donald Rumsfeld, Zbigniew Brzezinski, George
Schultz, James Baker etc. linger around in "public service"
for decades.
Standing above those big names, certain financial and media dynasties
have influenced American politics for a whole century, or more!
The House of Rockefeller, which donated the land upon which the
United Nations was built, has been promoting Globalism since about
the turn of the 19 th century; same goes for the House of Sulzberger-Ochs
(New York Times owners since 1896) , the House of Meyer-Graham
(Washington Post owners since 1933) , and the arch-Billionaire
Globalists of them all, the anti-Russian House of Rothschild,
which bankrolled Britain's war against Napoleon 200 years ago,
as well as the movement which eventually brought about the establishment
of "the State of Israel". Add to the "club"
newer activist billionaires such as George Soros, Mike Bloomberg,
Ted Turner, Pierre Omidyar, Sheldon Adelson and some counterparts
in Europe and you have the makings of a vast international network
of immensely powerful Global manipulators."
MS King, 2014
"Total control of conception
with a variant of the ubiquitous 'pill' via water supplies or
certain essential foodstuffs, offset by a controlled 'antidote',
is already under development."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"Once the Cold War ended,
the ruling class sought enemies to keep their military industrial
complex and Wall Street financiers enriched and happy. 9/11 was
used to further that agenda as war on a tactic (terror) will never
end. Perpetual conflict is a chief goal of the establishment.
Orwell would be impressed with how our keepers have perfected
the "We've always been at war with Eastasia" propaganda
tool to perpetuate their goals. Both parties continue to promote
war and increase the profits of the military industrial complex."
www.theburningplatform.com, 2015
"The Black Nobility is mostly
Europe's oldest and most powerful families... Most of these families
are wealthy beyond belief and may be more powerful today than
when they sat upon thrones... Privately, the Black Nobility refuses
to ever recognize any government other than their own inherited
and devine right to rule. They work diligently behind the scenes
to cause conditions whereby they might regain their crowns."
Milton William Cooper in his book
"Behold A Pale Horse"
"From the beginning, what
has become the environmentalist movement, has never been about
the environment. The modern day green movement is and has always
been a cover for population reduction."
Executive Intelligence Review,
2013
"I spent thirty-three years
in the Marines, most of my time being a hlgh class muscle man
for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I
was a racketeer for capitalism.
I helped purify Nicaragua for the international banking house
of Brown Brothers in 1910-1912. I helped make Mexico and especially
Tampico safe for American oil interests in 1914. I brought light
to the Dominican Republic for American sugar interests in 1916.
I helped make Haiti and Cuba a decent place for the National City
[Bank] boys to collect revenue in. I helped in the rape of half
a dozen Central American republics for the benefit of Wall Street.
In China in 1927 l helped to see to it that Standard Oil went
its way unmolested.
I had a swell racket. l was rewarded with honors, medals, promotions.
l might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do
was to operate a racket in three city districts. The Marines operated
on three continents."
General Smedley Butler, former
US Marine Corps Commandant, 1935
"No matter how paranoid
or conspiracy-minded you are, what the government is actually
doing is worse than you imagine."
William Blum in his book "Rogue
State"
"The media use the epithet 'conspiracy theorist' to discredit
anyone who discusses the criminal activities of real people."
Daniel Estulin in his book "Shadow
Masters"
"In an oligarchical society
characterized by the preponderant role of secret intelligence
agencies - such as the United States at the beginning of the twenty-first
century - anyone who rules out conspiracies runs the risk of not
understanding very much of what is going on."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"Fifteen-year-old "Nayirah"
testified before the United States Congress in October 1990 that
she was a refugee volunteering in the maternity ward of Al Adan
hospital in Kuwait City, and that during the occupation by Iraq
she had witnessed Iraqi soldiers dumping Kuwaiti infants out of
their incubators onto the cold floor to die... It was not revealed
until later that the girl was actually the daughter of the Kuwaiti
ambassador to the United States. Two maternity nurses in that
ward, later said that they had never seen Nayirah there and that
the baby-dumping had never happened."
www.democraticunderground.com
"The Joint Chiefs of Staff
drew up and approved plans for ... launching a secret and bloody
war of terrorism against their own country in order to trick the
American public into supporting an ill-conceived war they intended
to launch against Cuba.
Code named Operation Northwoods, the plan, which had the written
approval of the Chairman [General Lyman Lemnitzer] and every member
of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, called for innocent people to be
shot on American streets; for boats carrying refugees fleeing
Cuba to be sunk on the high seas; for a wave of violent terrorism
to be launched in Washington, D.C., Miami, and elsewhere. People
would be framed for bombings they did not commit; planes would
be hijacked. Using phony evidence, all of it would be blamed on
Castro, thus giving Lemnitzer and his cabal the excuse, as well
as the public and international backing, they needed to launch
their war." [Operation Northwoods was rejected
by President Kennedy.]
James Bamford in his book "Body
of Secrets"
"CIA Chief of CounterIntelligence
James Jesus Angleton, assuming this post in 1954 under the guidance
of Allen Dulles and Richard Helms, managed a 'second CIA' within
the CIA.".. Angleton formed an extremely close relationship
with the Mossad and David Ben-Gurion, and was fully aware of the
Israeli Prime Minister's hatred for JFK. Angleton became so intimate
with the Israelis that he even helped them develop their secret
nuclear program, while the CIA and Mossad became as one in the
Middle East - a virtually indistinguishable entity working in
unison to carry out their mutual goals."
Michael Collins Piper
"There is a huge tacit
conspiracy between the U.S. government, its agencies and its multinational
corporations, on the one hand, and local business and military
cliques in the Third World, on the other, to assume complete control
of these countries and "develop" them on a joint venture
basis. The military leaders of the Third World were carefully
nurtured by the U.S. security establishment to serve as the "enforcers"
of this joint venture partnership, and they have been duly supplied
with machine guns and the latest data on methods of interrogation
of subversives."
Edward S. Herman
"The permanent possibility
of war is the foundation for stable government; it supplies the
basis for general acceptance of political authority. It has enabled
societies to maintain necessary class distinctions, and it has
ensured the subordination of the citizen to the state, by virtue
of the residual war powers inherent in the concept of nationhood.
No modern political ruling group has successfully controlled its
constituency after failing to sustain the continuing credibility
of an external threat of war."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"The owner of all three
[World Trade Center] buildings was Larry Silverstein, who had
recently doubled the insurance value of the Twin Towers. He stated
in a PBS interview that he and the New York Fire Department agreed
to a controlled demolition of WTC 7. Since skyscrapers are not
[normally] wired for demolition -- unless someone intends to demolish
them -- Silverstein's statement is an admission that 9/11 was
an inside job."
Captain Eric H. May, former Army
military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008
""Conspiracy theorist"
as an all-purpose term of 'ad hominem' argument to dismiss arguments
which cannot be refuted, goes back to the years after the Kennedy
assassination, when the public was expected to accept that it
was US government policy that this great crime, along with the
further assassinations of Martin Luther King and Robert Kennedy
in 1968, would remain permanently unsolved, and that those who
objected would be vilified."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"Real power is unelected.
Politicians change, but the power structure does not. The Network
(a global Anglophile financial elite power structure) operates
behind the scenes, for its own benefit, without ever consulting
those who are affected by its decisions.
The Network is composed of individuals who prefer anonymity. They
are "satisfied to possess the reality rather than the appearance
of power." This approach of secretly exercising power is
common throughout history because it protects the conspirators
from the consequences of their actions.
A primary tactic for directing public opinion and "government"
policy is to place willing servants in leadership positions of
trusted institutions (media, universities, government, foundations,
etc.). If there is ever a major backlash against a given policy,
the servant can be replaced. This leaves both the institution
and the individuals who actually direct its power unharmed.
Historically, those who establish sophisticated systems of domination
are not only highly intelligent; they are supremely deceptive
and ruthless. They completely ignore the ethical barriers that
govern a normal human being's behavior. They do not believe that
the moral and legislative laws, which others are expected to abide
by, apply to them. This gives them an enormous advantage over
the masses that cannot easily imagine their mind-set. Advances
in technology have enabled modern rulers to dominate larger and
larger areas of the globe.
As a result, the substance of national sovereignty has already
been destroyed, and whatever remains of its shell is being dismantled
as quickly as possible. The new system they're building (which
they themselves refer to as a New World Order), will trade the
existing illusion of democratically directed government for their
long-sought, "expert-directed," authoritarian technocracy."
Joseph Plummer, 2014
"The corporate-owned press
and numerous political leaders have suppressed or attacked the
many revelations about the murder [of President John Kennedy in
November 1963] unearthed by independent investigators.
... Their efforts reveal a conspiracy to assassinate the president
and an even more extensive conspiracy to hide the crime."
Michael Parenti in his book "Dirty
Truths"
"For many Americans, the
idea that we are living in a country whose own leaders planned
and carried out the attacks of 9/11 is simply too horrible to
entertain. Unfortunately, however, there is strong evidence in
support of this view."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"The high officials, media
executives and military officers who are bound by law and ethics
to serve the American people have become a textbook example of
a grand conspiracy. To look at it from their point of view, they
are historic actors who are beyond good and evil, who must stimulate
the American people to a necessary geostrategic adventure by any
means necessary. To them, the official account of the 9/11 "terror"
attacks is what Plato once described as the "noble lie,"
a necessary falsehood told to a childlike public in order to direct
it maturely. The simple fact is that 9/11 has justified an attempt
to seize and control the ultimate geostrategic resource: oil."
Captain Eric H. May, a former Army
military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008
"Am I a conspiracy theorist
if I suggest that since the network's nightly news broadcasts
are sponsored almost entirely by prescription drug ads, that you
might have to hold your breath a long time before you hear the
alternative point of view to using pharmaceuticals to cure all
our ailments?
... Do pharmaceutical companies want to cure diabetes or do they
want to sell diabetes drugs and equipment? Well, they sure do
sell a lot these days, and the food companies are what make that
possible. Read David Kessler's book about the deliberate way food
companies use salt, fat and sugar as foodcrack to get people literally
addicted to eating bad food and too much of it. Is that a conspiracy?
Only if you define corporations putting profit ahead of human
health as conspiracy. The fact that Americans will do anything
to each other for money is not a conspiracy, it's a scandal."
Bill Maher, 2009
"In 1932, the Public Health
Service collaborated with the Tuskegee Institute to record the
history of syphilis in the black male community. Called the Tuskegee
Study of Untreated Syphilis in the Negro Male, the study initially
included 600 black men - 399 with the disease and 201 without.
While the men were told they would receive treatment, however,
the researchers never provided adequate treatment for the disease.
Even when penicillin became the preferred and available treatment
for syphilis, researchers kept their subjects in the dark... Although
originally planned to last only six months, the experiment continued
for 40 years."
Christina Sterbenz, www.businessinsider.com
"The easiest way to carry
out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that
simulates the very attack you want to carry out. This is exactly
how government perpetrators in the US and UK handled the 9/11
and 7/7 'terror' attacks, which were in reality government attacks
blamed on 'terrorists'. The 'next 9/11', constantly promised by
officials and the media, is likely to be carried out under the
guise of future military exercises."
Captain Eric H. May, former Army
military intelligence officer, 2008
"What a strange coincidence
that the authorities were running terror drills at the same time,
simulating the same scenarios, in the same area. If this happened
one time, it could be written off as a coincidence.
However, when you learn that drills were being run the same time
as the 9/11 attacks, the 7/7 London bombing, the Oklahoma City
bombing, the Madrid bombing, the Norway Oslo attacks, the Sandy
Hook shooting, the Aurora movie theater shooting, and the Boston
bombing, you must understand that this is not a coincidence. This
is a pattern."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
IS ZIONISM A THREAT TO
THE WORLD?
"A voluntary reconciliation
with the Arabs is out of the question either now or in the future.
If you wish to colonize a land in which people are already living,
you must provide a garrison for the land, or find some rich man
or benefactor who will provide a garrison on your behalf. Or else,
give up your colonization, for without an armed force which will
render physically impossible any attempt to destroy or prevent
this colonization, colonization is impossible, not difficult,
not dangerous, but impossible.
... Zionism is a colonization adventure and therefore it stands
or falls by the question of armed force. It is important to speak
Hebrew, but, unfortunately, it is even more important to be able
to shoot - or else I am through with playing at colonizing."
Vladimir Jabotinsky, founder
of Revisionist Zionism (precursor of Likud Party}
"We will establish ourselves
in Palestine whether you like it or not...You can hasten our arrival
or you can equally retard it. It is however better for you to
help us so as to avoid our constructive powers being turned into
a destructive power which will overthrow the world."
Chaim Weizmann, Published in
"Judische Rundschau," No. 4, 1920
"We shall try to spirit
the penniless population [the Palestinians] across the border
by procuring employment in the transit countries, while denying
any employment in our own country."
Theodor Herzl, founder of Zionism
"I do believe that it
might be feasible to secure the good-will of America, Great Britain
and France towards the promotion of a large influx, and settlement
of our people in Palestine ... further it might be possible to
obtain from the Powers the formal assurance to our people that
they shall obtain autonomy in Palestine as soon as their numbers
become large enough to justify this."
Jacob Schiff of Kuhn-Loeb &
Co. wrote a letter dealing with the Zionist question, September
(1917)
"The Arabs will have
to go, but one needs an opportune moment for making it happen,
such as a war."
Israeli Prime Minister David
Ben-Gurion, in a 1937 letter to his son
"I favor partition of
the country because when we become a strong power after the establishment
of the state, we will abolish partition and spread throughout
all of Palestine."
Israeli Prime Minister David
Ben-Gurion, 1938
"I am for compulsory
transfer; I do not see anything immoral in it."
Israeli Prime MInister David
Ben-Gurion, June 1938
"We should prepare to
go on the offensive. Our aim is to smash Lebanon, Trans-Jordan,
and Syria. The weak point is Lebanon, for the Moslem regime is
artificial and easy for us to undermine. We shall establish a
Christian state there, and then we will smash the Arab Legion,
eliminate Trans-Jordan; Syria will fall to us. We then bomb and
move on and take Port Said, Alexandria and Sinai."
Israeli Prime Minister David
Ben-Gurion, 1948
"We must do everything
to ensure they the Palestinian refugees never do return."
Israeli Prime Minister David
Ben-Gurion, in his diary, July 18, 1948
"Why should the Arabs
make peace? If I were an Arab leader I would never make terms
with Israel. That is natural. We have taken their country. Sure,
God promised it to me, but what does it matter to them? Our God
is not theirs. We come from Israel, it is true, but two thousand
years ago, and what is it to them? There have been anti-Semitism,
the Nazis, Hitler, and Auschwitz but was that their fault? They
only see one thing: we have come here and stolen their country."
Israeli Prime Minister David
Ben-Gurion to Nahum Goldman, President of the World Zionist Organization,
1956
"A partial Jewish state
is not the end, bur only the beginning. The establishment of such
a Jewish state will serve as a means in our historical effort
to redeem the country in its entirety.... We shall organize a
modern defense force... and then I am certain that we will not
be prevented from settling in other parts of the country, either
by mutual agreement with our Arab neighbors or by some other means....
We will expel the Arabs and take their place... with the force
at our disposal."
Israeli Prime Minister David
Ben-Gurion, in a 1937 letter to his son
"New Orleans District Attorney
Jim Garrison had decided-based on the entirety of everything that
he had learned from a wide variety of sources-that the most likely
masterminds of the JFK assassination were operatives of Israel's
intelligence service, the Mossad."
Michael Collins Piper
"In 1810, the Rothschilds
began to push for a country for the Jews, so they created a new
brand of Judaism called Reform Judaism which would establish a
new Jewish country, which is now Israel. Only the Rothschilds
could do that because to create a worldwide movement costs a lot
of money."
Eustace Mullins, 2008
"Between ourselves it
must be clear that there is no room for both peoples together
in this country. We shall not achieve our goal if the Arabs are
in this small country. There is no other way than to transfer
the Arabs from here to neighboring countries - all of them. Not
one village, not one tribe should be left."
Joseph Weitz, head of the Jewish
Agency's Colonization Department in 1940
"Political Zionism is
an agency of Big Business. It is being used by Jewish and Christian
financiers in the United States and Great Britain, to make Jews
believe that Palestine will be ruled by a descendant of King David
who will ultimately rule the world. What delusion! It will lead
to war between Arabs and Jews and eventually to war between Muslims
and non-Muslims. That will be the turning point of history."
Henry H. Klein, 1947
"Hundreds of thousands
of Palestinians, intimidated and terrorized, fled in panic, and
still others were driven out by the Jewish army, which, under
the leadership of David Ben-Gurion, planned and executed the expulsion
in the wake of the UN Partition Plan."
Israeli historian Simha Flapan
"By what means has America
(and the entire West) been brought to the state that no public
man aspires to office, or editor feels secure at his desk, until
he has brought out his prayer-mat and prostrated himself to Zion?
How have presidents and prime ministers been led to compete for
the approval of this faction like bridesmaids for the bride's
bouquet? Why do leading men suffer themselves to be paraded at
hundred-dollar-a-plate banquets for Zion, or to be herded on to
Zionist platforms to receive "plaques" for services
rendered?"
The power of money and the prospect of votes have demonstrably
been potent lures, but in my judgment by far the strongest weapon
is this power to control published information; to lay stress
on what a faction wants and to exclude from it all that the faction
dislikes, and so to be able to give any selected person a "good"
or a "bad" press.
Douglas Reed in his book "The
Controversy of Zion" [published in the 1950s]
"For the most part, Israel
is the subcontractor for American arms to the 'Third World.' There
is no terrible regime - Colombia, Guatemala, Uruguay, Argentina
and Chile during the time of the colonels, Burma, Taiwan, Zaire,
Liberia, Congo, Sierra Leone - there is not one that does not
have a major military connection to Israel. Israel is a key member
of the American empire."
Jeff Halper
""It is like what
was done by the Nazis to us during the Shoa [the Judeocide of
WW II].
... What we are doing in the occupied territories [since 1967]
has aroused the Palestinians. I understand them. If somebody had
done the same things to us, we would have reacted exactly like
them."
Israeli national singer Yafa
Yarkoni, comparing the Israeli Occupation Forces (IOF) with the
Nazis, April 2002
"Everybody has to move,
run and grab as many [Palestinian] hilltops as they can to enlarge
the [Jewish] settlements because everything we take now will stay
ours... Everything we don't grab will go to them."
Israeli Prime Minister Ariel
Sharon, 1998
"It is the duty of Israel
leaders to explain to public opinion, clearly and courageously,
a certain number of facts that are forgotten with time. The first
of these is that there is no Zionism, colonization or Jewish state
without the eviction of the Arabs and the expropriation of their
lands."
Ariel Sharon, 1998
"We, the Jewish people
control America, and the Americans know it."
Prime Minister Ariel Sharon
to Shimon Peres, October 2001
"Tell me, do the evil
men of this world have a bad time? They hunt and catch whatever
they feel like eating. They don't suffer from indigestion and
are not punished by Heaven. I want Israel to join that club. Maybe
the world will then at last begin to fear us instead of feeling
sorry. Maybe they will start to tremble, to fear our madness instead
of admiring our nobility. Let them tremble; let them call us a
mad state. Let them understand that we are a savage country, dangerous
to our surroundings, not normal, that we might go wild, that we
might start World War Three just like that, or that we might one
day go crazy and burn all the oil fields in the Middle East. Even
if you'll prove to me that the present war is a dirty immoral
war, I don't care. We shall start another war, kill and destroy
more and more. And do you know why it is all worth it? Because
it seems that this war has made us more unpopular among the civilized
world. We'll hear no more of that nonsense about the unique Jewish
morality. No more talk about a unique people being a light upon
the nations. No more uniqueness and no more sweetness and light.
Good riddance."
former Israeli Prime Minister
Ariel Sharon
"Israel controls the U.S.
Senate. The Senate is subservient, much too much; we should be
more concerned about U.S. interests rather than doing the bidding
of Israel. The great majority of the Senate of the U.S. - somewhere
around 80% - is completely in support of Israel; anything Israel
wants; Israel gets. This has been demonstrated time and again,
and this has made foreign policy difficult for our government."
Senator J. William Fulbright told
CBS Face the Nation on April 15, 1973
"Israel's goal in the Middle
East has been to gin up as much conflict and chaos as possible,
keeping its Islamic enemies divided, making it impossible for
any credible challenge to arise among its Arab neighbors, and
aiming the main blow at Tehran, while paying lip service to the
awfulness of ISIS and al-Qaeda. Their quarrel isn't really with
the Arabs, anyway, it's with the Persians, whom they fear and
loathe, and whose destruction has been their number one objective
since the days of Ariel Sharon."
Justin Raimondo, 2014
"Zionism was willing
to sacrifice the whole of European Jewry for a Zionist State.
Everything was done to create a state of Israel and that was only
possible through a world war. Wall Street and Jewish large bankers
aided the war effort on both sides."
Joseph Burg, The Toronto Star,1988
"The control the Jews
have over the news media and the barrage which the Jews have built
up on congressmen... I am very much concerned over the fact that
the Jewish influence here is completely dominating the scene and
making it almost impossible to get Congress to do anything they
don't approve of. The Israeli Embassy is practically dictating
to the Congress through influential Jewish people in the country."
Secretary of State John Foster
Dulles
"American Zionists from
left to right adopted unanimously, at their last annual convention
held in Atlantic City in October 1944, the demand for a free and
democratic Jewish commonwealth... which shall embrace the whole
of Palestine, undivided and undiminished."
Hannah Arendt, 1945
"Among the most disturbing
political phenomena of our time is the emergence in the newly
created State of Israel of the Freedom Party (Herut), a political
party closely akin in its organization, method, political philosophy
and social appeal to the Nazi and Fascist parties."
Albert Einstein, Hanna Arendt
and other prominent Jewish Americans, writing in The New York
Times, protesting the visit to America of Menachem Begin, December
1948
"I have always said,
I always say, I am proud of everything I have done in my past.
I do not disown a single step .... I am proud of what I have done
and I do not owe an accounting to anyone."
Yitzhak Shamir - leader of the
Stern Gang terrorist group in Palestine, 1991
"When we have settled
the land, all the Arabs will be able to do about it will be scurry
around like drugged roaches in a bottle."
Rafael Eitan, Israel's military
chief of the staff during the 1982 invasion of Lebanon
"Israel should have exploited
the repression of the demonstrations in China, when world attention
focused on that country, to carry out mass expulsions among the
Arabs of the territories."
Benyamin Netanyahu, 1989
"We are benefiting from
one thing, and that is the attack on the Twin Towers and Pentagon,
and the American struggle in Iraq... [these events] swung American
public opinion in our favor."
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin
Netanyahu, 2008
"It's very good [bombing
of World Trade Center, NYC, 2001]... it will generate immediate
sympathy ... [and] strengthen the bond between our two peoples."
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin
Netanyahu, 2011
"The charge that criticism
of Israel is implicitly anti-Semitic is regarded in Israel and
the United States as Israel's trump card. If it has been played
more insistently and aggressively in recent years, that is because
it is now the only card left. The habit of tarring any foreign
criticism with the brush of anti-Semitism is deeply ingrained
in Israeli political instincts: Ariel Sharon used it with characteristic
excess but he was only the latest in a long line of Israeli leaders
to exploit the claim. David Ben-Gurion and Golda Meir did no different.
But Jews outside of Israel pay a high price for this tactic. Not
only does it inhibit their own criticisms of Israel for fear of
appearing to associate with bad company, but it encourages others
to look upon Jews everywhere as de facto collaborators in Israel's
misbehavior. When Israel breaks international law in the occupied
territories, when Israel publicly humiliates the subject populations
whose land it has seized -- but then responds to its critics with
loud cries of "anti-Semitism" -- it is in effect saying
that these acts are not Israeli acts, they are Jewish acts: The
occupation is not an Israeli occupation, it is a Jewish occupation,
and if you don't like these things it is because you don't like
Jews. In many parts of the world this is in danger of becoming
a self-fulfilling assertion: Israel's reckless behavior and insistent
identification of all criticism with anti-Semitism is now the
leading source of anti-Jewish sentiment in Western Europe and
much of Asia."
Tony Judt, 2006
"Zionist acts of terror,
carried out mainly by members of two major groups, the Irgun and
Stern Gang, included the 1946 bombing of the King David Hotel
in Jerusalem, which killed ninety-one people - forty-one Arabs,
twenty-eight British, and seventeen Jews; the 1947 hanging of
two British soldiers and booby trapping of their bodies; the 1948
bombing of the Arab-owned Semiramis Hotel in Jerusalem, which
killed twenty-two Arabs, including women and children; the 1948
massacre of 254 Arab men, women, and children villagers of Deir
Yassin; the massacre of scores of civilians at the village of
Dawayima in 1948; and the 1948 assassination of UN Special Representative
Count Folke Bernadotte of Sweden.
... Menachem Begin led the Irgun, and Yitzhak Shamir was one of
the leaders of the Stern Gang. Both men later became prime ministers
of Israel."
former U.S. Congressman Paul
Findley
"A controversial bill
that officially defines Israel as the "Nation-State of the
Jewish People" was approved by the Israeli cabinet.
Finally Israel has acknowledged its true Jewish nature. Instead
of pretending to be a 'Jewish Democracy" - a contradiction
in terms, the Jewish State admits that it is a theocracy guided
by Jewish racial supremacist ideology.
The bill, which is intended to become part of Israel's Basic Laws,
recognises Israel's Jewish character, institutionalises Jewish
law as an inspiration for legislation and delists Arabic as an
official second language. As if until now Arabic had been equal
to Hebrew.
According to some Israeli critics, the new Israeli bill would
weaken the wording of Israel's declaration of independence, which
states that the new state would "be based on the principles
of liberty, justice and freedom expressed by the prophets of Israel
[and] affirm complete social and political equality for all its
citizens, regardless of religion, race or gender."
Israel has always been the Jewish State, it has never been a liberal
place nor has it been committed to justice or equality. The deepest
truth is that universal humanism and ethical culture is foreign
to Judaic thinking that is tribal and legalistic."
Gilad Atzmon, 2014
"Israeli psychopaths
can steal Palestine, murder Palestinians, and justify it with
the Bible, and feel good about it. Of course, they know they are
lying. And they know that they will be morally condemned and attacked
by the majority of human beings, if they do not conceal their
drive for what they want behind a mask of some high sounding justification.""
Laura Knight-Jadczyk
"Israel appears to have
a special place in the world today. It can ignore international
law and not worry that it will be called to account. It can unleash
brutal attacks on the Palestinians and yet it is always portrayed
as the victim - a typical psychopathic tactic. Attacks against
Jews across the globe are catalogued and denounced while the same
acts committed against Arabs and Moslems are acceptable - another
psychopathic trait. "
Henry See
"The purpose of Zionism
is to help colonize the Middle East, subvert Islam, and control
the oil fields. For this reason Israel continues to receive blank
checks. This is why the founding of Israel took precedence over
the welfare of the Jewish people.
People complain that Israel controls the U.S.. But, Israel is
just an instrument of the central bankers who control both."
Henry Makow
"Israel is now allied
with Saudi Arabia and other Sunni Persian Gulf states, which are,
in turn, supporting Sunni militants in Al-Qaeda and the Islamic
State. Sometimes directly, sometimes indirectly, this Israel-Saudi
bloc sustains Al-Qaeda and, to a somewhat lesser degree, the Islamic
State."
Robert Parry
"Following the War [World
War I] Britain and France carved up the Middle East... Britain
obtaining protectorate status over Palestine (Israel) and the
important oil-producing areas, especially Iraq. Their protectorate
over Palestine set the stage for their planned later creation
in that area of a Jewish homeland, which intent was proclaimed
to British Zionists in a letter from Britain's Foreign Secretary
Arthur Balfour to Walter Lord Rothschild, representing the English
Federation of Zionists. The letter became known as the Balfour
Declaration, which was not implemented until after World War II.
The British intent was to project their control into the oil-laden
Middle East by creating a Jewish-dominated Palestine, beholden
to Britain for survival, and surrounded by a pack of squabbling,
balkanized Arab states."
F William Engdahl in his book
"A Century of War"
"Israel controls the
United States Senate."
Senator William Fulbright, 1967
"Sir Edmond Rothschild
began his personal campaign to create a Jewish homeland in Palestine
in order to create a release valve for Jewish émigrés
to promote them emigrating to Palestine, and out of Western Europe.
As the pre-eminent Zionist in Britain, Sir Edmond Rothschild 's
proposal for the creation of a Jewish homeland in Palestine served
major economic interests of the Rothschilds and of the British
Empire, in that several years prior, Rothschild bought the Suez
Canal for the British, and it was the primary transport route
for Russian oil. Palestine, thus, would be a vital landmass as
a protectorate for British and Rothschild imperial-economic interests."
Patricia Goldstone in her book
"Aaronsohn's Maps"
"Political Zionism is
an agency of Big Business. It is being used by Jewish and Christian
financiers in the United States and Great Britain, to make Jews
believe that Palestine will be ruled by a descendant of King David
who will ultimately rule the world. What delusion! It will lead
to war between Arabs and Jews and eventually to war between Muslims
and non-Muslims. That will be the turning point of history."
Henry H. Klein, 1947
"In the 1860s, the British-Israelite
movement was initiated from within Freemasonry.
Its goal was to establish a Jewish-Masonic state in the Turkish
province of Palestine... Initially, British Jewish Masonic families
like the Rothschilds and Montefiores provided the capital to build
the infrastructure for the anticipated wave of immigration. However,
luring the Jews to Israel was proving difficult.
They liked European life too much to abandon it. So Europe was
to be turned into a nightmare for the Jews."
Barry Chamish
"There cannot be the
slightest doubt that a state of mind very much like that of Israel
now prevails among American Jews. There is a fanatical certainty
abroad that there is only one truth and that Israel is the sole
custodian of it. No distinction is made between the Jews of the
world and Israel, and not even between the Israeli government
and Israel. Israeli statesmen and their policies are assumed to
be inviolate and above criticism. There is a frightening intolerance
of opinions differing from those of the majority, a complete disregard
of reason, and a yielding to the emotions of a stampeding herd."
William Zukerman, Jewish Newsletter,
1955
WILL FASCISM (TOTALITARIANISM)
TRIUMPH IN AMERICA?
"To oppose the policies
of a government does not mean you are against the country or the
people that the government supposedly represents. Such opposition
should be called what it really is: democracy, or democratic dissent,
or having a critical perspective about what your leaders are doing.
Either we have the right to democratic dissent and criticism of
these policies or we all lie down and let the leader, the Fuhrer,
do what is best, while we follow uncritically, and obey whatever
he commands. That's just what the Germans did with Hitler, and
look where it got them."
Michael Parenti
"Fascism should more appropriately
be called Corporatism because it is a merger of State and corporate
power."
Benito Mussolini - dictator of
Italy
"When fascism comes to
America it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying a cross."
Sinclair Lewis, 1835
"Don't even whisper that
the USA is a fascist empire, even though it's obvious to anyone
who's even half awake that corporations own the government on
every level, and that fascism by Mussolini's own definition is
the merger of state and corporate power."
John R. Hall
"I wouldn't call it fascism
exactly, but a political system nominally controlled by an irresponsible,
dumbed down electorate who are manipulated by dishonest, cynical,
controlled mass media that dispense the propaganda of a corrupt
political establishment can hardly be described as democracy either"
columnist Edward Zehr
"Our problem is civil obedience.
Our problem is the numbers of people all over the world who have
obeyed the dictates of the leaders of their government and have
gone to war, and millions have been killed because of this obedience
Our problem is that people are obedient all over the world, in
the face of poverty and starvation and stupidity, and war and
cruelty. Our problem is that people are obedient while the jails
are full of petty thieves, and all the while the grand thieves
are running the country. That's our problem: people are obedient,
all these herdlike people."
Howard Zinn
"Bankers represent corporatist
fascism and monopoly. Through their great wealth they control
most governments and their court systems. That is why your elected
representatives do not listen to you. They have already been purchased
by Wall Street and banking. These are the same people who have
financed most wars on both sides for centuries. Through their
banks, and the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), they
control money laundering and the worldwide drug trade, which is
the most lucrative of all enterprises."
Bob Chapman
"The first truth is that
the liberty of a democracy is not safe if the people tolerate
the growth of private power to a point where it becomes stronger
than their democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is fascism
- ownership of government by an individual, by a group, or by
any other controlling private power."
President Franklin D. Roosevelt
"We're not moving toward
Hitler-type fascism, but we're moving toward a softer fascism:
Loss of civil liberties, corporations running the show, big government
in bed with big business."
Congressman Ron Paul (R-TX), 2007
"The really dangerous American
fascist is the man who wants to do in the United States in an
American way what Hitler did in Germany in a Prussian way. The
American fascist would prefer not to use violence. His method
is to poison the channels of public information. With a fascist
the problem is never how best to present the truth to the public
but how best to use the news to deceive the public into giving
the fascist and his group more money or more power.
They claim to be superpatriots, but they would destroy every liberty
guaranteed by the Constitution. They demand free enterprise but
are the spokesmen for monopoly and vested interest. Their final
objective toward which all their deceit is directed is to capture
political power so that, using the power of the state and the
power of the market simultaneously, they may keep the common man
in eternal subjugation."
US Vice President Henry Wallace
to the New York Times, April 9, 1944
"The central bank of a
nation finances monopoly industry and imperial states, both of
which are created out of debt bondage to the central bank. Both
the commercial/industrial elites and political elites merge their
interests - the state will pursue imperial policies that have
the effect of benefiting industry, while industry will support
the building of a strong, powerful state (and provide a cozy job
for the political elite upon leaving the public sector). This
makes up the ruling class of a nation, the capitalists, or owners
of the means of production, merging with the political rulers
of the nation [a definition of fascism]."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The dictionary definition
of fascism is government control over the means of production
with ownership held in private hands... The twentieth century
fascism of Germany was private monopoly control over the government
which then did control industry, but in such a way as to favor
the monopolists and to prevent competition."
G. Edward Griffin
"Fascism emerges in the
midst of a capitalist crisis when the ruling elements mobilize
chauvinism and racism to divert the attention of the working people
from mobilizing against the capitalist class. This was the concrete
experience of fascism during the last major capitalist depression."
Horace G. Campbell
"The Nazi state is a dictatorship
of monopoly capitalism. Its 'fascism' is that of business enterprise
organized on a monopoly basis, and in full command of all the
military, police, legal and propaganda power of the state."
economist Robert Brady
"There will be no swastikas
in an American fascism, but Stars and Stripes and Christian crosses.
No fascist salute, but mass recitations of the Pledge of Allegiance.
These symbols contain no whiff of fascism in themselves, of course,
but an American fascism would transform them into obligatory litmus
tests for detecting the internal enemy."
historian Robert O. Paxton
"The CFR is a supragovermnental
organization that overshadows congress. It is financed by the
Tax-exempt Foundations, and portrays itself as a humanitarian
group. But its objectives are to erode national sovereignty and
merge America into a worldwide government under the control of
its members, which include people of tremendous wealth. Basically,
their goal is global fascism. The CFR is responsible for setting
major policy, which is activated without public knowledge or consent.
It is beyond congressional investigation."
Mark M. Rich, "The Hidden
Evil"
"Dominionists wait only
for a fiscal, social or political crisis, a moment of upheaval
in the form of an economic meltdown or another terrorist strike
on American soil, to move to reconfigure the political system.
Such a crisis could unleash a public clamor, for drastic new national
security measures and draconian reforms to safeguard the nation.
Widespread discontent and fear, stoked and manipulated by dominionists
and their sympathizers could be used by these radicals to sweep
aside the objections of beleaguered moderates in Congress and
the courts, those clinging to a bankrupt and discredited liberalism,
to establish an American theocracy, a Christian fascism."
Chris Hedges
"Every day that the conservatives
in Congress, the right-wing talking heads, and their noisy minions
are allowed to hold up our ability to govern the country is another
day we're slowly creeping across the final line - toward fascism
- beyond which, history tells us, no country has ever been able
to return."
Sara Robinson
"Hitler has a deep respect
for the Catholic church and the Jesuit order; not because of their
Christian doctrine, but because of the 'machinery' they have elaborated
and controlled, their hierarchical system, their extremely clever
tactics, their knowledge of human nature and their wise use of
human weaknesses in ruling over believers."
Hermann Rauschning, 1939
"The United States is extremely
lucky that no honest, charismatic figure has arisen. Every charismatic
figure is such an obvious crook that he destroys himself, like
McCarthy or Nixon or the evangelist preachers. If somebody comes
along who is charismatic and honest this country is in real trouble
because of the frustration, disillusionment, the justified anger
and the absence of any coherent response. What are people supposed
to think if someone says 'I have got an answer, we have an enemy'?
There it was the Jews. Here it will be the illegal immigrants
and the blacks. We will be told that white males are a persecuted
minority. We will be told we have to defend ourselves and the
honor of the nation. Military force will be exalted. People will
be beaten up. This could become an overwhelming force. And if
it happens it will be more dangerous than Germany."
Noam Chomsky
"I'm afraid, based on my
own experience, that fascism will come to America in the name
of national security."
Jim Garrison, New Orleans District
Attorney, prosecutor in the JFK assassination conspiracy trial
"It may well be that the
real agenda of the George W Bush administration is to create a
kind of soft fascism, a presidential dictatorship or one-party
system that presides over a de facto Christian plutocracy, and
that has managed to squelch all opposing voices."
Morris Berman
"Franklin Delano Roosevelt
warned Congress in 1938 that when government is controlled by
private economic power, he called that fascism. And he would consider
today's control by private economic power -- namely, giant corporations
astride the world -- as an even more advanced form of what he
called fascism: control of government by corporate interests...
the clinical definition of "fascism" is when private
concentrated economic power takes government away from the people,
turns government into a guarantor, a subsidizer, a covering of
corporate power. And corporations now have their executives in
high government positions. They have 35,000 full-time lobbies
here... And they have 10,000 political action committees."
Ralph Nader, 2007
"US policymakers use fascism
to protect capitalism, while claiming they are saving democracy
from Communism."
Michael Parenti
"Fascism is the imposed
dictatorship of the ruling class utilizing armed force to preserve
the social-economic system wherever it is collapsing. The destruction
of democracy-"that bourgeois illusion"-the suppression
of all civil liberties, the destruction of the trade unions and
the intellectuals, the glorification of the State-these are the
natural results of the coming into power of a regime whose one
purpose is the salvation of the profit system and whose hired
leaders are superpatriots, demagogues, militarists, political
racketeers, and fanatics."
George Seldes
"I know the capacity that
is there to make tyranny total in America."
Senator Frank Church, 1975
"When and if fascism finally
takes hold in America, the basic forms of government will remain...
Fascism will appear to be friendly. The legislators will be in
session. There will be elections, and the news media will continue
to cover the entertainment and political trivia. Consent of the
governed, however, will no longer apply. Actual control will have
finally passed to the oligarchic elite controlling the government
behind the scenes."
John W. Whitehead, 2015
"Left unchecked, the hatred
for radical Islam will transform itself into a hatred for Muslims.
The hatred for undocumented workers will become a hatred for Mexicans
and Central Americans. The hatred for those not defined by this
largely white movement as American patriots will become a hatred
for African-Americans. The hatred for liberals will morph into
a hatred for all democratic institutions, from universities to
government agencies to the press. Our continued impotence and
cowardice, our refusal to articulate this anger and stand up in
open defiance to the Democrats and the Republicans, will see us
swept aside for an age of terror and blood."
Chris Hedges
"People have reached a
point where anything which will save them from Communism is a
godsend; and if Fascism or Nazism promises more security than
our own democracy we may even turn to them."
Eleanor Roosevelt
"Democracy is dead in the
United States and the forces of tyranny and authoritarianism offer
no apologies for their hatred of democracy and the culture of
poverty, immiseration, and cruelty that they want to impose on
the American people, if not the rest of the world.
... The protean forces for creating an authoritarian state are
in full play in the United States and extend far beyond the shadow
of a debased and corrupt politics. A set of complex forces working
in tandem is slowly, insidiously eroding the very foundations
of a civic and democratic culture. Some of the most glaring issues
are massive unemployment; a rotting infrastructure; the defunding
of vital public services; the dismantling of the social safety
net; expanding levels of poverty, especially for children; and
an imprisonment binge largely targeting poor minorities of color."
Henry Giroux
"It would be easy for us,
if we do not learn to understand the world and appreciate the
rights, privileges and duties of all other countries and peoples,
to represent in our power the same danger to the world that Fascism
did."
Ernest Hemingway
"We are being ruled by
an oligarchy disguised as a democracy, and arguably on our way
towards fascism - a form of government where private corporate
interests rule, money calls the shots, and the people are seen
as mere subjects to be controlled.
...We are now ruled by an oligarchic elite of governmental and
corporate interests. We have moved into "corporatism"
which is a halfway point on the road to full-blown fascism."
John W. Whitehead, 2015
"Fascism: a system of government
that exercises a dictatorship of the extreme right, typically
through the merging of state and business leadership, together
with belligerent nationalism."
American Heritage Dictionary, 1983
"A principle of Italian
corporatism, and economic fascism in general, is that private
property and business ownership are permitted, but are in reality
controlled by government through a business-government 'partnership'."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The Rockefeller group
within the American power establishment, along with numerous related
corporate heads from Henry Ford to the DuPonts, had long been
attracted to the European models of Mussolini's corporatist Fascism
and even German Nazism."
F. William Engdahl, "The Gods
of Money"
"The elements are in place
for fascism: a weak legislative body, a legal system that is both
compliant and repressive, a party system in which one party, whether
in opposition or in the majority, is bent upon reconstituting
the existing system so as to permanently favor a ruling class
of the wealthy, the well-connected and the corporate.
... That scheme is abetted by a sycophantic and increasingly concentrated
media."
Sheldon Wolin, "Inverted Totalitarianism",
The Nation, May 19, 2003
"Rather than forcing a populace
to adhere to a particular state ideology, the general public in
the United States is largely depoliticized through the influence
of corporations over schools, higher education, and other cultural
apparatuses. The deadening of public values, civic consciousness,
and critical citizenship are also the result of the work of anti-public
intellectuals representing right-wing ideological and financial
interests, a powerful corporate controlled media, and a market-driven
public pedagogy that reduces the obligations of citizenship to
the endless consumption and discarding of commodities. In addition,
a pedagogy of historical, social, and racial amnesia is constructed
and ciculated through a highly popular celebrity culture and its
counterpart in corporate-driven news, television, radio, and entertainment
to produce a culture of stupidity, censorship, and diversionary
spectacles."
Henry Giroux
"Fascism is on the march
today in America. Millionaires are marching to the tune. It will
come in this country unless a strong defense is set up by all
liberal and progressive forces... A clique of U.S. industrialists
is hell-bent to bring a fascist state to supplant our democratic
government, and is working closely with the fascist regime in
Germany and Italy. Aboard ship a prominent executive of one of
America's largest financial corporations told me point blank that
if the progressive trend of the Roosevelt administration continued,
he would be ready to take definite action to bring fascism to
America."
William Dodd, former US Ambassador
to Germany, 1938, told a reporter aboard a U. S.-bound ship
"I think we already have
a fascist executive branch, but that does not translate into systemic
fascism yet. Fascism is a middle class phenomenon, which means
it is something that happens in countries that have achieved a
level of development. Right now we are seeing a preparatory phase
by the fascist executive branch, putting in place the legal infrastructure
to impose a distinctly American fascism if the opportunity arrives.
Guantanamo, PATRIOT Act, the FTAA demonstrations, all of it."
Stan Goff, a retired military.
officer' who has spoken out eloquently against the invasion of
Iraq
"Fascism is a method of
preparing a nation for imperialistic adventures which have in
the past and will in the future include wholesale slaughter as
one of its means."
George Seldes
"With a fascist the problem
is never how best to present the truth to the public but how best
to use the news to deceive the public into giving the fascist
and his group more money or more power. American fascism will
not be really dangerous until there is a purposeful coalition
among the cartelists, the deliberate poisoners of public information.
They claim to be super-patriots, but they would destroy every
liberty guaranteed by the Constitution."
US Vice President Henry Wallace,
1944
"The United States is now
a hair's breath from becoming a turnkey totalitarian state."
William Binney, former NSA officer
"The Weimar Republic [Germany]
was the peak of Western civilization and was regarded as a model
of democracy... In 1928 the Nazis had less than 2 percent of the
vote. Two years later, millions supported them. The public got
tired of the incessant wrangling, and the service to the powerful,
and the failure of those in power to deal with their grievances."
Noam Chomsky
"Authoritarianism in the
American collective psyche and in what might be called traditional
narratives of historical memory is always viewed as existing elsewhere.
Viewed as an alien and demagogic political system, it is primarily
understood as a mode of governance associated with the dictatorships
in Latin America in the 1970s and, of course, in its most vile
extremes, with Hitler's poisonous Nazi rule and Mussolini's fascist
state in the 1930s and 1940s. These were and are societies that
idealized war, soldiers, nationalism, militarism, political certainty,
fallen warriors, racial cleansing, and a dogmatic allegiance to
the homeland. Education and the media were the propaganda tools
of authoritarianism, merging fascist and religious symbols with
the language of God, family, and country, and were integral to
promoting servility and conformity among the populace."
Henry Giroux
WHY DON'T "HUMAN
RIGHTS" INCLUDE BASIC HUMAN NEEDS LIKE
FOOD, WATER, SHELTER, CLOTHING, SANITATION, HEALTHCARE AND EDUCATION?
"There is a current of
human rights that judges a society by how well it treats the poor
and the weak. It challenges power by asking why, in large areas
of the world where civil liberties and the rule of law do hold
sway, so little is done to meet the most basic economic, medical,
and educational needs of the population.
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"The American Constitution
itself does not include economic, social, and cultural rights.
It includes no mandate to have the basic needs of people satisfied."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"Human rights leaders never
found a war against the social development and economic well-being
of a nation a violation of human rights."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"Washington set out after
the Vietnam War to craft human rights into a new language of power
designed to promote American foreign policy... Washington has
shaped idealism into a potent ideological weapon for ends having
little to do with human rights - and everything to do with extending
America's global reach."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"The human rights movement's
deep uneasiness with all forms of radical and revolutionary social
change was already evident in 1961, when the newly founded Amnesty
international pronounced that no prisoners who advocated violence
could be considered prisoners of conscience: thus no revolutionaries,
not even Nelson Mandela in South Africa."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"We look with perplexity
at how slavery could coexist with the belief that all men are
created equal, how liberalism could rise hand in hand with colonialism
and brutal forms of exploitation, how calls for freedom could
ignore women's rights, how the antislavery movement in England
could coincide with the Opium Wars against China, and how democracies
could fight colonial wars."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"When human rights groups
refused on principle to take a stand on American global policies
and geopolitical questions, they chose to ignore the history of
the national security establishment's standard operating procedures.
Some human rights activists and members of Congress were well
aware of long-standing U.S. military programs in counterinsurgency
and counterterror operations, which brought military and intelligence
officers from other countries to the United States for training.
But few leaders spoke to this history. Thus all the newly uncovered
facts about ongoing atrocities were reported with little background
on decades of political warfare strategies. Human rights groups
never much addressed Washington's policies, certainly not in a
way that effectively discredited the rhetoric of democratization."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"Chinese critics asked
how the growing inequalities between rich and poor in the United
States could be compatible with a human rights spirit. Why were
36.5 million Americans living in poverty in 2006? Why is the wealth
of the richest growing exponentially, widening the already huge
earnings gap between the rich and the less well off? Why did payments
to corporate CEOs that were some 475 times higher than those to
ordinary workers go unchallenged by human rights advocates? Was
the control of patents on medicines for AIDS and other diseases
that would help enormously in poorer countries an intellectual
property right - or a human rights violation?"
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"As far back as the 1850s,
Frederick Douglass, looking at the unquestionably vibrant press
in the United States, asked how it could coexist with one of the
most cruel systems of slavery the world had ever known. Why was
a people so moral about some issues able to live face-to-face
with such evil? And why did segregation last for another century
after slavery? The issue was not the absence of a free press or
of the free flow of ideas or of criticism. How and why blatant
injustices are accepted and lived with as part of the commonweal
is, as the American abolitionist John Brown warned, the key question
of human rights."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"Thousands of dossiers
have been produced describing in meticulous detail the death squads
and torture and extrajudicial executions carried out by brutal
regimes and pathological dictators around the world. When people
with black or yellow or brown skin, with Islamic or Communist
or nationalist credentials murder their prisoners or bomb their
villagers, they are condemned - often quite selectively, to be
sure - by the "civilized" world. And they should be
condemned. But the American leaders who ordered the free fire
zones in Vietnam and the Phoenix program, or directed the Contras
against the Sandinistas, or were complicit in Saddam Hussein's
gas warfare against the Kurds, or set up and operated Guantánamo
are not taken to court. They face no trials. On any human rights
website you will find a growing number of prominent leaders indicted
for war crimes and crimes against humanity. Few are American or
Western European or Israeli."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"Behind the veil of legitimacy
and humanitarian concerns can be found the same powerful people
and organizations such as the Open Society Institute of George
Soros, the Ford Foundation, the United States Institute of Peace,
the National Endowment for Democracy and many more, financing
and using a maze of well known NGO's such as Human Rights Watch,
Amnesty International, the International Crisis Group, etc., as
well as more obscure entities.
With the help of these various groups it is possible not only
to shape but to create the news, the agenda and public opinion
to further aims which are, in short, the control of the world,
its natural resources and the furtherance of the uniform ideal
of a perfect world polity made in America."
James Peck in his book "Ideal
Illusions"
"In the so-called 'third
world', particularly in sub-Sahara Africa, the ravages of the
Neoliberal Project have been extended by the actions of the IMF
and by other means. Governments are encouraged, or forced, to
take on debts that they have no ability to repay. When the governments
then turn to the IMF for relief, additional loans are granted,
but they are encumbered by draconian conditions. Governments are
forced to cut social services, and are required to sell off national
assets, such as water rights, at bargain basement prices to corporations.
It becomes illegal, to give an example of what draconian means,
for people to capture rainwater, as that is deemed to be stealing
from the corporations that have bought the nation's water rights.
By such means poverty has been systematically created wherever
the IMF has managed to dig in its claws."
www.theglobalelite.org, 2013
IS MAN-MADE CLIMATE CHANGE
A HOAX?
THE GLOBAL WARMING SCAM
"The claim that man-made
CO2 emissions are causing catastrophic changes in the earth's
climate is one of the biggest, most criminal frauds ever perpetrated
in human history. The assertion itself requires manipulation of
scientific data, heavy-handed blackmail and fraud to create the
false claim of a scientific 'consensus', and the transfer of trillions
of dollars from an already depressed world economy into a known
scientific dead-end. However, it is the intended effect of peddling
that lie-namely the rapid 'decarbonization' of the world's economy
and stifling the economic growth of the third world."
Executive Intelligence Review
"I have documents showing
that the CIA invented the whole thing. Global Warming was invented
to both scare people, and divert their attention from other human-made
dangers like nuclear weapons. The CIA gave millions of dollars
to any scientist who would confirm the theory, so many unscrupulous
scientists did what they were told in order to get the money.
Now, there is so much fake data to confirm that Global Warming
"exists", that they actually convinced everyone that
it was real."
Edward Snowden, 2016
"The common enemy of humanity
is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with
the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages,
famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are
caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes
and behaviour that they can be overcome. The real enemy then is
humanity itself . We believe humanity requires a common motivation,
namely a common adversary in order to realize world government.
It does not matter if this common enemy is a real one or one invented
for the purpose."
Club of Rome report "The
First Global Revolution", describes a plan to exploit the
false threat of global warming in order to further their agenda,
1993
"The Club of Rome - founded
in 1968 as an informal association of independent leading personalities
from politics, business, and science - started the climate change
hysteria.
... There is no global warming. It is a total hoax. A made up
theory that worked to scare the hell out of the general public,
so long as their scientists could generate fake statistics and
studies showing a rise in temperatures. And with that, the concept
of "global warming" was born.
... They created the concept of climate change as a way to introduce
a carbon tax on the rest of the world under the guise of punishing
humans for harming the environment."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"Politicians have come
to see global warming as a way to raise revenue by rationing CO2
production with schemes such as the 'cap and trade' legislation
now in Congress. The taxes assessed for producing CO2 could be
huge. But global warming as proclaimed by Al Gore and Co., is
a hoax."
John Takeuchi, meteorologist
"They've been changing
the cry from 'global warming' to 'climate change' because there's
so little evidence there's actually any warming going on. I believe
that as little as a decade from now, global warming will be recognized
as one of the greatest swindles in world history. It has so little
scientific basis, it can only rationally be considered a political
scam."
Doug Casey
"Carbon taxes are meant
to shut down all major economies not controlled by the IMF and
World Bank. It has two purposes; neither of them has been made
public. The first part of the carbon tax scam is that the IMF
and the World Bank will collect taxes from companies that create
too much carbon waste. They will set an allowable limit and tax
everything over the limit amount. Unless you get an exemption
like all of the oil companies will have.
... The second part of the scam is that the companies that are
not onboard with the IMF and World Bank will be taxed out of existence.
After the crippling sanctions demolish the company, it will either
be bought for pennies on the dollar by one of its competitors
that are aligned with the IMF or World Bank or just put out of
business.
... Climate change is purely a wealth confiscation scheme disguised
as a mission to save the planet. The United Nations, through their
banking entities, the IMF and World Bank, is using the manufactured
fear of "climate change" to collect trillions of dollars
in future taxes that will be used to lay the foundation for an
unelected global government."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"What if a small group
of world leaders were to conclude that the principal risk to the
Earth comes from the actions of rich countries? And if the world
is to survive, those rich countries would have to sign an agreement
reducing their impact on the environment. Will they do it? The
group's conclusion is "no." The rich countries won't
do it. They won't change. So, in order to save the planet, the
group decides: Isn't the only hope for the planet that the industrialized
civilizations collapse? Isn't it our responsibility to bring that
about? This group of world leaders forms a secret society to bring
about an economic collapse."
Maurice Strong - Secretary-General
of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment in Stockholm,
1972,
which launched the world environment movement
"Global warming fears are
the worst scientific scandal in history. When people come to know
what the truth is, they will feel deceived by science and scientists."
Kiminori Itoh, member of IPCC (Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change), award-winning environmental physical
chemist
"If this were a human caused
warming, it should have started about 1940 and trended strongly
upward as global industrialization followed World War II. That
isn't what happened. The warming started about 1850. We had a
surge of warming from about 1850 to 1870. We had another surge
from 1916 to 1940 and then, when the greenhouse gasses began to
spew from the factories, the temperatures went down for 35 years.
1976 to 1998, we had another surge of warming, but we've had no
warming in the last 8 years. So, what we have is an erratic warming
that started too soon to be blamed on humans."
Dennis Avery
"For years, the Elites
of the West have cranked up the myth of Man Made Global Warming
as a means first and foremost to control the lives and behaviors
of their populations. Knowing full well that their 'produce in
China and sell in the West' model and its consequent spiral downward
in wages and thus standards of living, was unsustainable, the
elites moved to use this new "science" to guilt trip
and scare monger their populations into smaller and more conservative
forms of living."
Stanislav Mishin
"The "Report from
Iron Mountain" was advertised as the result of a four-year
study by a group of 15 American intellectuals, including the future
editors of The Nation Victor Navasky and Richard Lingeman, novelist
E.L Doctorov, and economist John Kenneth Galbraith.
This 152-page report, reedited in 2002 by DIANE Publishing Company,
discussed the long-term perspectives of the end of the epoch of
wars, and the need for inttroducing substitutes to counter the
risks caused by standing peace.
The Report from Iron Mountain proposed the creation of global
police forces, the introduction of a modern form of slavery, eugenics,
mass euthanasia, mass welfare, the invention of a new quasi-religious
myth on planetary risks, and exaggerated environmental protection,
including widespread government spending and controls.
What followed were a string of events that led to an explosion
of ecological movements including the current climatic hysteria.
Soon after the report's publication in 1967, the U.S. Congress
passed the National Environmental Protection Act (1969), and on
Dec. 2, 1970, President Richard Nixon established the giant U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (by 2003 the EPA had 17,648 employees),
the first environment ministry in the world."
Zbigniew Jaworowski, 2009
"Billions of dollars of
grant money [over $50 billion] are flowing into the pockets of
those on the man-made global warming bandwagon. No man-made global
warming, the money dries up. This is big money, make no mistake
about it. Always follow the money trail and it tells a story."
James Spann, American Meteorological
Society-certified meteorologist
"The IPCC (Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change) is pre-programmed to produce reports
to support the hypotheses of anthropogenic warming and the control
of greenhouse gases, as envisioned in the Global Climate Treaty...
The 1990 IPCC Summary completely ignored satellite data, since
they showed no warming. The 1995 IPCC report was notorious for
the significant alterations made to the text after it was approved
by the scientists - in order to convey the impression of a human
influence. The 2001 IPCC report claimed the twentieth century
showed 'unusual warming' based on the now-discredited hockey stick
graph. The latest IPCC report, published in 2007, completely devaluates
the climate contributions from changes in solar activities, which
are likely to dominate any human influence."
Frederick Seitz, Past President,
U.S. National Academy of Sciences
"CO2 is not a primary driver
of climate change. The climate changes we have seen, and those
we will see in the future, are overwhelmingly the product of natural
influences, with orbital changes, solar activity."
Executive Intelligence Review,
2013
"The global warming agenda
is really about money, trading carbon credits and imposing carbon
taxes."
Eric Roston
"All temperature and weather
observations indicate that the earth isn't like a greenhouse and
that there is in reality no 'natural greenhouse effect' which
could warm up the earth by its own emitted energy - a 'global
warming effect'. With or without atmosphere every body looses
heat, gets inevitably colder... The hypothesis of a natural and
a man-made 'greenhouse effect', like eugenics, belongs to the
category 'scientific errors."
Wolfgang P. Thuene, former analyst
and forecaster for the German Weather Service
"Because CO2 is slightly
soluble in water and will come back to the Earth with precipitation,
nature corrects for any excess, just as it does with other excess
materials from volcanoes and forest fires. Nature recycles all
of what it considers excess very efficiently."
Sherwood Thoele, analytical
chemist and mathematician
"On the one hand, as scientists
we are ethically bound to the scientific method, in effect promising
to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing. But on the other
hand, we are not just scientists but human beings as well. We
need to get some broadbased support, to capture the public's imagination.
That of course, entails getting loads of media coverage. So we
have to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified, dramatic statements,
and make little mention of any doubts we might have. Each of us
has to decide what the right balance is between being effective
and being honest."
Stephen Schneider, 1989
"CO2 emissions make absolutely
no difference [in global temperature] one way or another. Every
scientist knows this, but it doesn't pay to say so. Global warming,
as a political vehicle, keeps Europeans in the driver's seat and
developing nations walking barefoot."
Takeda Kunihiko, vice-chancellor
of the Institute of Science and Technology Research at Chubu University,
Japan
"The hypothesis that the
global warming of the past decades is man-made is based on the
results of calculations with climate models in which the main
influence on climate is not included. The most important climate
driver comes from the interplay of solar activity, interplanetary
magnetic field strength, cosmic radiation intensity, and cloud
cover of the Earth atmosphere."
Gerhard Lobert, physicist, Recipient
of The Needle of Honor of German Aeronautics
"There is no convincing
scientific evidence that human release of carbon dioxide, methane,
or other greenhouse gases is causing or will, in the foreseeable
future, cause catastrophic heating of the Earth's atmosphere and
disruption of the Earth's climate. Moreover, there is substantial
scientific evidence that increases in atmospheric carbon dioxide
produce many beneficial effects upon the natural plant and animal
environments of the Earth."
Jon Hartzler, retired science professor
from St. Cloud State University
"From the beginning, what
has become the environmentalist movement, has never been about
the environment. The modern day green movement is and has always
been a cover for population reduction."
Executive Intelligence Review,
2013
"Geologists and paleo-climatologists
know that in the past the Earth's temperature has been substantially
warmer than it is today, and that this warming has occurred under
purely natural circumstances."
"The press promotes the
global warming alarmists and ignores or minimizes those who are
skeptical. To many of us, there is no convincing evidence that
carbon dioxide produced by humans has any influence on the Earth's
climate."
Mark L. Campbell, professor of
chemistry at the U.S. Naval Academy
"Scientists and activists
alike have jumped on the global warming bandwagon. It's become
a fad, a trend, a wave of enthusiasm, and the scientists are going
along with the fad to get research grants and the media limelight...
The facts, such as we can observe and calculate them, do not support
the idea of man-made global warming."
William Hunt, research scientist
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
"Research data on climate
change do not show that human use of hydrocarbons is harmful.
To the contrary, there is good evidence that increased atmospheric
carbon dioxide is environmentally helpful... [The Kyoto Treaty
on Climate Change] would have very negative effects upon the technology
of nations throughout the world, especially those that are currently
attempting to lift from poverty and provide opportunities to the
over 4 billion people in technologically underdeveloped countries."
Frederick Seitz, Past President,
U.S. National Academy of Sciences
IS HEALTHCARE IN THE
U.S. CONTROLLED BY A MEDICAL/PHARMA MAFIA?
BIG PROFITS FROM SELLING DRUGS AND PROCEDURES,
NOT KEEPING PEOPLE HEALTHY
"Physicians learn to practice
a very drug-intensive style of medicine. Even when changes in
lifestyle would be more effective, doctors and their patients
often believe that for every ailment and discontent there is a
drug."
Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor
in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015
"The U.S. currently has
the most aggressive vaccination schedule of any country on the
planet."
Melissa Melton, 2012
"The only type of research
that is funded and recognized is research on drugs. Research on
the causes of disease and non-interventions simply doesn't occur
in medical education."
T. Colin Campbell, The China Study,
2006
"The Center for Disease
Control [CDC] has known since 2001 that children exposed to thimerosal
in utero were 800 percent more likely to regress into autism.
This data was intentionally excluded from the CDC paper published
in the journal Pediatrics in an effort to disprove a thimerosal-autism
association.
... The CDC has known for a decade that children receiving the
MMR vaccines on schedule were nearly 300 percent more likely to
regress into autism compared to children whose parents decided
to withhold the vaccine until after the child was older."
Dr. Gary Null and Richard Gale,
2015
"The US childhood immunization
schedule requires 26 vaccine doses for infants aged less than
1 year, the most in the world, yet 33 nations have better IMRs
[Infant Mortality Rates]."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"To a highly significant
degree, the CDC and the World Health Organization are PR agencies,
whose job is to convince the public that stepping up, rolling
up their sleeves, and submitting to shots containing germs and
toxic chemicals is the most natural and wise action possible."
Jon Rappoport, 2014
"Aluminum has been added
to vaccines since about 1926. Aluminum affects memory, cognition,
psychomotor control; it damages the blood brain barrier, activates
brain inflammation, depresses mitochondrial function and plenty
of research suggests it is a key player in the formation of the
amyloid "plaques" and tangles in the brains of Alzheimer's
patients. It's been implicated in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
and autism and demonstrated to induce allergy."
Celeste McGovern
"The American Medical Association
[AMA] not only opposes single payer healthcare. something supported
by 60% of doctors, but even opposed a weak public insurance option.
While not long ago it represented 70% of American doctors, it
is now down to 30%. Their callous disregard of the needs of patients
and the opinions of doctors is why they are a shell of an organization."
Kevin Zeese, 2009
"No one should be forced
to undergo a medical treatment without informed consent and without
their agreement to the treatment. We condemn the forced sterilization
of the '20s and '30s, the Tuskegee medical experiments infecting
black inmates, and the Nazi medicine that included involuntary
"Euthanasia," experimentation and sterilization. How
can we force vaccination without consent? Vaccination is a medical
treatment with risks including death. It is totally antithetical
to all ethics in medicine to mandate that risk to others.
... If you think the government has the right to forcibly vaccinate
people, for the good of society, what is to prevent them from
forcibly sterilizing people, or forcibly euthanizing people, or
forcibly implanting a tracking device, for the good of society?"
Lee Hieb, M.D.
"We have large sociopathic
pharmaceutical companies making big bucks from worthless protections
against minor diseases, which often create collateral damage that's
considered worth the greater good of herd immunity. All nonsense.
But it's a great business profit oriented model."
Paul Fassa, 2017
"Over the past two decades
the pharmaceutical industry has moved very far from its original
high purpose of discovering and producing useful new drugs. Now
primarily a marketing machine to sell drugs of dubious benefit,
this industry uses its wealth and power to co-opt every institution
that might stand in its way, including the US Congress, the FDA,
academic medical centers, and the medical profession itself."
Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor
in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015
"Vaccines contain a vast
array of potentially dangerous ingredients, including antibiotics,
formaldehyde, monosodium glutamate (MSG), bovine fetal tissue,
polysorbate and heavy metals like aluminum and the mercury-containing
preservative thimerosal. When these are shot into the bloodstream,
they bypass the majority of the body's natural immune system which
resides in the gut."
Melissa Melton, 2012
"The CDC's own data reveals
a 340% increased risk of autism in African-American children following
the MMR vaccine."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"Vaccines can trigger autoimmunity.
Defined autoimmune diseases that may occur following vaccinations
include arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, diabetes mellitus,
thrombocytopenia, vasculitis, dermatomyosiositis, Guillain-Barre
syndrome and demyelinating disorders."
Celeste McGovern
"The medical establishment
does not take kindly to the idea of a serious connection between
diet and cancer or for that matter, virtually any other disease.
Big Medicine in America is in the business of treating disease
with drugs and surgery after symptoms appear... The American Cancer
Society gives almost no credence to the idea that diet is linked
to cancer."
T. Colin Campbell, The China Study,
2006
"A 2014 report released
by the Council of Foreign Relations revealed that the most highly
vaccinated populations are also those with the greatest number
of outbreaks for those same infectious diseases. This was especially
the case for measles, mumps, rubella, polio and pertussis outbreaks.
The US, Canada, the European Union, Australia and New Zealand,
and Japan-each with the highest number of mandated vaccines-led
the list of nations."
Dr. Gary Null and Richard Gale,
2015
"The corporate health-care
system is set up to make money, not to care for sick people."
Lewis H. Lapham, 2006
"The problem is not just
pharmaceuticals and it's not just the the American Medical Association,
and the private insurers, Blue Cross/Blue Shield and so on. The
whole healthcare system now is dominated by for-profit corporations."
Robert Reich, 2009
" You are not threatened
with bankruptcy in Canada, Britain, Germany, France, Finland,
Norway, Sweden, Japan, Italy, Spain. In none of these countries
can a citizen be bankrupted by their illness. But it is the leading
cause of bankruptcy in the United States."
Jim McDermott, Democratic congressman
from Washington state, 2009
"According to a CDC epidemiologist
who had analyzed the agency's massive database containing the
medical records of 100,000 children, a mercury-based preservative
in the vaccines - thimerosal - appeared to be responsible for
a dramatic increase in autism and a host of other neurological
disorders among children.
The CDC paid the Institute of Medicine to conduct a study to whitewash
the risks of thimerosal, ordering researchers to "rule out"
the chemical's link to autism.
It withheld epidemiologist's findings, even though they had been
slated for immediate publication, and told other scientists that
his original data had been "lost" and could not be replicated.
And to thwart the Freedom of Information Act, it handed its giant
database of vaccine records over to a private company, declaring
it off-limits to researchers. By the time the epidemiologist finally
published his study in 2003, he had gone to work for GlaxoSmithKline
and reworked his data to bury the link between thimerosal and
autism."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"In the early 1950s, there
were four vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis and smallpox.
Because three of these vaccines were combined into a single shot
(DTP), children received five shots by the time they were 2 years
old and not more than one shot at a single visit.
By the mid-1980s, there were seven vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus,
pertussis, measles, mumps, rubella and polio. Because six of these
vaccines were combined into two shots (DTP and MMR), and one,
the polio vaccine, was given by mouth, children still received
five shots by the time they were 2 years old and not more than
one shot at a single visit.
Since the mid-1980s, many vaccines have been added to the schedule.
Now, children could receive as many as 24 shots by 2 years of
age and five shots in a single visit."
Melissa Melton
"The government is saying
that animal products, dairy, meat, refined sugar and fat in your
diet are good for you. The government is turning a blind eye to
the evidence as well as to the millions of Americans who suffer
from nutrition-related illnesses The covenant of trust between
the U.S. government and the American citizen has been broken.
T. Colin Campbell, The China Study,
2006
"Although an association
between multiple sclerosis and the hepatitis B vaccine has been
debated for over 15 years, the CDC continues to categorically
deny this relationship. However, a 2014 retrospective French study
investigating the sudden spike in multiple sclerosis cases since
1993, identified France's mass Hepatitis B vaccination program
as the perpetuator for a doubling of MS cases within a few years."
Dr. Gary Null and Richard Gale,
2015
"Drug company employees
or their agents often design the drug studies, perform the analysis,
write the papers, and decide whether and in what form to publish
the results. Sometimes the medical faculty who serve as investigators
are little more than hired hands, supplying patients and collecting
data according to instructions from the company.
In view of this control and the conflicts of interest that permeate
the enterprise, it is not surprising that industry-sponsored trials
published in medical journals consistently favor sponsors' drugs."
Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor
in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015
"Despite a lofty reputation
and purported commitment to universal coverage, AMA has fought
almost every major effort at health care reform of the past 70
years."
Sam Stein, 2009
"Vaccine manufacturers
continued to sell off their mercury-based supplies of vaccines
until 2004.
The CDC and FDA bought up mercury-tainted vaccines for export
to developing countries and allowed drug companies to continue
using the preservative in some American vaccines - including several
pediatric flu shots as well as tetanus boosters routinely given
to eleven-year-olds."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"Every promoted so-called
"pandemic" is an extended sales pitch for vaccines.
And not just a vaccine against the "killer germ" of
the moment. We're talking about a psyop to condition the population
to vaccines in general."
Jon Rappoport, 2014
"A top scientist for the
United Nations, who has examined the outbreak of the deadly Ebola
virus in Africa, as well as HIV/AIDS victims, concluded that H1N1
possesses certain transmission "vectors" that suggest
that the new flu strain has been genetically-manufactured as a
military biological warfare weapon."
Wayne Madsen
"The prevalence rate for
autism in the United States before 1990 was only three children
per 10,000. When the CDC began surveillance of the study population
in 2000, figures clocked in at one child in every 150. Since then,
autism diagnoses have been steadily increasing each year."
Melissa Melton
"The entire system of public
nutrition information has been co-opted by industry sources. They
run the show. They buy a few academic hacks who have gained positions
of power and who exercise considerable influence, both within
academia and government."
T. Colin Campbell, The China Study,
2006
"What health insurance
corporations want to do is enhance their profits. Enhance shareholder
value. That's number one. The business that they're in is health
care, but their primary motivation is to reward their shareholders
- large, institutional investors and hedge funds.
... Health insurers confuse their customers and dump the sick,
all so they can satisfy their Wall Street investors. They look
carefully to see if a sick policyholder may have omitted a minor
illness, a pre-existing condition, when applying for coverage,
and then they use that as justification to cancel the policy,
even if the enrollee has never missed a premium payment."
Wendell Potter, former insurance
executive, 2009
"Center for Disease Control
[CDC] and Food and Drug Administration [FDA] researchers identify
749 deaths linked to the administration of the Hib vaccine, 51%
of which were sudden infant death linked to the administration
of Hib vaccine."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"Medical schools now have
their own numerous deals with industry and are hardly in a moral
position to object to their faculty behaving in the same way.
Two thirds of academic medical centers hold equity interest in
companies that sponsor research within the same institution. Two
thirds of medical school department chairs received departmental
income from drug companies and three fifths received personal
income."
Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor
in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015
"The medical status quo
relies heavily on medication and surgery to the exclusion of nutrition
and lifestyle. Doctors have virtually no training in nutrition
and how it relates to health.
... The health damage that results from doctors' ignorance of
nutrition is astounding."
T. Colin Campbell, The China Study,
2006
"We force 700,000 Americans
into bankruptcy each year because of medical bills. In France,
the number of medical bankruptcies is zero. Britain: zero. Japan:
zero. Germany: zero."
T.R. Reid, 2009
"The medical profession
is being bought by the pharmaceutical industry, not only in terms
of the practice of medicine but also in terms of teaching and
research. The academic institutions of this country are allowing
themselves to be the paid agents of the pharmaceutical industry.
I think it's disgraceful."
Arnold Seymour Relman, Harvard
Professor of Medicine and former Editor-in-Chief, The New England
Medical Journal
"The third leading cause
of death in the United States is the American medical system,
with a total of 225,000 deaths per year. The breakdown of that
figure works out to be 106,000 dead Americans as a result of FDA-approved
medical drugs having an adverse effect resulting in death, 80,000
deaths from infections contracted in the hospital, another 20,000
dead people because of hospital errors, add another 7,000 deaths
per year due to errors with hospital medication, and lastly, 12,000
more deaths cause by unnecessary surgeries."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"In 2014, the revenues
for cancer treatments passed the $100 billion mark, and they are
expected to rise to $147 billion in the coming two years."
Amy Goodrich, journalist
"Chemotherapy and radiotherapy
will make the ancient method of drilling holes in a patient's
head to permit the escape of demons look relatively advanced.
Toxic chemotherapy is a hoax. The doctors who use it are guilty
of pre-meditated murder."
Ernst T. Krebs Jr., American biochemist
"My clinical experience
is that in America when people die from cancer, they are not actually
dying from cancer, but instead, they are dying from the medical
treatment itself. They are dying from the chemotherapy, radiation,
and surgery. Again: they are not dying from cancer-they are being
killed by the medical doctors and their medical treatment!"
Richard Shulze, N.D., M.H
"97 percent of the time
chemotherapy does not work. So why is it still used? There's one
reason and one reason only: money."
Dr. Peter Glidden
"As a chemist trained to
interpret data, it is incomprehensible to me that physicians can
ignore the clear evidence that chemotherapy does much more harm
than good."
Alan Nixon, Ph.D. & former
President, American Chemical Society
"Big Pharma spends $4.5
billion a year on television ads in the United States. How quickly
do you think that money would disappear if the nightly news ran
stories about how many people were dropping dead from prescription
medicine? Exactly, that's why you are never going to watch a story
on the news that paints the pharmaceutical industry in a horrible
light."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"Drug companies have perfected
a new and highly effective method to expand their markets. Instead
of promoting drugs to treat diseases, they have begun to promote
diseases to fit their drugs. The strategy is to convince as many
people as possible (including their doctors) that they have medical
conditions that require long-term drug treatment."
Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor
in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015
"Government research funding
goes to the development of drugs and devices instead of healthy
nutrition."
T. Colin Campbell, The China Study,
2006
"Most medical journals
receive half or more of their income from pharmaceutical company
advertising and reprint orders, and dozens of others journals
are owned by pharmaceutical companies."
Julie Lévesque, 2016
"It is simply no longer
possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published,
or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative
medical guidelines."
Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor
in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015
"Vitamin D is not a nutrient
that we need to consume. Our body can make all that we need simply
by being in sunlight fifteen to thirty minutes every couple of
days.
... Heart disease, cancer, stroke, Alzheimer's, obesity or diabetes
are relatively unknown in traditional cultures that subsist mostly
on whole plant foods.
... Casein, and very likely all animal proteins, may be the most
relevant cancer-causing substances that we consume. Adjusting
the amount of dietary casein has the power to turn on and turn
off cancer growth."
T. Colin Campbell, The China Study,
2006
"Percentage of cancer patients
whose lives are predictably saved by chemotherapy is 3%
Conclusive evidence that chemotherapy has any positive influence
on survival 0%
Percentage of Oncologists who said if they had cancer they would
not participate in chemotherapy trials due to its "ineffectiveness
and its unacceptable toxicity" 75%
Percentage of people with cancer in the U.S. who receive chemotherapy
75%
Radiation-induced secondary cancers have exploded in the last
two decades due to radiation treatment
90% of chemotherapy patients die 10-15 years after treatment and
the causes is never attributed to treatment
Patients who undergo chemo are 14x more likely to develop leukemia
and 6x more likely to develop cancer of the bones, joints, and
soft tissues than those patients who do not undergo chemotherapy
Chemotherapy drugs directly damage DNA
Chemotherapy boosts cancer growth 68% increase in chemo drugs
since 2003
75% increase in cancer projected by 2030."
John Robbins, "Reclaiming
Our Health: Exploding the Medical Myth and Embracing the Source
of True Healing"
CANCER CHEMOTHERAPY
5 YEAR SURVIVAL
IN AMERICAN ADULTS
JOURNAL
OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY - 2004
MALIGNANCY
NUMBER OF CASES
MORE THAN 20 YEARS OF AGE
ABSOLUTE NUMBER OF 5 YEAR SURVIVORS
DUE TO CHEMOTHERAPY
PERCENTAGE OF 5 YEAR SURVIVORS
DUE TO CHEMOTHERAPY
HEAD AND NECK
5,139
971
19
OESOPHAGUS
1,521
82
4.9
STOMACH
3,001
20
0.7
COLON
13,936
146
1.0
RECTUM
5,533
189
3.4
PANCREAS
3,567
0
0
LUNG
20,741
410
2.0
SOFT TISSUE SARCOMA
858
0
0
MELANOMA OF SKIN
8,646
0
0
BREAST
31,133
446
1.4
UTERUS
4,611
0
0
CERVIX
1,826
219
12
OVARY
3,032
269
8.9
PROSTATE
23,242
0
0
TESTIS
989
373
37.7
BLADDER
6,667
0
0
KIDNEY
3,722
0
0
BRAIN
1,824
68
3.7
UNKNOWN PRIMARY SITE
6,200
0
0
NON-HODGKINS LYMPHOMA
6,217
653
10.5
HODGKINS DISEASE
846
341
40.3
MULTIPLE MYELOMA
1,721
0
0
TOTAL
154,971
3306
2.1 %
Philip Agee-CIA
ARE WHISTLEBLOWERS OUR
REAL HEROES?
"The men the American people
admire most extravagantly are the most daring liars; the men they
detest most violently are those who try to tell them the truth."
H. L. Mencken
"To oppose the policies
of a government does not mean you are against the country or the
people that the government supposedly represents. Such opposition
should be called what it really is: democracy, or democratic dissent,
or having a critical perspective about what your leaders are doing.
Either we have the right to democratic dissent and criticism of
these policies or we all lie down and let the leader, the Fuhrer,
do what is best, while we follow uncritically, and obey whatever
he commands. That's just what the Germans did with Hitler, and
look where it got them."
Michael Parenti
"The Obama administration
is waging what is clearly the most unprecedented aggressive war
to prosecute whistleblowers. People who exposed waste and corruption
and lawbreaking, have been prosecuted with extraordinary aggression
by the Obama Department of Justice, even though Obama, when he
ran for president, hailed whistleblowers as patriotic and courageous,
and said that whistleblowing needs to be fostered and protected.
He's currently heading a war, the likes of which we have never
seen, to put people who whistleblow, who expose the wrongdoing
of the powerful, into prison."
Glenn Greenwald
"Political leaders, who
use the tools of mass propaganda to create a sense of faux intimacy
with citizens, no longer need to be competent, sincere, or honest.
They need only to appear to have these qualities. Most of all
they need a story, a personal narrative. The reality of the narrative
is irrelevant. It can be completely at odds with the facts. The
consistency and emotional appeal of the story are paramount. Those
who are best at deception succeed."
Chris Hedges
"Our real heroes are those
who have tried to tell us the truth."
Robert Fearn
"The strategy of the Pentagon
and the National Security State is to escalate the climate of
intimidation and deterrence, so that would-be whistleblowers in
the future think twice and a third time and a fourth time - when
they discover illegal and deceitful actions - about exposing it
to the world."
Glenn Greenwald
"Despite laws protecting
whistleblowers and the media and the US Military Code which requires
soldiers to report war crimes, whistleblowers such as CIA agent
John Kiriakou, media such as Julian Assange, and soldiers such
as Bradley Manning are persecuted and prosecuted for revealing
US government crimes. The criminals go free, and those who report
the crimes are punished."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The word "traitor"
has been thrown around a lot in recent days.
But who is really the traitor here?
Who was it who promised a generation "hope" and "change,"
only to betray those promises with dismal misery and stagnation?
Who took an oath to defend the US constitution, only to feed the
invisible beast of secret law devouring it alive from the inside
out?
Who is it that promised to preside over The Most Transparent Administration
in history, only to crush whistleblower after whistleblower with
the bootheel of espionage charges?
Who combined in his executive the powers of judge, jury and executioner,
and claimed the jurisdiction of the entire earth on which to exercise
those powers?
Who arrogates the power to spy on the entire earth - every single
one of us - and when he is caught red handed, explains to us that
"we're going to have to make a choice."
Who is that person?
Let's be very careful about who we call "traitor"."
Julian Assange - about President
Barack Obama, and the use of the term 'traitor' to describe whistleblowers
"This war on whistleblowers
is about forever ending the one avenue that we've had over the
past decade for learning about what our government and their corporate
partners do."
Glenn Greenwald
"In America, citizens have
no idea what their government's motives are in fomenting endless
wars and a gestapo police state. The only information Americans
have comes from whistleblowers. The mainstream media quickly discredit
the information and demonize the whistleblowers."
Paul Craig Roberts
House of Rothschild
DOES A GLOBAL RULING
ELITE OF IMMENSE WEALTH RUN THE WORLD?
ROTHSCHILDS / ROCKEFELLERS / EUROPEAN
ROYAL DYNASTIES / DYNASTIC BANKING FAMILIES / DYNASTIC CORPORATE
FAMILIES / CATHOLIC CHURCH / BANK-CORPORATION CARTELS / POLITICAL
ELITES
"The name "Rothschild"
cannot be found in the publication's list of the 500 wealthiest
people on Earth because the family's wealth has been distributed
amongst hundreds of heirs throughout the years. Although it is
difficult to estimate exactly how much this powerful family is
worth due to their renowned secrecy and the scale of their operations,
the net worth has been estimated at anywhere between $US1 trillion
and $US100 trillion.
The Rothschilds are thought to control the Bank of England, the
European Central Bank, the Federal Reserve, the World Bank, the
International Monetary Fund and the Bank of International Settlements.
They own most of the world's gold and the London Gold Exchange."
www.australiannationalreview.com,
2014
"America is run by 300
families and England is run by 100 families and these families
are intertwined through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention
ties to the Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John
of Jerusalem and so on. These are the people who, through their
surrogates, find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from
Hong Kong, Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the
market places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum
cost of doing business."
John Coleman in his book "Conspirators'
Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300"
"We are ruled, though it
may be difficult to imagine, by a small dynastic power structure,
largely consisting of powerful banking families, such as the Rothschilds,
Rockefellers, and others. They emerged in controlling the financial
system, extended their influence over the political system, the
educational system, and, through the major foundations, have become
the dominant social powers of our world, creating think tanks
and other institutions which shape and change the course of society
and modern human history."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The Rockefellers and their
allies have, for at least fifty years, been carefully following
a plan to use their economic power to gain political control of
first America, and then the rest of the world. Do I mean conspiracy?
Yes, I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international
in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in
intent."
Congressman Larry P. McDonald,
former Chairman of The John Birch Society, 1975
"The wealthiest families
on planet earth call the shots in every major upheaval that they
cause. Their sphere of activity extends over the entire globe,
and even beyond, their ambition and greed for wealth and power
knows no bounds, and for them, most of mankind is "human
garbage." It is also their target to depopulate the globe
and maintain a much lower population compared to what we have
now."
Mujahid Kamran, 2018
"If you want to know who
rules the world, just think of two words: "Oil Bankers."
The western financial institutions that dominate the world economy
can all be traced back to fossil fuels. The House of Rockefeller,
tied in with Exxon-Mobil, sucessor of Standard Oil, along with
the House of Morgan now exercise their titanic power via an entity
called Chase Bank. HSBC Bank is closely tied to British Petroleum.
The British banking dynasty known as the Rothschilds is closely
tied in with Royal Dutch Shell."
Caleb Maupin, 2018
"A ruling group is a ruling
group so long as it can nominate its successors. The Party is
not concerned with perpetuating its blood but with perpetuating
itself. Who wields power is not important, provided that the hierarchical
structure remains always the same."
George Orwell in his book "1984"
"The global elite who meet
every year at Davos, Switzerland ("Davos Man") have
little need for national loyalty. They view national boundries
as obstacles, that thankfully are vanishing, and they see national
governments as residues from the past, whose only useful function
is to facilitate the elites global operations."
Samuel Huntington
"The highest ideal of many
members of the ruling class is to create a private paradise of
wealth, and they have no qualms if that goal can be achieved by
buying career politicians in Congress. These people know the market
value of "our two party-system," but they have never
known the value of democracy. Plainly, it serves the interests
of a small but immensely wealthy minority if we, the people, leave
politics to politicians except on election days."
Scott Tucker
"Since America's inception
there has been a lingering notion that European Illuminati bankers
seek to bring America to its knees and return it to the fold of
the Crown of England, which centuries ago became the key political
vassal for the Eight Families who own majority stock in every
private central bank in the world- Rothschild, Rockefeller, Kuhn
Loeb, Lehman, Goldman Sachs, Warburg, Lazard and Israel Moses
Seif.
... The Eight Families own 52% of the New York Federal Reserve
Bank, far and away the most powerful Fed Bank. Their ownership
is disguised under names like JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup, Goldman
Sachs and Morgan Stanley.
... Do I exaggerate when I claim that there are Eight Families?
Well, yes, actually these oligarchs have interbred to the point
that they are now, for all practical purposes, one big family,
with the Rothschilds being the most powerful. Their net worth
alone is estimated at well over $100 trillion."
Dean Henderson
"The central banking dynasties
/ international banker cartel had wealth and power, in great excess,
for generations... The business they have been engaged in for
the past couple of centuries has not been to accumulate more wealth,
rather it has been to transform the world into their own desired
kind of private fiefdom. They have been accomplishing this in
a series of transformational projects on a global scale. What
is referred to as 'The New World Order' is simply the latest in
this series of projects."
www.theglobalelite.org, 2013
"Fifty men have run America,
and that's a high figure."
Joseph Kennedy, father of JFK,
in the July 26th, 1936 issue of The New York Times
"A Transnational Capitalist
Class (TCC) has emerged, and this TCC is a global ruling class.
It is a ruling class because it controls the levers of an emergent
transnational state apparatus and of global decision making. This
class has no borders, and is composed of the technocratic, media,
corporate, banking, social and political elite of the world."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The ultra-wealthy own
virtually every major bank and every major corporation on the
planet. They use a vast network of secret societies, think tanks
and charitable organizations to advance their agendas and to keep
their members in line. They control how we view the world through
their ownership of the media and their dominance over our education
system. They fund the campaigns of most of our politicians and
they exert a tremendous amount of influence over international
organizations such as the United Nations, the IMF, the World Bank
and the WTO. When you step back and take a look at the big picture,
there is little doubt about who runs the world.
The ultra-wealthy don't run down and put their money in the local
bank like you and I do. Instead, they tend to stash their assets
in places where they won't be taxed such as the Cayman Islands...
The global elite have up to 32 trillion dollars stashed in offshore
banks around the globe.
U.S. GDP for 2011 was about 15 trillion dollars, and the U.S.
national debt is sitting at about 16 trillion dollars, so you
could add them both together and you still wouldn't hit 32 trillion
dollars.
And of course that does not even count the money that is stashed
in other locations, and it does not count all of the wealth that
the global elite have in hard assets such as real estate, precious
metals, art, yachts, etc."
Michael Snyder, 2013
"Secrecy and anonymity
is integral to the operations of the Elite as is absolute ruthlessness,
deep deception and the most sordid spying and blackmail. The Elite
pits nations against each other, and aims at the destruction of
religion and other traditional values, creates chaos, deliberately
spreads poverty and misery, and then usurps power placing its
stooges in place.
Wars, "revolutions" and assassinations are part of their
tactics to destroy traditional civilisation and traditional religions,
amass wealth and power, eliminate opponents, and proceed relentlessly
towards their avowed goal, generation after generation. They operate
through covert and overt societies and organisations."
Mujahid Kamran, 2018
"The global elite have
consistently used a strategy of arming and funding both sides
of armed conflicts. While opposing populations kill each other
off, they make off with their natural resources. When they confront
a government that cannot be bribed or provoked into civil or regional
war, they fund brutal death squads, attempt military coups and
intimidate them by giving weapons to undemocratic neighboring
regimes. If all that doesn't work, they are declared a threat
to national security and the US military, private contractors
and NATO forces invade and occupy the country."
David Degraw in his book "Revolution
or World War III"
"Ruling elites are deadly
serious about seeing that any renovation of the international
system is in their interest. They use a variety of carrot and
stick tactics to maintain political and economic control - domestically
and internationally. Control techniques will be more vicious or
less, depending on a combination of factors involving the state
of the economy and, more importantly, the state of popular opposition.
The more threatening and persistent the moves to counter their
plans and build alternative models, the more violent will be their
tactics of repression."
Holly Sklar, Trilateralism
"The war against a foreign
country only happens when the moneyed classes think they are going
to profit from it."
George Orwell
"In the present world of
'globalization', dynastic power remains a central institution
in the global system.
Today, most dynasties do not hold formal or direct political authority.
The world's most economically and politically powerful countries
are no longer governed by kings and queens or emperors. Instead,
modern dynastic power is largely a development that emerged with
the decline in the authority of monarchs, and with the rise in
parliamentary democracy and capitalism.
As kings and queens handed over the ultimate authority to issue
coin to other institutions, merchants and financiers stepped in
to increase their influence over the new institutions of a changing
world order. Out of these monumental social transformations came
new dynasties, embedded within the financial, industrial and corporate
oligarchies. Their power was not in direct control of the political
apparatus, but in their concentration of control over the financial,
economic and industrial spheres.
Today, it is the industrial, financial and corporate dynasties
that have risen to unparalleled positions of authority in the
age of globalization."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The globalist movement
is an alliance based on self-interest of the private international
financiers and the royal, dynastic and hereditary land owning
families of Britain, Europe and America which over the years have
intermarried to create a self regenerating power structure that
through lies and deception seeks to control everything and everyone
on earth."
www.globalistagenda.org
"Today the Rothschild's
control a far-flung financial empire, which includes majority
stakes in most world central banks. The Edmond de Rothschild clan
owns the Banque Privee SA in Lugano, Switzerland and the Rothschild
Bank AG of Zurich. The family of Jacob Lord Rothschild owns the
powerful Rothschild Italia in Milan. They are founding members
of the exclusive $10 trillion Club of the Isles - which controls
corporate giants Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries,
Lloyds of London, Unilever, Barclays, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc,
BHP Billiton and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world
supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw
materials.
The Club of the Isles provides capital for George Soros' Quantum
Fund NV - which made substantial financial gains in 1998-99 following
the collapse of currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia.
Soros was a major shareholder at George W. Bush's Harken Energy.
The Club of Isles is led by the Rothschilds and includes Queen
Elizabeth II and other wealthy European aristocrats and Nobility.
Perhaps the largest repository for Rothschild wealth today is
Rothschilds Continuation Holdings AG - a secretive Swiss-based
bank holding company. By the late 1990s scions of the Rothschild
global empire were Barons Guy and Elie de Rothschild in France
and Lord Jacob and Sir Evelyn Rothschild in Britain.
Evelyn was chairman of the Economist and a director at DeBeers
and IBM UK.
Jacob backed Arnold Schwarzenegger's California gubernatorial
campaign. He took control of Khodorkovsky's YUKOS oil shares just
before the Russian government arrested him. In 2010 Jacob joined
Rupert Murdoch in a shale oil extraction partnership in Israel
through Genie Energy - a subsidiary of IDT Corporation."
Dean Henderson, 2011
"Side by side with the
international politics of each State; there exists certain obscure
organizations.
... The men who take part in these councils are not professional
politicians or brilliantly dressed ambassadors, but certain unknown
men, high financiers who are superior to the vain ephemeral politicians
who imagine that they govern the world."
Dr. Gerard Encause in his work
"Mysteria", 1914
"There is a transnational
ruling class, a "Superclass", that agrees on establishing
a world government. The middle class is targeted for elimination,
because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate
and internationalize a middle class, would require industrialization
and development in Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin
America. The goal of the Superclass is not to lose their wealth
and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish
the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated,
labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate
wealth and power.
The global economic crisis serves these ends, as whatever remaining
wealth the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated,
and as the crisis progresses, the middle classes of the world
will suffer, while a great percentage of lower classes of the
world, poverty-stricken even prior to the crisis, will suffer
the greatest, most probably leading to a massive reduction in
population levels, particularly in the "underdeveloped"
or "Third World" states."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"Ever since the days of
Henry Ford, the Economic Elite have needed a thriving US middle
class to increase growth and profits, but now, in the global economy,
they view the US middle class as obsolete. They increasingly look
globally for profits and they would rather pay cheap labor in
countries like China and India."
David DeGraw
FORGET LEFT AND RIGHT
/ LIBERAL AND CONSERVATIVE / DEMOCRAT AND REPUBLICAN
IT'S A CORRUPT ELITE AGAINST
THE REST OF US
"The question is not how
to get good people to rule; the question is how to stop the powerful
from doing as much damage as they can to us."
Karl Popper
"There is really only one
political party of any consequence in the United States, one that
has been called the 'Property Party.' The Republicans and the
Democrats are in fact two branches of the same (secret) party."
Professor Arthur S. Miller in his
book "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional
Change"
"Our government is the
potent, the omnipresent, teacher. For good or for ill, it teaches
the whole people by its example. Crime is contagious. If the government
becomes a law-breaker, it breeds contempt for law; it invites
every man to become a law unto himself; it invites anarchy. To
declare that in the administration of the criminal law the end
justifies the means - to declare that the government may commit
crimes in order to secure the conviction of a private criminal
- would bring terrible retribution."
Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis
"The United States has
entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable
manifestations of a failed state is that the criminals are all
inside the government operating against the people, whereas in
a normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government,
operating against it. So, we now have every manifestation of being
a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall
Street gangsters."
Paul Craig Roberts
"Over 400 years ago, the
Florentine statesman Niccolo Machiavelli engaged in a profound
study of methods used by various rulers to attain power... The
findings of Machiavelli and other students of power decree that
to obtain power it is essential to ignore the moral laws of man
and of God; that promises must be made only with the intention
to deceive and to mislead others to sacrifice their own interests;
that the most brutal atrocity must be committed as a matter of
mere convenience; that friends or allies must be betrayed as matter
of course as soon as they have served their purpose. But, it is
also decreed that these atrocities must be kept hidden from the
common people except only where they are of use to strike terror
to the hearts of opponents; that there must be kept up a spurious
aspect of benevolence and benefit for the greater number of the
people, and even an aspect of humility to gain as much help as
possible."
E. C. Knuth in his book "The
Empire of the "City": The Secret History of British
Financial Power"
"If you are not willing
to lie, cheat, manipulate, steal and kill to get ahead, you are
never going to be the president of the United States."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"We now live in a nation
where doctors destroy health, lawyers destroy justice, universities
destroy knowledge, governments destroy freedom, the press destroys
information, religion destroys morals, and our banks destroy the
economy."
Chris Hedges
"What is masquerading as
government is a crime syndicate with a flag. The US Government
is an instrument of organized crime, alternatively described as
the Octopus, the Washington Consensus, the Shadow Government,
Wall Street, the Round Table (Bilderbergs, Trilaterals, Council
on Foreign Relations, Royal Institute of International Affairs),
and the New World Order."
Nikki Alexander
"American electoral politics
had become a caricature of its former vital self: a process in
which money (mostly corporate) first bought both political parties
and then graciously allowed the public to choose between them."
Peter Dale Scott in his book "The
Road to 9/11"
"Never once did I hear
anybody, including myself, raise the question: 'Is this course
of action which we have agreed upon lawful, is it legal, is it
ethical or moral? We never gave any thought to this line of reasoning,
because we were just naturally pragmatists. The one thing we were
concerned about was this: Will this course of action work, will
it get us what we want? As far as legality is concerned, morals
or ethics, it was never raised... I think this suggests in government
that we are amoral... The general atmosphere is one of amorality."
William Sullivan - number three
at the FBI under J. Edgar Hoover - told a Senate Intelligence
Committee
"We must be deeply suspicious
of the ruling elite of the United States, which is of course also
an oligarchy, but an oligarchy which operates behind the mask
of democratic institutions and formal democracy."
Webster Griffin Tarpley in his
book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"
"American government is
corrupt. Those who have enough money can almost get anything they
want from our government, whether it is tax breaks, or subsidies,
or policies and laws changed, removed, or added.
... Today CEOs and wealthy businessmen are the ruling elite in
the Western world, especially the United States. Their donations
finance elections and even education, which they are constantly
saying has to adapt itself to the needs of the market (that is,
be molded to inculcate their views). It should come as no surprise
therefore that the theories offered by economists rationalize
the self-interest of big business and the wealthy. Overtly, of
course, such theories claim to benefit society and the public's
well-being. But covertly, they do just the opposite: they make
the great mass of people poorer while making the rich fabulously
richer."
Ravi Batra in his book "The
New Golden Age"
"More than fifty years
ago the [J.P.] Morgan firm decided to infiltrate the Left-wing
political movements in the United States. This was relatively
easy to do, since these groups were starved for funds and eager
for a voice to reach the people. Wall Street supplied both. The
purpose was not to destroy ... or take over but was really threefold:
(1) to keep informed about the thinking of Left-wing or liberal
groups; (2) to provide them with a mouthpiece so that they could
"blow off steam," and (3) to have a final veto on their
publicity and possibly on their actions, if they ever went "radical".
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
Bank of International Settlements (BIS)
DOES A GLOBAL CENTRAL
BANK CARTEL CONTROL
THE CURRENCIES AND ECONOMIES OF ALL NATIONS?
"During the past two centuries
when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political
freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families
of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting
up new dynasties of political control through the formation of
international financial combines. These banking dynasties had
learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from
which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that
by providing such funds from their own private resources, they
could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient
to their will."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The eight largest U.S.
financial companies (JP Morgan, Wells Fargo, Bank of America,
Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, U.S. Bancorp, Bank of New York Mellon
and Morgan Stanley) are 100% controlled by ten shareholders and
we have four companies always present in all decisions: BlackRock,
State Street, Vanguard and Fidelity.
In addition, the Federal Reserve is comprised of 12 banks, represented
by a board of seven people, which comprises representatives of
the "big four," which in turn are present in all other
entities.
In short, the Federal Reserve is controlled by four large private
companies: BlackRock, State Street, Vanguard and Fidelity. These
companies control U.S. monetary policy (and world) without any
control or "democratic" choice."
www.theglobalelite.org, 2013
"There is a special breed
of international financiers whose success typically is built upon
certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity
to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile
is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the
Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments
into war for the profits they yield... As long as the mechanism
of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible
temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual
debt."
G. Edward Griffin in his book "The
Creature from Jekyll Island"
"While wars and revolutions
have been useful to international bankers in gaining or increasing
control over governments, the key to such control has always been
control of money. You can control a government if you have it
in your debt; a creditor is in a position to demand the privileges
of monopoly from the sovereign. Money-seeking governments have
granted monopolies in state banking, natural resources, oil concessions
and transportation. However, the monopoly which the international
financiers most covet is control over a nation's money."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"An immensely powerful
international organization that most people have never heard of
- Bank of International Settlements - secretly controls the money
supply of the entire globe.
... The main purpose of the Bank of International Settlements,(BIS)
is to guide and direct the centrally-planned global financial
system.
... Today, 58 global central banks belong to the BIS, and it has
far more power over how the U.S. economy (or any other economy
for that matter) will perform over the course of the next year
than any politician does.
... The Bank for International Settlements is an organization
that was founded by the global elite and it operates for the benefit
of the global elite."
Karen Hudes, former Senior Counsel
in the legal department of the World Bank
"Until the control of the
issue of currency and credit is restored to government and recognized
as its most conspicuous and sacred responsibility, all talks of
the sovereignty of Parliament and of democracy is idle and futile...
Once a nation parts with the control of its credit, it matters
not who makes the laws....Usury once in control will wreck the
nation."
William Lyon MacKenzie King, former
Prime Minister of Canada
"Most nations do not have
control over their own currencies. Instead privately owned, for-profit
central banks - such as the Federal Reserve System in the US -
create money out of nothing and then loan it at interest to their
respective governments.
Not only do the central banks have the power to create money for
free, they also have the power to set interest rates, to decide
how much credit is issued, and to decide how much money is put
into circulation.
With this power, central banks can - and do - orchestrate boom
and bust cycles, enabling the super-wealthy owners of the banks
to profit from investments during the booms, and buy up assets
at bargain prices during the busts."
www.theglobalelite.org, January
2, 2013
"This world is not run
by the Presidents or the Prime Ministers. It is run by the global
corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control
the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country
lives or falls."
the dailybell.com
"The most profitable of
all central bank activities has been the financing of major wars,
particularly the two World Wars. When nations are engaged in warfare,
with their very survival at stake, the governments stretch their
resources to the limit in the competition to prevail. The struggle
to get more financing becomes as important as the competition
on the battlefield. Moneylenders love a desperate borrower, and
vast fortunes have been made by extending credit to both sides
in conflicts: the longer a war continues, the more profit for
the central bankers."
www.theglobalelite.org, 2013
"I fear that foreign bankers
with their ... tortuous tricks will entirely control the exuberant
riches of America and use it systematically to corrupt modern
civilization. They will not hesitate to plunge the whole [world]
into wars and chaos in order that the earth should become their
inheritance."
Otto von Bismarck, Chancellor of
Germany, after the assassination of President Lincoln, 1863
"The world's money-lenders
became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through
the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people
have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions
as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of
International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial
banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
... The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on
the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures
associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such
as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Mandell House, Winston
Churchill, the House of Windsor, and the Rothschilds, Schiffs,
Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers, Myers, and Bushes."
Richard C. Cook
"An immensely powerful
international organization that most people have never even heard
of secretly controls the money supply of the entire globe. It
is called the Bank for International Settlements, and it is the
central bank of central banks. It is located in Basel, Switzerland,
but it also has branches in Hong Kong and Mexico City. It is essentially
an unelected, unaccountable central bank of the world that has
complete immunity from taxation and from national laws.
... The Bank for International Settlements was used to launder
money for the Nazis during World War II, but these days the main
purpose of the BIS is to guide and direct the centrally-planned
global financial system. Today, 58 global central banks belong
to the BIS, and it has far more power over how the U.S. economy
(or any other economy for that matter) will perform over the course
of the next year than any politician does. Every two months, the
central bankers of the world gather in Basel for another "Global
Economy Meeting". During those meetings, decisions are made
which affect every man, woman and child on the planet, and yet
none of us have any say in what goes on. The Bank for International
Settlements is an organization that was founded by the global
elite and it operates for the benefit of the global elite, and
it is intended to be one of the key cornerstones of the emerging
one world economic system."
Michael Snyder, 2013
"History records that the
money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit,
and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments
by controlling money and it's issuance."
James Madison, 1820
"The money powers prey
upon the nation in times of peace and conspire against it in times
of adversity. It is more despotic than a monarchy, more insolent
than autocracy, and more selfish than bureaucracy. It denounces
as public enemies all who question its methods or throw light
upon its crimes."
Abraham Lincoln
"If the American people
ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency,
first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks...will deprive
the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless
on the continent their fathers conquered... The issuing power
should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to
whom it properly belongs."
Thomas Jefferson
"Our global banking system
is a global cartel, a "super-entity" in which the world's
major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares
in the world's largest multinational corporations.
... This is the real "free market," a highly profitable
global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The global banking cartel,
centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid
off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington].
In country after country, they have looted national economies
at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented
fashion ? the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently
holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an
equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts."
David DeGraw
"The modern banking system
manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the
most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented.
Banking was conceived in inequity and born in sinBankers own the
earth. Take it away from them but leave them the power to create
money, and, with a flick of a pen, they will create enough money
to buy it back againTake this great power away from them and all
great fortunes like mine will disappear, for then this would be
a better and happier world to live inBut, if you want to continue
to be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery,
then let bankers continue to create money and control credit."
Sir Josiah Stamp (1880-1941), President
of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in
Britain, speaking at the Commencement Address of the University
of Texas in 1927
"With the exception of
a few thousand very powerful people, the entire world's population,
all seven billion of us, are trapped ... trapped into a criminal
debt creating banking 'system' that has taken hundreds of years
to perfect and to come to fruition. This 'system' results in enslavement
and servitude. It creates dreadful unhappiness amongst ordinary
decent people and causes wars, debt, starvation, pollution and
environmental destruction. It feeds on greed, fear and division.
It forces people onto the corporate treadmills of mass mindless
production and mass mindless consumption. It uses lies, deception,
intimidation and entrapment at all times. It is a system that
is so clever and so cunning that most of the world is completely
oblivious to its existence. It is a system that allows a few winners
at the expense of a huge number of losers. It is a system that
considers itself to be unbeatable and indestructible and is now
so arrogant that it believes it can control everything and everyone
on its terms. It is a system where psychopaths and sociopaths
can flourish. And without question the center of this system,
the heart of this global corporate beast is the innocent sounding
Square Mile known as the City of London."
Justin Walker
"The powers of financial
capitalism had a far-reaching aim - nothing less than to create
a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate
the political system of each country and the economy of the world
as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion
by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret
agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences.
The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements
[BIS] in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled
by the world's central banks which were themselves private corporations
... Each central bank sought to dominate its government by its
ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges,
to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and
to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards
in the business world."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
DO A FEW DOZEN GIANT
CORPORATIONS DOMINATE THE GLOBAL ECONOMY?
147 super-corporations - many
of them banks and financial institutions - control 40% of the
global economy.
63% of the world's largest 150 economic entities (including nation
states) are corporations (2007).
"In the absence of a coherent
alternative, the transnational corporations carry on inexorably.
Increasingly flagless and stateless, they weave global webs of
production, commerce, culture and finance virtually unopposed.
They expand, invest and grow, concentrating ever more wealth in
a limited number of hands. They work in coalition to influence
local, national and international institutions and laws. And together
with the governments of their home countries in Europe, North
America and Japan, as well as international institutions such
as the World Trade Organization, the World Bank, the International
Monetary Fund and increasingly, the United Nations, they are molding
an international system in which they can trade and invest even
more freely - a world where they are less and less accountable
to the cultures, communities and nation-states in which they operate.
Underpinning this effort is not the historical inevitability of
an evolving, enlightened civilization, but rather the unavoidable
reality of the overriding corporate purpose: the maximization
of profits."
Sierra Club
"There seems to be nothing
to prevent the transnational corporations taking possession of
the planet and subjecting humanity to the dictatorship of capital."
Christian la Brie, Le Monde Diplomatique
(Paris)
"In the last quarter of the 20th century, the transnational
corporations became the principal designers and controllers of
the economy.
...Transnational corporations and their offshoots now conduct
two-thirds of the world's trade, and they decide worldwide where,
what, how and for whom their products shall be produced. Many
are richer - and more powerful - than nation states."
NoNonsense guide to International
Development
"Global or transnational
corporations do not recognize any national or local interest or
obligation."
David Korten
"Trans-national corporations
have marketed and financed political leaders to ensure that captive
states serve them rather than the peoples governments are elected
by, guaranteeing through state plenipotentiaries and trans-national
trade edicts that governments can no longer govern them in common
interest without infringing the new trade and investment laws
in which trans-national corporations alone are granted rights."
Professor John McMurtry
"U.S. foreign policy is largely directed towards serving
the transnational corporations."
James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer
in their book "Globalization Unmasked"
"The global corporatocracy
is almost fully operational. The intentions of those negotiating
the multiple trade treaties are now crystal clear: to place complete
power and control over our economies in the hands of the largest
global corporations."
Don Quijones
"This world is not run
by The Presidents or The Prime Ministers, it is run by the global
corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control
the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country
lives or falls."
The Daily Bell, 2012
"CEOs of most of the world's
largest corporations daily make decisions that destroy the lives
of many other human beings. Only about 1 to 3 percent of us are
sociopaths - people who don't have normal human feelings and can
easily go to sleep at night after having done horrific things.
And of that 1 percent of sociopaths, there's probably only a fraction
of a percent with a college education. And of that tiny fraction,
there's an even tinier fraction that understands how business
works, particularly within any specific industry. Thus there is
such a shortage of people who can run modern monopolistic, destructive
corporations that stockholders have to pay millions to get them
to work. And being sociopaths, they gladly take the money without
any thought to its social consequences."
Thom Hartman
"The governments of the
world are restructuring their economies, and the global economy
as a whole, into a corporatist structure. Thus, this new international
economic system being constructed is one representative of economic
fascism. The governments now work directly for the banks, democracy
is in decline everywhere, and the militarization of domestic society
into creating "Homeland Security states" is underway
and accelerating."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The corporate-dominated
economy and the transnational corporate state had consolidated
its power over almost every aspect of public and private life,
and under a formal globalization movement the transnational corporations
were extending their tentacles all over the planet.
Footsoldiers like Margaret Thatcher, Ronald Reagan, the ever-dutiful
Bush family, Helmut Kohl, and a list of Japanese leaders had diligently
kept the faith. Working with the timeworn International Monetary
Fund (IMF), the World Bank and ultimately with the new engine
of globalization, the World Trade Organization, they ensured that
the interests of capital were nowhere endangered by the needs
of the world's three billion poor to eat, have shelter, clothing,
sanitation, medical care, and education."
William F. Pepper in his book "An
Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"
"This empire that we've
created really has an emperor, and it's not the president of this
country... it doesn't really matter whether we have a Democrat
or a Republican in the White House or running Congress; the empire
goes on, because it's really run by what I call the corporatocracy,
which is a group of men who run our biggest corporations. This
isn't a conspiracy theory. They don't need to conspire. They all
know what serves their best interest. But they really are the
equivalent of the emperor, because they do not serve at the wish
of the people, they're not democratically elected, they don't
serve any limited term. They essentially answer to no one, except
their own boards, and most corporate CEOs actually run their boards,
rather than the other way around. And they are the power behind
this."
John Perkins, 2007
"From the Orbis 2007 database
of 37 million companies and investors, Zurich-based Swiss Federal
Institute of Technology conducted a study that pulled out the
most-connected 43,000 transnational corporations and the share
ownerships linking them, revealing that 1318 corporations had
interlocking ownership and multiple ties to one another, and narrowed
the list down to 147 "super-entities" controlling 40%
of the wealth of the global corporate world.
Below are the top 50 of the
147 "super-entities" - massively interconnected transnational
corporations controlling global finance and commerce.
1. Barclays plc
2. Capital Group Companies Inc
3. FMR Corporation
4. AXA
5. State Street Corporation
6. JP Morgan Chase & Co
7. Legal & General Group plc
8. Vanguard Group Inc
9. UBS AG
10. Merrill Lynch & Co Inc
11. Wellington Management Co LLP
12. Deutsche Bank AG
13. Franklin Resources Inc
14. Credit Suisse Group
15. Walton Enterprises LLC
16. Bank of New York Mellon Corp
17. Natixis
18. Goldman Sachs Group Inc
19. T Rowe Price Group Inc
20. Legg Mason Inc
21. Morgan Stanley
22. Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc
23. Northern Trust Corporation
24. Société Générale
25. Bank of America Corporation
26. Lloyds TSB Group plc
27. Invesco plc
28. Allianz SE 29. TIAA
30. Old Mutual Public Limited Company
31. Aviva plc
32. Schroders plc
33. Dodge & Cox
34. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc* (before Lehman Brothers collapse)
35. Sun Life Financial Inc
36. Standard Life plc
37. CNCE
38. Nomura Holdings Inc
39. The Depository Trust Company
40. Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
41. ING Groep NV
42. Brandes Investment Partners LP
43. Unicredito Italiano SPA
44. Deposit Insurance Corporation of Japan
45. Vereniging Aegon
46. BNP Paribas
47. Affiliated Managers Group Inc
48. Resona Holdings Inc
49. Capital Group International Inc
50. China Petrochemical Group Company"
Revealed - the capitalist network that runs the world
Andy Coghlan and Debora MacKenzie
https://www.newscientist.com, October 19, 2011
DOES A CIA-MILITARY-CORPORATE-BANKING
COMPLEX RUN AMERICA?
A "DEEP STATE" CONTROLS
THE UNITED STATES
"The real rulers in Washington
are invisible, and exercise power from behind the scenes."
U.S. Supreme Court Justice Felix
Frankfurter, 1952
"President Barack Obama
realizes that he is only the president in a country where the
industrial-military complex decides what has to be done, and you
cannot go beyond the parameters of what they decide. It would
be dangerous.
former UN General Assembly President
Miguel d'Escoto
"So important did military
spending and the military-industrial sector become during World
War II and the Cold War that they have become fundamental to the
U.S. economy, U.S. economic growth and above all U.S. technological
development. Despite its often almost incredible wastefulness
and corruption, this military spending has also been in some ways
a kind of unacknowledged but rather successful state industrial
development strategy in a country whose free market ideology meant
that it could not formally adopt or admit to such a strategy."
David Edwards
"Since the late 1940s,
the United States has been deliberately engaged in an imperial
project, and anyone who would hold the office of the presidency
has to be willing to serve that end. All presidents have to promote
the national security state, both domestically and in American
foreign policy, if they wish to attain and hold on to power."
Morris Berman
"The privatization of public
services and functions manifests the steady evolution of corporate
power into a political form, into an integral, even dominant partner
with the state. It marks the transformation of American politics
and its political culture from a system in which democratic practices
and values were, if not defining, at least major contributing
elements, to one where the remaining democratic elements of the
state and its populist programs are being systematically dismantled."
Sheldon Wolin
"The total result of
the manipulation of society by the Establishment elite has been
four major wars in sixty years, a crippling national debt, abandonment
of the Constitution, suppression of freedom and opportunity, and
creation of a vast credibility gulf between the man in the street
and Washington, D.C. While the transparent device of two major
parties trumpeting artificial differences, circus-like conventions,
and the cliché of "bipartisan foreign policy"
no longer carries credibility, and the financial elite itself
recognizes that its policies lack public acceptance, it is obviously
prepared to go it alone without even nominal public support."
Antony C. Sutton in his book
"Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler", 1976
"Those in the United
States who finally rule, take their signals and commands not from
the electorate as a body but from a small group of men (plus a
few women). This group will be called the Establishment. It exists
even though that existence is stoutly denied. It is one of the
secrets of the American social order. A second secret is the fact
that the existence of the Establishment, the ruling class, is
not supposed to be discussed .... A third secret is implicit in
what has been said - that there is really only one political party
of any consequence in the United States, one that has been called
the 'Property Party.' The Republicans and the Democrats are in
fact two branches of the same secret party."
Professor Arthur S. Miller in his
book "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional
Change"
"The term 'Deep State'
describes a system composed of high-level elements within the
intelligence services, military, security, judiciary and organized
crime.
... It is a hybrid association of elements of government and parts
of top-level finance and industry that is effectively able to
govern the United States without reference to the consent of the
governed as expressed through the formal political process."
former congressional staff member
Mike Lofgren
"The "deep state"
refers to a parallel secret government, organized by the intelligence
and security apparatus, financed by drugs, and engaging in illicit
violence, to protect the interests of the military against threats
from intellectuals and the constitutional government.
... The "deep state" is the interface in America between
the public, the constitutionally established state, and the deep
forces of wealth, power, and violence outside the government."
Peter Dale Scott
"The "deep state"
consists of individuals across all elements within and external
to the government, who in the aggregate are able to leverage government
capabilities while violating, with impunity, all Constitutional
checks and balances. Related to this is the matter of funding
and reach - if you follow the money, where do you end up? From
New York banks to Texas energy to global drugs, there is a criminal
network that is above the law and above the state."
Daniel Sheehan
"America's deep state is
something of a hybrid creature that operates along a New York
to Washington axis.
... The U.S.-style deep state includes key players in the police
and intelligence agencies, the military, the treasury and justice
departments and in the judiciary. It is structured to materially
reward those who play along.
... Even though government is needed to implement desired policies,
the banksters comprise the truly essential element, capable of
providing genuine rewards for compliance. As corporate interests
increasingly own the media, little dissent comes from the Fourth
Estate as the process plays out while many of the proliferating
Washington think tanks that provide deep state "intellectual"
credibility are similarly funded by defense contractors.
... The cross fertilization that is essential to make the deep
state system work takes place through the famous revolving door
whereby senior government officials enter the private sector at
a high level. In some cases the door revolves a number of times,
with officials leaving government before returning in an even
more elevated position.
This has been characteristic of the rise of the so-called neoconservatives.
Along the way, those select individuals are protected, promoted
and groomed for bigger things. The senior government officials,
ex-generals, and high level intelligence operatives who participate
find themselves with multi-million dollar homes for their retirement
years, cushioned by a tidy pile of investments."
Philip Giraldi, 2016
"There is an amorphous
group of unelected corporate lawyers, bankers, and intelligence
and military officials who form an American "deep state,"
setting real limits on the rare politicians who ever try to get
out of line. They collaborate with and nurture their deep state
counterparts in other countries, to whom they feel far more loyalty
than their fellow citizens. The minions of the deep state hate
and fear even the mildest moves towards democracy, and fight against
it by any means available to them. They're not all-powerful and
don't get exactly what they want, but on the issues that matter
most they almost always win in the end. And while all this is
mostly right there in the open, discernible by anyone who's curious
and has a library card, if you don't go looking you will never
hear a single word about it."
Jon Schwarz
"John Stuart Mills wrote
in his 1956 masterpiece The Power Elite, that America was ruled
by those who control the "strategic command posts" of
society-the big corporations, the machinery of the state, and
the military establishment. These dominant cliques were drawn
together by their deep mutual stake in the "permanent war
economy" that had emerged during the Cold War.
Though political tensions could flare within the power elite,
Mills wrote, there was a remarkable unity of purpose among these
ruling groups. The top corporate executives, government leaders,
and high-ranking military officers moved fluidly in and out of
one another's worlds, exchanging official roles, socializing in
the same clubs, and educating their children at the same exclusive
schools.
... Within this system of American power, Mills saw corporate
chiefs as the first among equals. Long interlocked with the federal
government, corporate leaders came to dominate the "political
directorate" during World War II. The United States had largely
become a democracy in form only. More than half of a century before
the John Roberts-era Supreme Court that legally sanctioned corporate
control of the electoral process."
David Talbot
"The "Deep State"
is a parallel secret government, organized by a covert faction
of the intelligence agencies, operated by a splinter cell of the
United States military-industrial complex, financed through both
the major banks, and the sale of illegal drugs, weapons, and human
trafficking. They are international in their reach, owe no allegiance
to any particular country, and are unbelievably ruthless in the
protection of their interests."
Charlie Robinson, in his book "The
Octopus of Global Control", 2017
"The Deep State has a life
of its own, like the government itself. It's composed of top-echelon
employees of a dozen Praetorian agencies, like the FBI, CIA, and
NSA, top generals, admirals, and other military operatives, long-term
congressmen, senators, and directors of important regulatory agencies.
But Deep State is much broader than just the government. It includes
the heads of major corporations, all of whom are heavily involved
in selling to the State and enabling it. That absolutely includes
Silicon Valley, although those guys at least have a sense of humor,
evidenced by their "Don't Be Evil" motto. It also includes
all the top people in the Fed, and the heads of all the major
banks, brokers, and insurers. Add the presidents and many professors
at top universities, which act as Deep State recruiting centers,
all the top media figures, of course, and many regulars at things
like Bohemian Grove and the Council on Foreign Relations. They
epitomize the status quo, held together by power, money, and propaganda."
Doug Casey, financial analyst
"The money launderers,
drug dealers, killers and crooks are the only entities able to
operate outside of societal laws and mores. The Controllers: international
bankers, heads of multinational corporations, and top ranking
members of secret societies use their "implementers"
to carry out their decisions. Politicians are one of the "guises"
used in front of the scenes, while the CIA, Mossad, and the Mob
take care of their dirty dealings far removed from public scrutiny.
This is the way our world operates."
Michael Collins Piper
"The long-time tendency
of business and government to become more intricately and deeply
involved with each other has now reached a new point of explicitness.
The two cannot now be seen clearly as two distinct worlds."
John Stuart Mills in his book The
Power Elite
"The precedence of a society's
war-making potential over its other characteristics is not the
result of the 'threat' presumed to exist at any one time from
other societies. This is the reverse of the basic situation: 'threats'
against the 'national interest' are usually created or accelerated
to meet the changing needs of the war system.
... Wars are not 'caused' by international conflicts of interest...
War-making societies require - and thus bring about - such conflicts.
The capacity of a nation to make war expresses the greatest social
power it can exercise; war-making, active or contemplated, is
a matter of life and death on the greatest scale subject to social
control. It should therefore hardly be surprising that the military
institutions in each society claim its highest priorities."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
"The United States has
entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable
manifestations of a failed state is that the criminals are all
inside the government operating against the people, whereas in
a normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government,
operating against it. So, we now have every manifestation of being
a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall
Street gangsters."
Paul Craig Roberts
"I spent 33 years in the
Marines, most of my time being a high-class muscle man for big
business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer
for Capitalism... The general public shoulders the bill. This
bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones,
Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic
instability. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations."
Brigadier General Smedley D. Butler,
1935
"There is nothing puzzling
about America's gratuitously aggressive foreign policy. What an
aggressive foreign policy accomplishes by slow degrees, a state
of war accomplishes in a trice. Overnight [war] kills reform,
overnight it transforms insurgents into traitors and the Republic
into an imperiled realm. Overnight it strangles free politics,
distracts and overawes the citizenry. Overnight it blasts public
hope."
Walter Karp
"The need for major states
as enemies stems partly from the fact that only the perceived
presence of enemy states can justify military spending at the
level which the industries concerned have come to demand."
David Edwards
WE HAVE A GLOBAL DEBT-BASED
FRACTIONAL RESERVE FIAT MONETARY SYSTEM
WHERE DID IT COME FROM AND
WHO DOES IT BENEFIT?
"The eight largest U.S.
financial companies (JP Morgan, Wells Fargo, Bank of America,
Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, U.S. Bancorp, Bank of New York Mellon
and Morgan Stanley) are 100% controlled by ten shareholders and
we have four companies always present in all decisions: BlackRock,
State Street, Vanguard and Fidelity.
In addition, the Federal Reserve is comprised of 12 banks, represented
by a board of seven people, which comprises representatives of
the "big four," which in turn are present in all other
entities.
In short, the Federal Reserve is controlled by four large private
companies: BlackRock, State Street, Vanguard and Fidelity. These
companies control U.S. monetary policy (and world) without any
control or "democratic" choice."
www.theglobalelite.org, 2013
"The world's money-lenders
became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through
the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people
have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions
as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of
International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial
banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
... The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on
the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures
associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such
as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Mandell House, Winston
Churchill, the House of Windsor, and, as examples of families
involved, the Rothschilds, Schiffs, Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers,
Myers, and Bushes."
Richard C. Cook
"The powers of financial
capitalism had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create
a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate
the political system of each country and the economy of the world
as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion
by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret
agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences."
Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope,
1966
"The depression was the
calculated 'shearing' of the public by the World Money powers,
triggered by the planned sudden shortage of supply of call money
in the New York money market....The One World Government leaders
and their ever close bankers have now acquired full control of
the money and credit machinery of the U.S. via the creation of
the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank."
Curtis Dall, FDR's son-in-law as
quoted in his book, My Exploited Father-in-Law
"The Western banking system
controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of
money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument
of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money
provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide.
The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override
and destroy national currencies."
Michel Chossudovsky
"Most nations do not have
control over their own currencies. Instead privately owned, for-profit
central banks - such as the Federal Reserve System in the US -
create money out of nothing and then loan it at interest to their
respective governments.
Not only do the central banks have the power to create money for
free, they also have the power to set interest rates, to decide
how much credit is issued, and to decide how much money is put
into circulation.
With this power, central banks can - and do - orchestrate boom
and bust cycles, enabling the super-wealthy owners of the banks
to profit from investments during the booms, and buy up assets
at bargain prices during the busts."
www.theglobalelite.org, January
2, 2013
"Mr. Chairman, we have
in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world
has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal
Reserve Banks. The Federal Reserve Board, a Government board,
has cheated the Government of the United States and the people
of the United States out of enough money to pay the national debt.
The depredations and iniquities of the Federal Reserve Board has
cost this country enough money to pay the national debt several
times over. This evil institution has impoverished and ruined
the people of the United States, has bankrupted itself, and has
practically bankrupted our Government. It has done this through
the defects of the law under which it operates, through the maladministration
of that law by the Federal Reserve Board, and through the corrupt
practices of the moneyed vultures who control it."
Congressman Louis T. McFadden speech
to the U.S. House of Representatives on June 10, 1932
"Instrumental in control
of economics by the rich has been the debt-based monetary system,
where credit is treated as the monopoly of private financial interests
who in turn control governments, intelligence services and military
establishments. Politicians are bought and sold, elected or removed,
or even assassinated for this purpose. The global monetary system
is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders
of the central banks who work for the world's richest people."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
" America is the largest
debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world's creditor.
"Creating money out of thin air", while at the same
time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes
the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military
power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which
constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing
the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve's overwhelming
powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial
monetary agenda.
... The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic
banking network. The control of money creation at a world level
constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination.
The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies
of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial
design is to override and destroy national currencies."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"Since 97% of the money
in the world is created from debt, any loans paid off decreases
the amount of money in circulation. And when no further loans
are given, the circulating money stock falls dramatically, adversely
affecting businesses and the economy at large. This intentional
reduction of the money supply leads to widespread business failures,
high unemployment, foreclosures on property, and severe hardship
within the community. On the other hand, great wealth is transferred
from defaulting borrowers to the banksters."
Gabriel Donohoe
"The organizational structure
for creating means of payment out of nothing, we call credit."
Carroll Quigley, historian and
Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and
Hope"
"The U.S. bailout ... shows
that countries do not need to borrow credit from foreign banks
at all. The government could have created its own money and credit
system rather than leaving foreign creditors to accrue interest
charges that now represent a permanent and seemingly irreversible
balance-of-payments drain. The United States has shown that any
country can monetize its own credit, at least domestic credit."
Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers,
2008
"A great industrial nation
is controlled by it's system of credit. Our system of credit is
concentrated in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one
of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and
dominated governments in the world."
President Woodrow Wilson
"Sovereign nations do not
have to borrow their money into existence., yet the United States
has been deceived into doing this since 1913. The compounding
interest on this debt is now growing exponentially, and cannot
be sustained. Unfortunately, we cannot just pay down the national
debt. All our money - except for coins - is created out of debt.
Under this debt money system, to reduce the debt is to reduce
the national money. The only solution is to restructure our monetary
system to forbid government borrowing. Fortunately, this is nothing
new. The U.S. and other nations have done it before.
The problem with the economy of every nation on earth has the
same root - national debt - debt that is totally unnecessary...
All nations can get out of debt and not incur any more debt. Any
nation that did this would immediately stabilize their economic
situation - that is, incur neither significant inflation, nor
deflation - by design. Human societies run best on stability -
a stable economic platform - one that can be predicted in the
long term. Once the money power is taken away from the big banks
and returned into the hands of we, the people, then economic common
sense can return, and the nation's legislature can once again
become responsive to the voting electorate instead of the bankers...In
other words, what we need is a new human rights movement for the
next generation based upon No More National Debt.
The economic problems that most people became aware of in the
fall of 2008 are not reversing. Unemployment is still rising.
Foreclosures are still rising. The world's economic death spiral
into a deflationary depression must continue until the real problem
is addressed. Our entire global economic system is at a tipping
point."
Bill Still, No More National Debt
"The most profitable of
all central bank activities has been the financing of major wars,
particularly the two World Wars. When nations are engaged in warfare,
with their very survival at stake, the governments stretch their
resources to the limit in the competition to prevail. The struggle
to get more financing becomes as important as the competition
on the battlefield. Moneylenders love a desperate borrower, and
vast fortunes have been made by extending credit to both sides
in conflicts: the longer a war continues, the more profit for
the central bankers."
www.theglobalelite.org, 2013
"Once the government reclaims
the power to create money from the banks, it will no longer need
to sell its bonds to investors. It will not even need to levy
income taxes... Government-issued money would actually be less
inflationary than the system we have now; and it is precisely
because power and money corrupt, that money creation needs to
be done by a public body, exercised in full view and with full
accountability... What has allowed government to be corrupted
today is that it is actually run by the money cartel. Big business
holds all the cards, because its affiliated banks have monopolized
the business of issuing and lending the national money supply,
a function the Constitution delegated solely to Congress."
Ellen Brown, Web Of Debt
"Central banking ... needs
to expand its control over industry, nations and people through
the expansion of debt, continually needing to bring more individuals,
nations and industries under debt bondage. Debt is the source
of all power and wealth for the central banking system - as they
do not actually produce any tradable good, such as industry; nor
do they provide any necessary service, such as government. Interest
on debt is the source of income and authority for the central
banking system, and thus, it needs to continually advance credit
and expand debt."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"International financiers
want a completely centralized global economic structure, including
a single currency system, the eventual removal of physical currency
to be replaced with more easily controlled digital currency, and
ultimately a central authority for global economic governance.
In the pursuit of a "New World Order," they must destroy
the structure of the "old world"."
zerohedge.com, 2016
"Central banking functions
on the expansion and creation of money and debt, which is lent
at interest, thus serving as the source of income for the central
banking system."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global
Research
"A great industrial nation is controlled by it's system of
credit. Our system of credit is concentrated in the hands of a
few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the
most completely controlled and dominated governments in the world."
President Woodrow Wilson
"One of the primary motivations
for the [American] Revolution was the control of currency by a
foreign imperial power, with the ability to control inflation
and devaluation, essentially controlling the entire economic conditions
of the colony from abroad. The Founding Fathers of the United
States understood the necessity of controlling one's own currency
if one was to preserve sovereignty and independence."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)
HOW MUCH INFLUENCE DO
COVERT GLOBAL POWER CENTERS HAVE?
"Beginning approximately
in the early 1890s, a group of British elites, primarily from
the privileged colleges of Oxford and Cambridge, formed what was
to become the most influential policy network in Britain over
the next half century and more. The group denied its existence
as a formal group, but its footprints can be found around the
establishment of a new journal of empire, the Round Table, founded
in 1910.
The group argued that a more subtle and efficient system of global
empire was required to extend the effective hegemony of Anglo-Saxon
culture over the next century.
... In place of the costly military occupation of the colonies
of the British Empire, they argued for a more repressive tolerance,
calling for the creation of a British 'Commonwealth of Nations.'
Members nations were to be given the illusion of independence,
enabling Britain to reduce the high costs of far-flung armies
of occupation from India to Egypt, and now across Africa and the
Middle East as well. The term 'informal empire' was sometimes
used to describe the shift.
... The idea of a Jewish-dominated Palestine, beholden to England
for its tenuous survival, surrounded by a balkanized of squabbling
Arab states, formed part of this group's [British Round Table
Group] concept of a new British Empire.
... The Round Table group's grand design was to link England's
vast colonial possessions, from the gold and diamond mines of
Cecil Rhodes and Rothschild's Consolidated Gold Fields in South
Africa, north to Egypt and the vital shipping route through the
Suez Canal, and on through Mesopotamia, Kuwait and Persia into
India in the East.
... The great power able to control this vast reach would control
the world's most valuable strategic raw materials, from gold,
basis of the international gold standard for world trade, to petroleum,
in 1919 emerging as the energy source of the modern industrial
era."
William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War"
"The CFR (Council on Foreign
Relations), established six years after the Federal Reserve was
created, worked to promote an internationalist agenda on behalf
of the international banking elite. Where the Fed took control
of money and debt, the CFR took control of the ideological foundations
of such an empire - encompassing the corporate, banking, political,
foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation
into a generally cohesive overall world view."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"Chatham House is one of
the world's pre-eminent organisations on world affairs, which
conducts its activities under a veil of secrecy. Very little mainstream
media spotlight is put on the organisation which has been at the
centre of British policy for close to a century perhaps
due to the fact that the BBC, Thomas Reuters, Bloomberg, the Telegraph
Media Group, the Daily Mail and General Trust plc, the Guardian
and the Economist are all corporate members of the RIIA. Raytheon,
the Ministry of Defence, the British Army, the Foreign & Commonwealth
Office UK, BAE Systems plc, Chevron, the Royal Bank of Scotland,
HSBC Holdings plc, the Scottish Government and the European Commission,
are just a handful of organisations that also belong to the Institute."
Steven MacMillan
"The Council on Foreign
Relations is 'the establishment'. Not only does it have influence
and power in key decision-making positions at the highest levels
of government to apply pressure from above, but it also announces
and uses individuals and groups to bring pressure from below,
to justify the high level decisions for converting the U.S. from
a sovereign Constitutional Republic into a servile member state
of a one-world dictatorship."
former Congressman John Rarick
1971
"[The goal of the Council
on Foreign Relations (CFR) is] to bring about the surrender of
the sovereignty and the national independence of the United States
... Primarily, they [CFR] want a world banking monopoly from whatever
power ends up in the control of global government."
Admiral Chester Ward, longtime
Council on Foreign Relations member - from the book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"
"The most powerful clique
in these [Round Table] groups Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)
have one objective in common: they want to bring about the surrender
of the sovereignty and the national independence of the U.S. They
want to end national boundaries and racial and ethnic loyalties
supposedly to increase business and ensure world peace. What they
strive for would inevitably lead to dictatorship and loss of freedoms
by the people. The CFR was founded for "the purpose of promoting
disarmament and submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national independence
into an all-powerful one-world government."
Harpers magazine, July 1958
"The Milner Group controls
the Institute [Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA)].
Once that is established, the picture changes. The influence of
Chatham House appears in its true perspective, not as the influence
of an autonomous body but as merely one of the many instruments
in the arsenal of another power."
Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy
and Hope"
"The CFR (Council on Foreign
Relations), dedicated to one-world government, financed by a number
of the largest tax-exempt foundations, and wielding such power
and influence over our lives in the areas of finance, business,
labor, military, education and mass communication media, should
be familiar to every American concerned with good government and
with preserving and defending the U.S. Constitution and our free-enterprise
system. Yet, the nation's news media, usually so aggressive in
exposures to inform our people, remain conspicuously silent when
it comes to the CFR, its members and their activities. The CFR
is the establishment. Not only does it have influence and power
in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of government
to apply pressure from above, but it also finances and uses individuals
and groups to bring pressure from below, to justify the high level
decisions for converting the U.S. from a sovereign Constitutional
Republic into a servile member state of a one-world dictatorship."
Rep. John R. Rarick of Louisiana,
1971
"Of some 1600 CFR [Council
on Foreign Relations] members, 120 either own or control the nation's
major newspapers, magazines, radio and television networks, as
well as the most powerful book publishing companies. The interlock
with academia is immense.
... CFR members virtually control the major foundations, whose
grants quite often are bestowed on persons or groups tied to the
CFR.
... The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has been under virtual
CFR control since its creation.
... Of the CFR's 1974 membership, about 90 represented the major
Wall Street international banking organizations. In addition,
presidents, vice-presidents and chairmen of the boards of most
of the giant corporations are members of the CFR."
Gary Allen in his book "Kissinger",
1976
"For a long time I felt
that FDR had developed many thoughts and ideas that were his own
to benefit this country, the United States. But, he didn't. Most
of his thoughts, his political ammunition, as it were, were carefully
manufactured for him in advanced by the Council on Foreign Relations
- One World Money group. Brilliantly, with great gusto, like a
fine piece of artillery, he exploded that prepared "ammunition"
in the middle of an unsuspecting target, the American people,
and thus paid off and returned his internationalist political
support.
Curtis Dall, FDR's son-in-law as
quoted in his book, My Exploited Father-in-Law
"The Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR) took control of the ideological foundations of
the American empire, encompassing the corporate, banking, political,
foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation
into a generally cohesive overall world view. By altering one's
ideology to that of promoting such an internationalist agenda,
the big money that was behind it would ensure one's rise through
government, industry, academia and media. There are divisions
within the elite, predicated on the basis of how to use American
imperial power, where to use it, on what basis to justify it,
and other various methodological differences. The divide amongst
elites was never on the questions of: should we use American imperial
power, why has America become an Empire, or should there even
be an empire? If one takes such considerations to heart and questions
these concepts, be it within the foreign policy establishment,
intelligence, military, academia, finance, corporate world, or
media; chances are, such a person is not a member of the CFR."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The Bilderberg group is
an organization of political leaders and international financiers
that meets secretly every spring to make global policy. There
are about 110 regulars - Rockefellers, Rothschilds, bankers, heads
of international corporations and high government officials from
Europe and North America. Each year, a few new people are invited
and, if found useful, they return to future meetings. If not,
they are discarded. Decisions reached at these secret meetings
affect every American and much of the world."
Jim Tucker
"The Council on Foreign
Relations, the Trilateral Commission and the Bilderberger Group,
have prepared for and are now implementing open world dictatorship...
They are not fighting against terrorists. They are fighting against
citizens."
Dr. Johannes Koeppi, former German
Defense Ministry official and adviser to NATO - from Dean Henderson's
book "Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf"
"The Trilateral Commission
admitted in their own publications that they intend to merge the
U.S. and other NATO countries into a single world government controlled
by the big corporations."
Mark M. Rich in his book "The
Hidden Evil: The Financial Elite's Covert War Against the Civilian
Population"
"The Trilateral Commission
is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation
of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of
the political government of the United States. The Trilateral
Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize
control and consolidate the four centers of power political, monetary,
intellectual and ecclesiastical. What the Trilateral Commission
intends is to create a worldwide economic power superior to the
political governments of the nationstates involved. As managers
and creators of the system, they will rule the future."
Barry M. Goldwater from his memoirs
"With No Apologies"
"The Bilderberg Group is
the quintessential transnational planning body of the Transnational
Capitalist Class, as it is composed of the elite of the elite,
totally removed from public scrutiny, and acts as "a secretive
global think-tank which holds the concept of a "world government"
in high regard and works to achieve these ends."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The Royal Institute of
International Affairs (RIIA) / Chatham House now completely controls
the entire global business, banking and political system of the
world including the Vatican."
John D. Christian in his book "Hidden
Secrets on the Alpha course"
"The international consortium
of financiers known as the Bilderbergers, who meet annually in
profound secrecy to determine the destiny of the western world,
is a creature of the Rockefeller-Rothschild alliance... The Rockefeller
interests work in close alliance with the Rothschilds and other
central banks."
Dr. Martin Larson from the book
"The Secrets of the Federal Reserve" by Eustace Mullins
"The Bilderbergers are
made up of the elites from the worlds of banking, business, government
and academia - which holds top-secret meetings each year in remote
resorts in the United States and Europe - to plan what is going
to happen on the world scene in the months ahead.
... Only politicians and others who have proven their unquestioning
loyalty to the Rothschild/Rockefeller cabal are invited to Bilderberg
meetings. They must be willing tools of the super-rich and totally
dedicated to the creation of a New World Order."
Des Griffin in his book "Fourth
Reich of the Rich"
"The Royal Institute of
International Affairs (RIIA) [Chatham House] and its leading personnel
control not only the Far Eastern drug traffic but every important
dirty money operation on the surface of the globe."
http://911truthnc.blogspot.com
"The Bilderberg Group's
chief fear is organized resistance. Members do not want the common
people of the world to figure out at they are planning for the
world's future: mainly, a One World Government (World Company)
with a single, global marketplace, policed by one world army,
and financially regulated by one "World Bank" using
one global currency."
Daniel Estulin in his book "The
Bilderberg Group"
"What the Bilderberg group
intends is a global army at the disposal of the United Nations,
which is to become the world government to which all nations will
be subservient."
Henry Kissinger at a Bilderberg
meeting [Spotlight Reprint, August 1991]
United Nations
WHAT ARE GLOBAL GOVERNANCE
ORGANIZATIONS?
HOW MUCH POWER DO THEY WIELD?
"The United Nations is
a dictatorship from which nothing good comes, because they find
a million ways to prevent anything from happening.
... Within the Security Council, there are five countries that
have veto power. But without a doubt, the most influential country
in the United Nations is the United States. And it's really amazing
the most warmongering country in the history of mankind is put
there in charge to make sure that there is peace.
... The United Nations Charter tells you how you can proceed to
reform it. They say you have to call a general conference and
how you have to call it and the approval that you have to have
from the Security Council. But at the end, when all is said and
done, when you have decided what reforms you want to make, they
have a veto power over it. So it's a farce. It's a fraud.
... The United Nations is beyond reform. It's beyond patchwork.
It's the most important organization in the world to help save
the human species and Mother Earth, but it has to be reinvented."
former UN General Assembly President
Miguel d'Escoto
"The UN is but a long-range,
international banking apparatus clearly set up for financial and
economic profit by a small group of powerful One-World revolutionaries,
hungry for profit and power. "
Curtis Dall, FDR's son-in-law as
quoted in his book, My Exploited Father-in-Law
"The goal is control. They
[global financial elite] want all of us enslaved to debt, they
want all of our governments enslaved to debt, and they want all
of our politicians addicted to the huge financial contributions
that they funnel into their campaigns. Since the elite also own
all of the big media companies, the mainstream media never lets
us in on the secret that there is something fundamentally wrong
with the way that our system works."
Karen Hudes, former Senior Counsel
in the legal department of the World Bank
"The New World Order under
the UN will reduce everything to one common denominator. The system
will be made up of a single currency, single centrally financed
government, single tax system, single language, single political
system, single world court of justice, single state religion...Each
person will have a registered number, without which he will not
be allowed to buy or sell; and there will be one universal world
church. Anyone who refuses to take part in the universal system
will have no right to exist."
Dr. Kurk E. Koch
"The IMF [International
Monetary Fund] serves as gatekeeper for the World Bank and the
giant international money center banks which fall under its umbrella.
The IMF serves as judge and jury in ordering Third World countries
to privatize their economies, and in imposing harsh austerity
measures which hit the poorest people the hardest... If a country
follows IMF mandates it continues to receive loans from the World
Bank. If it does not, the country is cut off, its currency devalued
and its economy ravaged by hyperinflation."
Dean Henderson in his book "Big
Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf"
"The IMF is not a U.S.-controlled
institution; it is a banker-controlled institution."
Brandon Smith
"The five veto powers and
permanent members of the Security Council the so called
victors of the Second World War. The old boys club of 1945. The
five States that have corrupted the UN Charter. And corrupted
the work of the UN. Applying double-standards, and disregard for
law - they have made the organisation primarily serve their best
interests rather than serve its mandate.
I refer to the five most dangerous Member States that together
manufacture and sell some 85% of military arms, including nuclear
weapons, and so called weapons of mass destruction. This is the
UN of the arms dealers - the most disreputable and yet profitable
business on earth.
And tragically and quite bizarrely these arms dealers are
the same Member States that the UN Charter entrusts with maintaining
Peace and Security around the world."
Denis Halliday
"Possibly, after a period
of chaos and anger, which in any event would simply intensify
existing states of being, the institution of the United Nations
might be bludgeoned into changing. Rather than a club that admits
all, the 21st century United Nations might be remade into an exclusive,
by invitation, members-only group, of free, democratic states,
sharing similar values. Or in the end, replaced by one."
Alexander H. Joffe
"Yearly the World Economic
Forum (WEF)/Davos brings together the world's most powerful CEO's
along with governmental policy decision-makers.
... The World Economic Forum is a facilitator for the goals and
objectives of the United Nations - which is world government.
The Reform of the UN recommends a world military state in which
the UN has a rapid deployment force, the Security Council is enlarged
with power to enforce sanctions, member states provide additional
troops for disbursement to the UN at any time, the UN is given
a legal mechanism to enforce the International Criminal Court
Statutes, a global police force is set up for peacekeeping and
a peacebuilding commission is established to help countries avoid
the state of collapse and sliding into war by transitioning them
from war to peace.
The Reform of the UN is built around a new radical concept of
"collective Security." Collective security rests on
three basic pillars: (1) Today's threats recognize no national
boundaries, (2) are connected and must be addressed at the global
and regional levels as well as the national levels and (2) no
state, no matter how powerful, can by its own efforts alone make
itself invulnerable to today's threats. Any event or process that
leads to large-scale death or lessening of life changes and undermines
States as the basic unit of the international system is a threat
to international security.
International security is based on: (1) economic and social threats
such as poverty, infectious diseases and environmental degradation,
(2) inter-state conflict, (3) Internal conflict such as civil
war and genocide, (4) nuclear, radiological, chemical and biological
weapons, (5) terrorism and (6) transnational Crime. In other words,
the world will intervene for humanitarian purposes as well as
for natural disasters.
There is a merger between government and business. Partnership
is a key building component in this new world that we find ourselves
in. The United Nations formed the Global Compact in Davos in 1999
which basically asks the corporations of the world to partner
with the UN in building schools, roads, sewers and clean water
for the peoples in developing countries. This concept is a far
cry from the "old fashioned" form of government that
we knew. When you add collective security to global taxation,
you find that we really are in a "New World Order"."
Joan Veon, 2005
"The International Monetary
Fund (IMF) was the most important avenue of U.S. influence in
developing countries for the past three decades. The IMF was positioned,
by informal arrangement, at the top of a creditors' cartel. Governments
who did not reach agreements with the Fund on various economic
policies were in most cases denied credit not only from the IMF,
but from the larger World Bank, other multi-lateral lenders such
as the Inter-American Development Bank, the governments of rich
countries, and sometimes even the private sector. This gave Washington,
which has dominated the IMF since its inception in 1944, a powerful
lever to promote a whole series of economic reforms in developing
countries."
Mark Weisbrot
"The WTO [World Trade Organization]
obeys the orders of multinational corporations, which, under cover
of the globalization of trade, in fact rule the world."
Marie-Monique Robin in her book
"The World According to Monsanto"
"The infamous `conditionalities'
policy for procuring emergency IMF loans... remains in force to
this day... The prospective recipient of money must convince inspectors
it is implementing a "realistic rate of exchange... as defined
by the IMF. The focus on the exchange rate allows the IMF to control
a country's fiscal policy, government expenditure, tax policy,
and public enterprise policy - in short, every aspect of national
economic life... The formula is invariably the same. The debtor
country is forced to slash imports, severely devalue its domestic
currency (ensuring that relative dollar-denominated debt increases
by multiples), and impose draconian cuts in government subsidies
for food and other necessaries, while opening vital areas of the
national economy to foreign takeovers on the cheap, justified
as `free market reforms' by the IMF."
Executive Intelligence Review
"The policy of genocide
in Iraq that was initiated and legitimized through the United
Nations is an instructive indication of the extent to which the
UN has become a tool of Western, and particularly Anglo-American
power."
Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed from his
book "Behind the War on Terror"
"The IMF is more or less
a branch of the US Treasury, even though it has a European director.
Its past role has been extremely destructive... If a third world
dictator incurs a huge debt, and then the debt defaults, the lenders,
who have made plenty of money because it was a risky loan so they
get high interest, they have to be protected, so the people are
subjected to harsh structural adjustment programs so that they
can pay back the debt, which they didn't incur, so that rich Westerners
can be compensated. So that's the IMF, the credit community's
enforcer, a very destructive role in the third world. "
Noam Chomsky
"The greater percentage
of global trade is controlled by powerful multinational enterprises.
Within such a context, the notion of free trade on which the rules
of the WTO [World Trade Organization] are constructed is a fallacy.
The net result is that for certain sectors of humanity -- particularly
the developing countries of the South -- the WTO is a veritable
nightmare."
United Nations Sub-Commission on
the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights, June 2000
"America's leading post-war
planners had been involved in the 1939 War & Peace Studies
Project of the New York Council on Foreign Relations. Their strategy
had been to create a kind of informal empire, one in which America
would emerge as the unchallenged hegemonic power in a new world
order to be administered through the newly-created United Nations
Organization.
The architects of the post-war US-dominated global order explicitly
chose not to call it an 'empire.' Instead, the United States would
project its imperial power under the guise of colonial 'liberation,'
support for 'democracy' and 'free markets.' It was one of the
most effective and diabolical propaganda coups of modern times."
F. William Engdahl
"The UN Security Council
is now regarded as a captive [by most of the UN membership], where
the North secures decisions by economic intimidation, abuses the
peaceful-redress procedures inscribed in the charter and authorizes
a kind of vigilantism against countries of the North's own choosing."
Erskine Childers, former adviser
to the UN Secretary General
"The UN's Agenda 21 proposes
a global regime that will monitor, oversee, and strictly regulate
our planet's oceans, lakes, streams, rivers, aquifers, sea beds,
coastlands, wetlands, forests, jungles, grasslands, farmland,
deserts, tundra, and mountains. It even has a whole section on
regulating and "protecting" the atmosphere. It proposes
plans for cities, towns, suburbs, villages, and rural areas. It
envisions a global scheme for healthcare, education, nutrition,
agriculture, labor, production, and consumption - in short, everything;
there is nothing on, in, over, or under the Earth that doesn't
fall within the purview of some part of Agenda 21."
William Jasper in a report entitled
"Your Hometown & the United Nations' Agenda 21",
February 10, 2012
IS THE FIRST WORLD RESPONSIBLE
FOR THE MISERY IN THE THIRD WORLD?
"The global elite thrives
on war and widespread human misery, on death and destruction by
design."
Mujahid Kamran
"The United States has
exercised a quite cynical manipulation of power worldwide while
masquerading as a force for universal good. It's a brilliant,
highly successful act of hypnosis. Brutal, indifferent, scornful
and ruthless it may be, but it is also very clever."
Harold Pinter, 2005
"From 1945 to 2003, the
United States attempted to overthrow more than 40 foreign governments,
and to crush more than 30 populist-nationalist movements fighting
against intolerable regimes. In the process, the US bombed some
25 countries, caused the end of life for several million people,
and condemned many millions more to a life of agony and despair."
William Blum
"U.S. and Western imperialism
is the root cause of the "refugee crisis". Everyday
men, women, and children are killed by U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan,
U.S. and Western-backed militias in Afghanistan, Syria, and Somalia,
European and North American mining and oil conglomerates in Central
and Western Africa, or are starved to death in Yemen by the U.S.-backed
Arab blockade of the country. Until the genocidal aims of U.S.
imperialism, with the support of Canada, Australia, the European
Union, and regional allies, are defeated, the "war on terror"
will continue to make life too unbearable for working people in
Asia, Africa, and the Middle East to remain in their home countries."
T.J. Petrowski, 2015
"The long record of the
US state and its oligarch allies destroying societies across the
world is unspeakable in the mass media because they themselves
are financed and advertised in by the same transnational corporations
that demand the resources and territories of societies everywhere."
John McMurtry
"Altogether, America's
post-9/11 wars have killed about 6 million people. Maybe the true
number is only 5 million. Or maybe it is 7 million. And the true
number of people killed is most definitely not in the tens of
thousands, as most of the general public in the U.S. and in the
U.K. have been led to believe, according to opinion polls.
After 16 years of war, about 6 million violent deaths, 6 countries
utterly destroyed and many more destabilized, it is urgent that
the American public come to terms with the true human cost of
our country's wars and how we have been manipulated and misled
into turning a blind eye to them."
Nicolas JS Davies, 2018
"Washington is responsible
for the destruction of Yugoslavia and Serbia, Afghanistan, Iraq,
Libya, Somalia, and part of Syria. Washington has enabled Saudi
Arabia's attack on Yemen, Ukraine's attack on its former Russian
provinces, and Israel's destruction of Palestine and the Palestinian
people."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2016
" I think this a very hard
choice, but the price - we think the price is worth it."
Secretary of State Madeleine
Albright - about US sanctions killing more than 500,000 Iraqi
children
"Every time weaker nations
have attempted to reallocate their resources and undertake land
reform to feed starving populations, powerful interests emanating
from the rich world and its multilateral bodies have thwarted
their efforts."
Susan George
"American foreign-policy
makers are exquisitely attuned to the rise of a government, or
a movement that might take power, that will not lie down and happily
become an American client state, that will not look upon the free
market or the privatization of the world known as "globalization"
as summum bonum [the highest good], that will not change its laws
to favor foreign investment, that will not be unconcerned about
the effects of foreign investment upon the welfare of its own
people, that will not produce primarily for export, that will
not easily tolerate the International Monetary Fund or the World
Trade Organization inflicting a scorched-earth policy upon the
country's social services or standard of living, that will not
allow an American or NATO military installation upon its soil.
Given the proper pretext, such bad examples have to be reduced
to basket cases, or, where feasible, simply overthrown."
William Blum
"In the US's so-called
War on Terror, by far the greatest and most systematic terrorization
of civilians is in fact perpetrated by the US state itself. Unarmed
citizens are murdered across the world as 'collateral damage',
'illegal enemy combatants' or other license of impunity. The US
state conceives itself as above international law along with ally
Israel, but this reality is taboo to report and so too all the
killing and terrorization of civilians. One can truly say that
"the historical record demonstrates the US is provably guilty
of continual lawless mass murder of civilians across the world",
but the truth is unthinkable within the ruling ideological regime."
John McMurtry
"Control the food, and
you control the people."
Henry Kissinger
"The United States has
a long record of bombing nations, reducing entire neighborhoods,
and much of cities, to rubble, wrecking the infrastructure, ruining
the lives of those the bombs didn't kill. And afterward doing
shockingly little or literally nothing to repair the damage."
General William McCoy, Army Corps
of Engineers
"When the full and true
story of Jean-Bertrand Aristide is finally told, it will portray
a noble and humble man who gave of himself honorably to serve
the interests of all the people of Haiti. His only failure was
his inability to overcome the brutal and corrupt power of the
U.S. and its determination to see him fail. "
Stephen Lendman
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then
they just don't care about it happening to other people, including
the American soldiers. American leaders would not be in the positions
they hold if they were bothered by such things."
William Blum
"Consider the US-led deadly
civil wars and coup d'etats in Venezuela and Ukraine as well as
Libya and Syria. They mass terrorize and destroy societies into
defenseless dependency so that their resources, lands and markets
are "free" for transnational corporate exploitation."
John McMurtry
"Somehow we find it hard
to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor."
Secretary of State John Foster
Dulles
"Africa is extremely rich
in many resources, from agriculture to oil, minerals, and a huge
variety of other resources used all around the world. If African
nations were able to develop their own economies, use their own
resources, and create their own industries and businesses, they
could become self-sufficient at first, and then may become a force
of great competition for the established industries and elites
around the world. After all, Europe does not have much to offer
in terms of resources, as the continent's wealth has largely come
from plundering the resources of regions like Africa, and in becoming
captains of monetary manipulation. A revitalized, vibrant, economically
independent and successful Africa could spell the end of Western
financial dominance. "
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"In the wars in Iraq, Libya,
Afghanistan, Somalia, Sudan and Syria, America has destroyed any
significant progress those nations had made in education, healthcare,
infrastructure such as water treatment and electricity, postal
services, courts. By degrading the standards of living for people
in perceived "hostile" nations, America's ruling elite
empowers itself, while claiming that it has ensured the safety
and prestige of the American people. Sometimes it is even able
to convince the public that its criminal actions are "humanitarian"
and designed to liberate the people in nations it destroys."
Douglas Valentine, 2017
"I don't understand the
'shock' Americans claim to feel at the lurid pictures from Abu
Ghraib prison. You've seen the troops break down doors and terrify
women and children, curse, scream, push, pull, and throw people
to the ground with a boot over their head. You've seen troops
shoot civilians in cold blood. You've seen them bomb cities and
towns. You've seen them burn cars and humans using tanks and helicopters.
I sometimes get e-mails asking me to propose solutions or make
suggestions. Fine. Today's lesson: don't rape, don't torture,
don't kill, and get out while you can - while it still looks like
you have a choice. Chaos? Civil war? We'll take our chances -
just take your puppets, your tanks, your smart weapons, your dumb
politicians, your lies, your empty promises, your rapists, your
sadistic torturers and go."
an Iraqi woman in an online blog
"America is the most destructive
nation in history. We have overthrown more than 50 foreign governments;
we have attempted to assassinate or have assassinated more than
50 foreign leaders; we have bombed more than 35 countries; we
have interfered in the elections of dozens of countries."
William Blum, 2016
WHY DOES THE U.S. LOVE
DICTATORS AND HATE POPULARLY-ELECTED LEADERS?
SUPPORTED DICTATORS
(a partial list)
Paul Kagame-Rwanda
DEPOSED POPULARLY-ELECTED
LEADERS
(a partial list)
Patrice Lumumba-Congo (DRC)
"The U.S. military acts
in the interests of the corporate and financial elite, as those
countries that do not submit to American economic hegemony are
deemed enemies, and the military is ultimately sent in to implement
'regime change'."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"There has been almost
no coup or government overthrow since 1945 not led by the US."
John McMurtry
"So how do you improve
the business climate in third world countries? Well, it's easy.
You murder priests (that is, priests and other religiously oriented
groups who are involved too much with the concerns of the people
- i.e., the "Marynollers," the Quakers, Catholic priests
involved in Liberation Theology, etc), you torture peasant organizers,
you destroy popular organizations, you institute mass murder and
repression to crush any popular organizations (which might try
to help the poor). And that improves the investment climate. So
there's a secondary correlation between American aid and the deterioration
of human rights. It's entirely natural that we should tend to
aid countries that are egregious violators of fundamental human
rights and that torture their citizens, and that's indeed what
we find."
Noam Chomsky
"Interventions are not
against dictators but against those who try to distribute: not
against Jiménez in Venezuela but Chávez, not against
Somoza in Nicaragua but the Sandinistas, not against Batista in
Cuba but Castro, not against Pinochet in Chile but Allende, not
against Guatemala dictators but Arbenz, not against the shah in
Iran but Mossadegh."
Johan Galtung, Norwegian founder
of the discipline of Peace and Conflict Studies
"American foreign-policy
makers are exquisitely attuned to the rise of a government, or
a movement that might take power, that will not lie down and happily
become an American client state, that will not look upon the free
market or the privatization of the world known as "globalization"
as the highest good, that will not change its laws to favor foreign
investment, that will not be unconcerned about the effects of
foreign investment upon the welfare of its own people, that will
not produce primarily for export, that will not easily tolerate
the International Monetary Fund or the World Trade Organization
inflicting a scorched-earth policy upon the country's social services
or standard of living, that will not allow an American or NATO
military installation upon its soil. Given the proper pretext,
such bad examples have to be reduced to basket cases, or, where
feasible, simply overthrown."
William Blum
"After World War II, in
the name of containing Communism, the United States, mostly through
the actions of local allies, executed or encouraged coups in,
among other places, Guatemala, Brazil, Chile, Uruguay, Argentina
and patronized a brutal mercenary war in Nicaragua ... By the
end of the Cold War, Latin American security forces trained, funded,
equipped, and incited by Washington had executed a reign of bloody
terror - hundreds of thousands killed, an equal number tortured,
millions driven into exile-from which the region has yet to fully
recover."
Greg Grandin in his book "Empire's
Workshop"
"The coups in Iran, Guatemala,
South Vietnam, and Chile were all "what the President ordered."
They were not rogue operations. Presidents, cabinet secretaries,
national security advisers, and CIA directors approved them, authorized
by the 1947 law that created the CIA and assigned it "duties
related to intelligence affecting the national security."
The first thing all four of these coups have in common is that
American leaders promoted them consciously, willfully, deliberately,
and in strict accordance with the laws of the United States."
Stephen Kinzer in his book "Overthrow:
America's Century of Regime Change from Haiti to Iraq"
"Patrice Lumumba was the
first elected Prime Minister and ascended to power in the Congo
on June 30, 1960, the date of Congo' s independence from Belgium.
Within ten weeks of being elected, Lumumba's government was deposed
in a coup. He was subsequently imprisoned and assassinated on
January 17, 1961 by Western powers (United States, Belgium, France,
England and the United Nations) in cahoots with local leaders
such as Moise Tshombe and Joseph Desire Mobutu (Mobutu Sese Seko)."
friendsofthecongo.org
"The trigger for military
coups in Latin America were fears of popular demands for social
reform and democratic change."
J. Patrice McSherry in the book
"Predatory States: Operation Condor and Covert War in Latin
America"
"The result of neo-colonialism
is that foreign capital is used for the exploitation rather than
for the development of the less developed parts of the world.
Investment, under neo-colonialism, increases, rather than decreases,
the gap between the rich and the poor countries of the world.
The struggle against neo-colonialism is not aimed at excluding
the capital of the developed world from operating in less developed
countries. It is aimed at preventing the financial power of the
developed countries being used in such a way as to impoverish
the less developed."
Kwame Nkrumah, President of Ghana
1957-1966
U.S. Military and
CIA Interventions since World War II
Iran (1953); Guatemala(1954); Thailand
(1957); Laos (1958-60); the Congo (1960); Turkey (1960, 1971 &
1980); Ecuador (1961 & 1963); South Vietnam (1963); Brazil
(1964); the Dominican Republic (1963); Argentina (1963); Honduras
(1963 & 2009); Iraq (1963 & 2003); Bolivia (1964, 1971
& 1980); Indonesia (1965); Ghana (1966); Greece (1967); Panama
(1968 & 1989); Cambodia (1970); Chile (1973); Bangladesh (1975);
Pakistan (1977); Grenada (1983); Mauritania (1984); Guinea (1984);
Burkina Faso (1987); Paraguay (1989); Haiti (1991 & 2004);
Russia (1993); Uganda (1996);and Libya (2011). This list does
not include a roughly equal number of failed coups, nor coups
in Africa and elsewhere in which a U.S. role is suspected but
unproven.
from William Blum's book "Killing
Hope"
"The Americans who engineered
countless military coups, death squads and massacres in Latin
America never paid for their crimes - instead they got promoted
and they're now running the 'War on Terror".
Naomi Klein
"The coup against Aristide,
then, must be understood not in isolation, but as the culmination
of activities that really began the minute he was re-elected in
2000. Destabilization efforts by the U.S. government, active U.S.
support for the creation of a so-called civil-society opposition,
and eventually the invasion of Haiti by an armed band of criminals
and murderers were all part of a process designed to ensure that
Haiti would return fully to the fold of the U.S. empire and its
minions in Haiti."
Bill Fletcher, Jr, 2004
"The United States... supported
authoritarian regimes throughout Central and South America during
and after the Cold War in defense of its economic and political
interests.
In tiny Guatemala, the Central Intelligence Agency mounted a coup
overthrowing the democratically elected government in 1954, and
it backed subsequent rightwing governments against small leftist
rebel groups for four decades. Roughly 200,000 civilians died.
In Chile, a CIA-supported coup helped put General Augusto Pinochet
in power from 1973 to 1990.
In Peru, a fragile democratic government is still unraveling the
agency's role in a decade of support for the now-deposed and disgraced
president, Alberto K. Fujimori.
The United States had to invade Panama in 1989 to topple its narco-dictator,
Manuel A. Noriega, who, for almost 20 years, was a valued informant
for American intelligence."
John Perkins in his book "Confessions
of Economic Hit Man"
"On June 28, 2009, Honduran
President Manuel Zelaya was awakened by gunfire. A coup was carried
out by US-trained military officers, including graduates of the
infamous US Army School of the Americas (WHINSEC) in Georgia.
President Zelaya was illegally taken to Costa Rica.
Democracy in Honduras ended as a de facto government of the rich
and powerful seized control. A sham election backed by the US
confirmed the leadership of the coup powers. The US and powerful
lobbyists continue to roam the hemisphere trying to convince other
Latin American countries to normalize relations with the coup
government."
Bill Quigley and Laura Raymond,
2010
"It is firm and continuing
policy that Allende be overthrown by a coup.... We are to continue
to generate maximum pressure toward this end utilizing every appropriate
resource. It is imperative that these actions be implemented clandestinely
and securely so that United States Government and American hand
be well hidden."
cable outlining CIA objectives
in Chile to the station chief in Santiago
"In Indonesia in 1965 a
group of young military officers attempted a coup against the
U.S.-backed military establishment and murdered six of seven top
military officers. The Agency seized this opportunity to overthrow
Sukarno and to destroy the Communist Party of Indonesia (PKI),
which had three million members... Estimates of the number of
deaths that occurred as a result of this CIA ... operation run
from one-half million to more than one million people."
Ralph McGehee in his book "Deadly
Deceits"
"80 percent of the officers
who carried out the 1964 coup against Brazilian President Goulart
had been trained by the United States."
Penny Lernoux in her book "Cry
of the People"
"Documents written by the
CIA clearly show knowledge of the detailed plans for the coup
against Hugo Chávez in 2002... Financial and advisory agencies
like the National Endowment for Democracy (NED), the International
Republican Institute (IRI), the National Democratic Institute
(NDI) and the Center for International Private Enterprise (CIPE)
financed all the groups, NGOs, trade unions, businesspeople, political
parties and the media involved in the coup."
Eva Golinger, 2008
"Paul Kagame is possibly
the greatest mass murderer alive today. The fact that Paul Kagame
continues to live and work freely in the world, unthreatened by
"international justice", celebrated as the Abe Lincoln
of his war-torn domain in central Africa, and highly regarded
and honored in the United States, Britain, and Canada, shows us
unambiguously that when the events in Rwanda 1994 are at issue,
things as fragile as truth and historical clarity are only able
to survive as exiles from these powers."
Edward S. Herman and David Peterson,
2014
"In Guatemala, United Fruit
supported the CIA-backed 1954 military coup against President
Jacobo Arbenz, a reformer who had carried out a land reform package.
Arbenz' overthrow led to more than thirty years of unrest and
civil war in Guatemala."
Nikolas Kozloff, 2009
"On September 11, 1973, General Augusto Pinochet orchestrated
a coup d'état, with the aid and participation of the CIA,
against the Allende government of Chile, overthrowing it and installing
Pinochet as dictator. The next day, an economic plan for the country
was on the desks of the General Officers of the Armed Forces who
performed government duties. The plan entailed privatization,
deregulation and cuts to social spending, written up by U.S.-trained
economists. These were the essential concepts in neoliberal thought,
which, through the oil crises of the 1970s, would be forced upon
the developing world through the World Bank and IMF."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"The CIA had developed
a program to assassinate the President of Zaire [later Democratic
Republic of the Congo (DRC)] Patrice Lumumba. The operation, didn't
work. It was to give poison to Lumumba. And they couldn't find
a setting in which to get the poison to him successfully in a
way that it wouldn't appear to be a CIA operation. Instead, the
CIA chief of station in Zaire talked to Lumumba aide and Belgian
security police informer Joseph Mobutu about the threat that Lumumba
posed, and Mobutu had his men kill Lumumba."
former CIA agent John Stockwell
"America is the most destructive
nation in history. We have overthrown more than 50 foreign governments;
we have attempted to assassinate or have assassinated more than
50 foreign leaders; we have bombed more than 35 countries; we
have interfered in the elections of dozens of countries."
William Blum, 2016
"I spent thirty-three years
in the Marines, most of my time being a hlgh class muscle man
for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I
was a racketeer for capitalism._I helped purify Nicaragua for
the international banking house of Brown Brothers in 1910-1912.
I helped make Mexico and especially Tampico safe for American
oil interests in 1914. I brought light to the Dominican Republic
for American sugar interests in 1916. I helped make Haiti and
Cuba a decent place for the National City [Bank] boys to collect
revenue in. I helped in the rape of half a dozen Central American
republics for the benefit of Wall Street. _In China in 1927 l
helped to see to it that Standard Oil went its way unmolested._I
had a swell racket. l was rewarded with honors, medals, promotions.
l might have given Al Capone a few hints. The best he could do
was to operate a racket in three city districts. The Marines operated
on three continents."
General Smedley Butler, former
US Marine Corps Commandant, 1935
"All during the length
of my fight for the independence of my country, I have never doubted
for a single instant the final triumph of the sacred cause to
which my companions and myself have consecrated our lives. But
what we wish for our country, its right to an honorable life,
to a spotless dignity, to an independence without restrictions,
Belgian colonialism and its Western allies - who have found direct
and indirect support, deliberate and not deliberate among certain
high officials of the United Nations, this organization in which
we placed all our confidence when we called for their assistance
- have not wished it.
... History will one day have its say, but it will not be the
history that Brussels, Paris, Washington or the United Nations
will teach, but that which they will teach in the countries emancipated
from colonialism and its puppets. Africa will write its own history,
and it will be, to the north and to the south of the Sahara, a
history of glory and dignity."
Patrice Lumumba's last letter to
his wife before his assassination, December 1960
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then
they just don't care about it happening to other people, including
the American soldiers. American leaders would not be in the positions
they hold if they were bothered by such things."
William Blum
BANKS, TAX HAVENS, MONEY
LAUNDERING AND THE GLOBAL DRUG TRADE
TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS OF GLOBAL
ELITE TREASURE ARE HIDDEN FROM VIEW
INDIVIDUALS AND CORPORATIONS AVOID PAYING TAXES
DRUG MONEY IS LAUNDERED THROUGH LARGE INTERNATIONAL BANKS
FUNDING OF GOVERNMENT COVERT OPERATIONS IS OBSCURED
MONEY-LAUNDERING TAX
HAVENS
CITY OF LONDON
"City of London" is the secrecy jurisdiction of choice
for the global mega-wealthy
both directly and from Britain's overseas territories and crown
dependencies
WALL STREET (NEW YORK CITY)
DELAWARE
NEVADA
FLORIDA
WYOMING
SOUTH DAKOTA
HONG KONG
MACAO
THE VATICAN
COUNTRIES
UNITED STATES
BRITAIN
PANAMA
SINGAPORE
TAIWAN
MALAYSIA
JAPAN
CHINA
BELIZE
ISRAEL
LEBANON
TURKEY
CYPRUS
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES (DUBAI)
BAHRAIN
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
LUXEMBOURG
MONACO
ANDORRA
LIECHTENSTEIN
NETHERLANDS
IRELAND
KENYA
MAURITIUS
SEYCHELLES
NUE
SAMOA
MARSHALL ISLANDS
TERRITORIES AND ISLANDS UNDER
BRITISH INFLUENCE Britain's overseas territories and
crown dependencies funnel
trillions of dollars of laundered money from around the world
into London banks and real estate
GIBRALTAR
GUERNSEY
JERSEY
ISLE OF MAN
CAYMAN ISLAND
ANGUILLA
BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
BAHAMAS
MONSERRAT
BERMUDA
ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA
BARBADOS
DOMINICA
GRENADA
ST. KITTS AND NEVIS
ST. LUCIA
ST. VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES
TURKS AND CAICOS
ISLANDS UNDER NETHERLANDS INFLUENCE ARUBA
BONAIRE
CURAÇAO
ST. MAARTEN
NETHERLAND ANTILLES
MONEY LAUNDERING BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
{a partial list}
BANK OF AMERICA
JP MORGAN CHASE
CITIBANK
WELLS FARGO
WESTERN UNION
AMERICAN EXPRESS
CREDIT SUISSE
UBS
HSBC
STANDARD CHARTERED
BARCLAYS
LLOYDS OF LONDON
ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND
AND MANY OTHER BANKS AND FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS AROUND THE WORLD
"The City of London is
the money-laundering centre of the world's drug trade. In addition,
due to incredibly lax financial laws by the British government,
the London property market is built largely on the laundered money
of crime from all over the world involving hidden tax havens,
most of which are British."
Graham Vanbergen
"Drugs smugglers, terrorists
and other criminals use exactly the same offshore mechanisms and
subterfuges - shell banks, trusts, dummy corporations - that corporations
use."
Nicholas Shaxson in his book "Treasure
Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World"
"The drug "industry"
is ... under the control of a single world network.
... The drug-related illegal economy is the biggest business in
the world.
... The British monarchy organized most of the Far East to conform
to the drug traffic.
... The Anglo-Dutch "offshore" banking system and related
precious metals and gems trade were designed around illegal money.
... The world drug traffic is a top-down operation under the immediate
control of the British and allied monarchies. "
www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How
the Drug Empire Works
"Money laundering is simply
everywhere. On the grand scale, it's endemic to banking... Money
laundering is not some distant fantasy. It's actually how you
handle the profits of extortion, tax evasion, criminal conspiracy
and huge quantities of drug money, how you get that into the white
sector... We pay vast sums of money to agencies that are supposed
to stop money laundering. It doesn't happen."
John le Carre
"Nothing has changed in
the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It is still run by the same "upper
class" families in Britain and the United States. It is still
a fabulously profitable trade where what seem to be big losses
through seizures by the authorities are written off in paneled
boardrooms in New York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars
as merely the cost of doing business."
John Coleman in his book "Conspirators'
Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300"
"No government has ever
touched the system which allowed the drug trade to develop. Money-laundering
is not even a criminal offense in 8 out of the 15 industrial nations.
In the United States, the center of the problem, government action,
is a joke: No top management has ever been charged or prosecuted
for criminal money-laundering activity."
from the book "DOPE, INC.:
the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power",
1992
"Laundered proceeds of
drug trafficking, racketeering, corruption, and terrorism tag
along with other forms of dirty money to which the United States
and Europe lend a welcoming hand."
Nicholas Shaxson in his book "Treasure
Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World"
"In Britain, the MI-6 drug
money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank
and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from
account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of
transactions.
The drug money comes out 'cleaner' but not totally clean. Diamonds
are then bought with this money from the diamond business families
like the Oppenheimers. These diamonds are then sold and the drug
money is clean."
James Casbolt, former MI6 Agent
"British Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies make
up around 25 per cent of the world's tax havens.
Tax havens include Anguilla, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands,
the Cayman Islands, Montserrat and the Turks and Caicos Islands
to name just a few and each is inextricably linked to the City
of London's crime offices.
The consequence of its operations is that money laundering is
now at such levels and so widespread that the authorities have
recently admitted defeat in its battle of attrition by stating
openly it has been completely overwhelmed and lost control."
Graham Vanbergen
"The retail proceeds of
the total drug traffic in the United States are partly recycled
into the drug operation in the United States itself, with large
"off-take" by each level of the crime machine. The net
profits, in cash, are laundered through hotels, restaurants, gambling
casinos, and sports events.
... After the cash is laundered through these nominally legitimate
channels, it is transferred to offshore banking operations or
their equivalent. Then, the funds take several trips around the
world over the telex machines of offshore banks, passing through
at least a half dozen, and usually more, different bank accounts
and corporate fronts, from the Caymans to Liechtenstein, from
Liechtenstein to the Bahamas, from the Bahamas to a "nonresident
corporation" in Canada, from Canada to Panama, and so forth.
At various points in the process, the funds will purchase diamonds,
gold, paintings, or similar portable valuables. At a further point,
the valuables will be translated back into cash, eliminating even
the trace of a bank transfer. "
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"[It has been estimated
that] 80 percent of the profits from drug trafficking ends up
in the banks of the wealthy countries or their branches in the
underdeveloped countries."
Peter Dale Scott, 2003
"Money laundering, according
to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5
trillion dollars a year. The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited
in the banking system. Drug money is laundered in the numerous
offshore banking havens in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British
Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands and some 50 other locations
around the globe. It is here that criminal syndicates involved
in the drug trade and the representatives of the world's largest
commercial banks interact. Dirty money is deposited in these offshore
havens, which are controlled by major Western banks and financial
institutions which have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining
the drug trade."
Michel Chossudovsky in his book
"America's War on Terrorism"
"The City of London, with
its own borders and police force, sits within the Isles of Britain
as an international hub, the tax haven of all tax havens. The
banks use offshore business organisations to escape regulation
and the grip these organisations have over an ever weakened and
corrupt political class is utterly astounding. The Conservative
party is literally bankrolled by bankers and hedge funds. Half
of the wealthiest hedge fund managers in the land pay millions
each year to the Tories. This is neoliberalism out of control."
Graham Vanbergen
"No government has ever
touched the system which allowed [the drug trade to develop].
At best, a few accounts here and there have been seized. To this
day, money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out
of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center
of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management
has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering
activity."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Swiss banks are notorious
depots for dirty money."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"Switzerland remains one the world's biggest repositories
for dirty money. In 2009 it hosted about $2.1 trillion in offshore
accounts owned by non-residents, about half from Europe. This
had been $3.1 trillion in 2007 before the global financial crisis."
Nicholas Shaxson in his book "Treasure
Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World"
"U.S.-based accounts at
Citigroup Inc., Deutsche Bank AG and Bank of America Corp., were
used to channel tens of millions of dollars' worth of global drug
money that was sent to shady Colombian currency brokerages."
Angelo Young, 2014
"Drug profits are secured
through the ability of the drug cartels to launder and transfer
billions of dollars through the US banking system. The scale and
scope of the US banking-drug cartel alliance surpasses any other
economic activity of the US private banking system."
James Petras
"Hong Kong was set up by
the British, literally from bare rock, as a center for the drug
trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center
for the drug trade. "
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton
Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"
"The large international
banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using
it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system."
from the book "DOPE, INC.:
the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power",
1992
"The Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank (HSBC), remains the largest and least controlled clearinghouse
bank for the opium trade.
John Coleman in his book "Conspirators'
Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300"
"The Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In
this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy,
through the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
The world illegal drug traffic is controlled by a single group
of men whose intimate ties of ownership, family, and political
collaboration go back 200 years."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How
the Drug Empire Works"
"The large international
banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using
it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system."
DOPE, INC.: the international drug
cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992
"Narco-dollars are channeled
into "private banking" accounts in numerous offshore
banking havens controlled by the large Western banks and financial
institutions. The major Wall Street and European banks and stock
brokerage firms launder billions of dollars resulting from the
trade in narcotics."
"The Destabilization of Haiti"
an article by Michel Chossudovsky
"The United States is the
world leader in global money laundering. According to the Department
of Justice, the US launders between $500 billion - $1 trillion
annually."
"Narco-Dollars For Beginners"
an article by Catherine Austin Fitts
"If 700 billion dollars
a year in illegal drug money is moved and laundered through the
American and world economy, that money benefits financial markets
and especially Wall Street. That's the reason for maintaining
the illegal drug trade."
Daniel Estulin in hius book "Shadow
Masters"
"A large share of the multibillion
dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking
system. Most of the large international banks together with their
affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts
of narco-dollars."
Michel Chossudovsky in the book
"The Global Economic Crisis"
"The British Crown Colony
of Hong Kong, with the British Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
(HSBC) at the top, is considered the number-one money-laundering
center for the heroin trade. Illegal drugs are the biggest business
in the Far East -- and close to being the biggest business in
the world -- but in Hong Kong, drugs do not merely dominate the
economy: They are the economy."
from the book "DOPE, INC.:
the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power",
1992
"New York and London have
become the world's two biggest laundries of criminal and drug
money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the
Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the
City of London and Wall Street."
Martin Woods, bank money laundering
investigator, Observer newspaper, 2011
"Banks act as clearing
houses and money launderers of billions of dollars derived from
drug money. The main "big name banks" are:
· The Bank of England
· The Federal Reserve Banks
· Bank of International Settlements
· The World Bank
· The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank (HSBC)
· American Express
American Express Bank Travelers checks are a convenient method
of recycling drug dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with
and/or controls hundreds of thousands of large and small banks
throughout the world."
John Coleman in his book "The
Committee of 300"
"The British pre-eminence
makes the world picture of offshore banking and dirty money more
comprehensible. If the world offshore banking sector appears to
run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that
is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium
traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle."
www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How
the Drug Empire Works
WHAT IS THE NEW WORLD
ORDER?
WHO IS PLANNING AND DIRECTING
IT?
"The master planners devised
the strategy of a merger - a Great Merger - among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States
becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must
at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners
in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly
equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed;
use American money and know-how to build up your competitors,
while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise
to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt
the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might,
and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence
level of the socialized nations of the world.
The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed
countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs
coming up... It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed
on the altar of the New World Order."
Gary Allen in his book "The
Rockefeller File"
"The ruling class keep
the lower and the middle classes fighting with each other... Anything
different-that's what they're gonna talk about-race, religion,
ethnic and national background, jobs, income, education, social
status, sexuality, anything they can do to keep us fighting with
each other, so that they can keep going to the bank."
George Carlin
"The New World Order cannot
happen without U.S. participation, as we are the single most significant
component. Yes, there will be a New World Order, and it will force
the United States to change its perceptions."
Henry Kissinger, World Action Council,
April 19, 1994
"The interests behind the
Bush administration, such as the CFR, the Trilateral Commission
- founded by Zbigniew Brzezinski for David Rockefeller - and the
Bilderberg Group have prepared for and are now moving to implement
open world dictatorship within the next five years."
Dr. Johannes Koeppl, former German
Ministry for Defense official, 2001
"The society of experts
will control propaganda and education. It will teach loyalty to
the world government, and make nationalism high treason. The government,
being an oligarchy, will instill submissiveness into the great
bulk of the population It is possible that it may invent ingenious
ways of concealing its own power, leaving the forms of democracy
intact, and allowing the plutocrats or politicians to imagine
that they are cleverly controlling these forms whatever the outward
forms may be, all real power will come to be concentrated in the
hands of those who understand the art of scientific manipulation."
Bertrand Russell
"The New World Order under
the UN will reduce everything to one common denominator. The system
will be made up of a single currency, single centrally financed
government, single tax system, single language, single political
system, single world court of justice, single state religion...Each
person will have a registered number, without which he will not
be allowed to buy or sell; and there will be one universal world
church. Anyone who refuses to take part in the universal system
will have no right to exist."
Dr. Kurk E. Koch
"A threat confronts liberal
democracy. it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled
and directed society. Such a society would be dominated by an
elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior
scientific knowhow. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional
liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political
ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public
behaviour and keeping society under close surveillance and control.
Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum
of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on
the situation it exploits."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"The time of homogeneous
nation states is over. The belief that countries can stand alone
is a lie and an illusion."
Herman Van Rompuy, former president
of the European Union
"A One World Government
and one-unit monetary system, under permanent non-elected hereditary
oligarchists who self-select from among their numbers in the form
of a feudal system as it was in the Middle Ages. In this One World
entity, population will be limited by restrictions on the number
of children per family, diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion
people who are useful to the ruling class, in areas which will
be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total world population.
There will be no middle class, only rulers and the servants. All
laws will be uniform under a legal system of world courts practicing
the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One World Government
police force and a One World unified military to enforce laws
in all former countries where no national boundaries shall exist.
The system will be on the basis of a welfare state; those who
are obedient and subservient to the One World Government will
be rewarded with the means to live; those who are rebellious will
simple be starved to death or be declared outlaws, thus a target
for anyone who wishes to kill them. Privately owned firearms or
weapons of any kind will be prohibited."
John Coleman in his book "Conspirators'
Hierarchy"
"We are at present working
discreetly with all our might to wrest this mysterious force called
sovereignty out of the clutches of the local nation states of
the world. All the time we are denying with our lips what we are
doing with our hands."
Professor Arnold Toynbee, in a
June 1931 speech before the Institute for the Study of International
Affairs in Copenhagen
"Real power is unelected.
Politicians change, but the power structure does not. The Network
(a global Anglophile financial elite power structure) operates
behind the scenes, for its own benefit, without ever consulting
those who are affected by its decisions.
The Network is composed of individuals who prefer anonymity. They
are "satisfied to possess the reality rather than the appearance
of power." This approach of secretly exercising power is
common throughout history because it protects the conspirators
from the consequences of their actions.
A primary tactic for directing public opinion and "government"
policy is to place willing servants in leadership positions of
trusted institutions (media, universities, government, foundations,
etc.). If there is ever a major backlash against a given policy,
the servant can be replaced. This leaves both the institution
and the individuals who actually direct its power unharmed.
Historically, those who establish sophisticated systems of domination
are not only highly intelligent; they are supremely deceptive
and ruthless. They completely ignore the ethical barriers that
govern a normal human being's behavior. They do not believe that
the moral and legislative laws, which others are expected to abide
by, apply to them. This gives them an enormous advantage over
the masses that cannot easily imagine their mind-set. Advances
in technology have enabled modern rulers to dominate larger and
larger areas of the globe.
As a result, the substance of national sovereignty has already
been destroyed, and whatever remains of its shell is being dismantled
as quickly as possible. The new system they're building (which
they themselves refer to as a New World Order), will trade the
existing illusion of democratically directed government for their
long-sought, "expert-directed," authoritarian technocracy."
Joseph Plummer, 2014
"We are going to have a
war on terror which you can never win, and so you can always keep
taking people's liberties away. The media is going to convince
everybody that the war on terror is real. The ultimate goal is
to get everybody in the world chipped with an RFID chip, and have
all money be on the chips, and if anyone wants to protest what
we do, we turn off the chip."
Nicholas Rockefeller to producer
Aaron Russo - eleven months before the 9/11 World Trade Center
attacks
"The global depopulation
agenda: To cause by means of limited wars in the advanced countries,
by means of starvation and diseases in the Third World countries,
the death of three billion people by the year 2050, people they
call 'useless eaters.'
The Committee of 300 (Illuminati) commissioned Cyrus Vance to
write a paper on this subject of how to bring about such genocide.
The paper was produced under the title "Global 2000 Report"
and was accepted and approved for action by former President James
Earl Carter, and Edwin Muskie, then Secretary of State, for and
on behalf of the US Government.
Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report, the population of the
US is to be reduced by 100 million by the year of 2050."
Nathanial Mauka, 2016
"States, most especially
the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great
Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system,
working through secret agreements at the Bank for International
Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks
(such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)... The same
international banking cartel that controls the United States today
previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international
hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the
United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same
interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will
by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools."
Andrew Gavin Marshall
"International financiers
want a completely centralized global economic structure, including
a single currency system, the eventual removal of physical currency
to be replaced with more easily controlled digital currency, and
ultimately a central authority for global economic governance.
In the pursuit of a "New World Order," they must destroy
the structure of the "old world"."
zerohedge.com, 2016
"The New World Order is
a more palatable name for the Anglo-American world empire. It's
the planetary domination of London, New York, Washington over
the rest of the world. It's hard to get people to join that or
think they have a part in it if you called it the Anglo-American
world empire. If you call it the New World Order, then people
in India or someplace like that or the European Union might think,
"Well, there's something there for us too." But that's
not what it is; it's the Anglo-American New World Order."
Alex Jones
"If you wanted a national
monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If
you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist
government. That is what the game is all about. "Communism"
is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement
created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in
order to gain control over the world, first by establishing socialist
governments in the various nations and then consolidating them
all through a "Great Merger," into an all-powerful world,
socialist super-state."
Gary Allen
"There is a plan to homogenize
all regions of the earth through massive migrant immigration globally.
This systematic leveling of the so called playing field between
the developed Western world (North America and Europe) and the
developing Third World is simply part of the plan leading to the
New World Order. Hence, the globalized aggressive attack and disintegration
of the middle class around the world is designed to lower the
standard of living in the West, homogenizing a destabilized worldwide
lower standard of living that will facilitate maximum control
over a desperate, struggling global population."
Joachim Hagopian
"People, governments and
economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational
banks and corporations."
Zbigniew Brzezinski, in his book
"Technotronic Era"
"There is a worldwide conspiracy
being orchestrated by an extremely powerful and influential group
of individuals which include many of the world's wealthiest people,
top political leaders, and corporate elite, as well as members
of the so-called Black Nobility of Europe (dominated by the British
Crown) whose goal is to create a One World Government, stripped
of nationalistic and regional boundaries, that is obedient to
their agenda. Their intention is to effect complete and total
control over every human being on the planet and to dramatically
reduce the world's population by 6.5 Billion people to 500 million.
The name New World Order is a term frequently used today when
referring to this group."
Ken Adachi
"The middle class is targeted
for elimination because most of the world has no middle class,
and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, this
would require industrialization and development in places such
as Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America, and would
represent a massive threat to the Superclass, as it would be a
valve through which much of their wealth and power would escape
them. Their goal is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational
middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle
class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented
class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power."
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
"The global banking elite
are moving the world to a New World Order in which they will have
absolute and total control of all wealth and all levers of political
and military power, to a world that utilizes 21st Century technology
to enslave the population, all based on lies and the greed of
a very small number of very powerful people leading the masses
into the worst nightmare of human history. Ultimately, where their
current End Game in the drive for a New World Order is taking
us is a place of total global destruction. Sadly, there is no
force, political or otherwise, that seems capable of reversing
the trend to global economic disaster and global war."
fromthetrenchesworldreport.com,
2014
"Henry Kissinger produced,
in April 1974, the classified National Security Council Study
Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200), directed to Washington high officialdom,
defining a program aimed at population reduction in Third World
countries possessing needed raw materials, since growing populations
with aspirations for a better standard of living give rise to
high prices for such materials. Kissinger named 13 target countries
for population control, including Brazil, India, Egypt, Mexico,
Ethiopia, Columbia, and others."
F William Engdahl in his book "A
Century of War"
"The first task is population
control at home. How do we go about it? Many of my colleagues
feel that some sort of compulsory birth regulation would be necessary
to achieve such control. One plan often mentioned involves the
addition of temporary sterilants to water supplies or staple food.
Doses of the antidote would be carefully rationed by the government
to produce the desired population size."
Stanford University Professor Paul
Ehrlich in his book The Population Bomb
"Childbearing should be
a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a
government license All potential parents [should be] required
to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes
to citizens chosen for childbearing."
David Brower, former Executive
Director of the Sierra Club and founder of the Friends of the
Earth
"Today vaccines are used
to help cull the population against their informed consent. Eugenicist,
Bill Gates tried to 'field test' his HPV vaccine in India on indigenous
young girls, but the Indian government eventually brought a stop
to this. The Rockefeller family also quietly funds vaccines that
alter a woman's hormones to make her less likely to become pregnant
or to maintain a pregnancy."
Nathanial Mauka, 2016
"The name of the game is
the creation of world banks, regional currencies, multinational
trusts, giant foundations, land expropriations, and massive transfers
of natural resources - the cartelization of the world's natural
resources - which will ultimately evolve into transfers of national
sovereignty."
Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders
in their book "The Greening: The Environmentalists' Drive
for Global Power"
"The technetronic era involves
the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society
would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values.
Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance
over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing
even the most personal information about the citizen. These files
will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities."
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1970
book "Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic
Era"
"The US and UK governments'
relentless backing for the global spread of genetically modified
seeds was in fact the implementation of a decades long policy
of the Rockefeller Foundation since the 1930's, when it funded
Nazi eugenics research... As some of these circles saw it, war
as a means of population reduction was costly and not that efficient.
... The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller
Ill's Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program
and the Ford Foundation, and others, had been working with the
WHO (World Health Organization) for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility
vaccine using tetanus, as well as with other vaccines."
F. William Engdahl in his book
"Seeds of Destuction"
"The global financial elite
of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the
plans for a one world government. The real name of the game is
'1984'. We will have systematic population reduction, forced sterilization
or anything else which the planners deem necessary to establish
absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But to enforce
these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government. You
can't do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And before
you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize
control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove
the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our
once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central
government."
Gary Allen in his book "None
Dare Call It Conspiracy"
"Persisting social crisis,
the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation
of mass media to obtain public confidence would be the steppingstones
in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly
controlled society."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
Benjamin Netanyahu-Israel
DO PSYCHOPATHS RUN THE
WORLD?
Throughout history, psychopaths,
sociopaths, narcissists, and assorted antisocial-personality-disordered
individuals have ruled societies.
Psychopaths and sociopaths often exhibit glibness and superficial
charm, have a grandiose sense of self-worth, are pathological
liars, display extreme narcissism, are deceitful, cunning and
manipulative, exhibit a lack of remorse or guilt, show a callous
disregard for the feelings of others, have no conscience, lack
empathy, and fail to accept responsibility for their actions.
In a competitive world, the people who act immorally, who have
no regard for truth, are going to have an advantage over those
who play by the rules. The result is that those who achieve positions
of power will be the most ruthless, the most sociopathic, the
ones without conscience.
In societies run by psychopaths, ambitious individuals and sycophants,
who are not clinically psychopathic, are induced to model themselves
after powerful psychopaths in order to achieve power. The result:
psychopaths breed more psychopaths.
When corporate leaders, bankers, media executives, academics,
religious leaders, military officers, Congressmen and Senators,
and even Presidents and Prime Ministers, are liars and deceivers,
and are ruthless, callous manipulators who have no regard for
truth or other people, the entire fabric of society is twisted
in their image, and psychopathic behavior becomes the norm.
Our world is characterized by: permanent war, full-spectrum dominance,
targeted assassinations, rendition, torture, water-boarding, mercenaries,
Blackwater, paramilitaries, Contras, cruise missiles, drones,
landmines, cluster bombs, napalm, Agent Orange, depleted uranium,
biological and chemical weapons, enemy combatants, shock and awe,
mujahideen, al-Qaeda, Taliban, Islamic State, Zionism, state terrorism,
false flags, 9/11, color revolutions, regime change, coup d'etats,
sanctions, drug trafficking, money laundering, plausible deniability,
impunity, fascism and neo-fascism, Auschwitz, Abu Ghraib, Guantanamo,
Hiroshima and Nagasaki, genocide, apartheid, dictatorship, plutocracy,
oligarchy, kleptocracy, political sociopaths and narcissists,
corruption, predatory capitalism, profiteering, tax havens, bank
bail-outs and bail-ins, too-big-to-fail, monopoly capitalism,
financialization, corporatism, corporate personhood, golden parachutes,
fracking, mountain-top removal, tar sands, Fukashima, laboratory-created
diseases, genetically-engineered food, glyphosate, three-strikes,
maximum-security, corporate media, public relations, propaganda,
surveillance, RFID chips, optical scans, facial recognition, globalization,
austerity, structural adjustment, exploitation, poverty, the New
World Order.
It is clear that this world has not been built by caring human
beings, but has been constructed and is run by powerful hallow
soulless individuals.
And, despite the violence, suffering and chaos they have caused,
we allow them to remain at the top, and in control.
*****
"Psychopaths dominate the
halls of power in both the United States and throughout the world.
The current economic, political, military and legal system breeds
psychopaths, rewarding psychopathic behavior and punishing those
with conscience and integrity. Psychopaths will naturally be drawn
to and converge at the apex of the power pyramid as much from
their own drive for ambitious power as the hierarchical system
that both requires and reinforces those who can comfortably operate
without conscience, guilt or any genuine level of empathy toward
others."
Joachim Hagopian
"The question is not how
to get good people to rule; the question is how to stop the powerful
from doing as much damage as they can to us."
Karl Popper
"The reins of political
and economic power are in the hands of people who have no conscience,
who have no capacity for empathy; this opens up a completely new
way of looking at what we call 'evil'."
Henry See in his book "The
Trick of the Psychopath's Trade"
"We are grateful to the
Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine, and other
great publications whose directors have attended our meetings
and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years.
It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the
world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during
those years. But the world is now more sophisticated and prepared
to march towards a world government. The supra-national sovereignty
of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable
to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries."
David Rockefeller - Council on
Foreign Relations, June 1991
"People, governments and
economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational
banks and corporations."
Zbigniew Brzezinski
"The political system that is in place is a pathological
system that is at odds in a very profound way with the being or
nature of most people. People of conscience are being ruled by
people with no conscience. This fact is the primary injustice
and is the basis for the other ills of society."
Henry See in his book "The
Trick of the Psychopath's Trade"
"Today Americans would
be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order;
tomorrow they will be grateful. This is especially true if they
were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real
or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then
that all peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to
deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is
the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights
will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well
being granted to them by their world government."
Henry Kissinger speaking at the
annual Bilderberger meeting, May 21, 1992
"Get on with the business
of killing our enemies as quickly as we can, and as ruthlessly
as we must."
Senator John McCain, about the
Taliban in Afghanistan
"Some of the character
traits exhibited by serial killers or criminals may be observed
in many within the political arena. They share the traits of psychopaths
who are not sensitive to altruistic appeals, such as sympathy
for their victims or remorse or guilt over their crimes. They
possess the personality traits of lying, narcissism, selfishness,
and vanity. These are the people to whom we have entrusted our
fate. Is it any wonder that America is failing at home and world-wide?"
Jim Kouri
"Our leaders are cruel
because only those willing to be inordinately cruel and remorseless
can hold positions of leadership in the foreign policy establishment.
People capable of expressing a full human measure of compassion
and empathy toward faraway powerless strangers do not become president
of the United States, or vice president, or secretary of state,
or national security adviser."
William Blum
"No stages. This is total
war. We are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them
out there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan,
then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things
stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we
just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely,
and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just
wage a total war."
Richard Perle
"Just as it is sometimes
necessary temporarily to resort to evil actions to achieve worthy
objectives, so a period of dictatorship is sometimes the only
hope for freedom.
... Paradoxically, preserving liberty may require the rule of
a single leader - a dictator - willing to use those dreaded 'extraordinary
measures', which few know how, or are willing, to employ."
Michael Ledeen
"Without war, no government
bas ever been able to obtain acquiescence in its 'legitimacy'
or right to rule its society. The possibility of war provides
the sense of external necessity without which no government can
long remain in power."
from "Report from Iron Mountain"
" I think this a very hard
choice, but the price - we think the price is worth it."
Secretary of State Madeleine
Albright - about US sanctions killing more than 500,000 Iraqi
children
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then
they just don't care about it happening to other people, including
the American soldiers whom they throw into wars and who come home
- the ones who make it back alive - with Agent Orange or Gulf
War Syndrome eating away at their bodies. American leaders would
not be in the positions they hold if they were bothered by such
things."
William Blum
"I ask you, what is the
difference between 30 million people dead and 130 million people
dead? ... With 30 million dead, the United States can survive."
Edward Teller, nuclear physicist
and 'father' of the H-Bomb,
describing how the "Star Wars"space-based weapons system
might allow the United States to fight and "survive"
a nuclear war
"John McCain fits perfectly
as an authoritarian leader, possessing most, if not all, of these
traits:
dominating, opposes equality, desirous of personal power, amoral,
intimidating and bullying, faintly hedonistic, vengeful, pitiless,
exploitive, manipulative, dishonest, cheats to win, highly prejudiced
(racist, sexist, homophobic), mean-spirited, militant, nationalistic."
John Dean
"The truth is the only
thing worth working towards. What separates us from the psychopath
is our conscience, and our conscience must become the voice of
truth. True conscience raises us above the example of animal behaviour
set by the pathocrats."
Henry See in his book "The
Trick of the Psychopath's Trade"
" Pathocracy is a system
of government wherein a small pathological minority takes control
over a society of normal people."
Andrew M. Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: A Science on The Nature of Evil Adjusted
for Political Purposes"
"Psychopaths do well in
politics. They are ideally suited to the ruthless, competitive,
self-promoting and manipulative power games that dominate party
politics."
Stuart Hertzog
"The society of experts
will control propaganda and education. It will teach loyalty to
the world government, and make nationalism high treason. The government,
being an oligarchy, will instill submissiveness into the great
bulk of the population It is possible that it may invent ingenious
ways of concealing its own power, leaving the forms of democracy
intact, and allowing the plutocrats or politicians to imagine
that they are cleverly controlling these forms whatever the outward
forms may be, all real power will come to be concentrated in the
hands of those who understand the art of scientific manipulation."
Bertrand Russell
"Has the government of
the United States of America become a criminal enterprise? Is
the nation ruled by psychopaths? How can the impoverishment of
the people, the promotion of the military-industrial complex and
endless wars and their genocidal killing, the degradation of the
environment, the neglect of the collapsing infrastructure, and
the support of corrupt and authoritarian governments abroad be
explained? Worse, why are corporations allowed to profiteer during
wars while the people are called upon to sacrifice? Why hasn't
the government ever tried to prohibit such profiteering?"
John Kozy
"The civilized have created
the wretched, quite coldly and deliberately, and do not intend
to change the status quo; are responsible for their slaughter
and enslavement; rain down bombs on defenseless children whenever
and wherever they decide that their "vital interests"
are menaced, and think nothing of torturing a man to death: these
people are not to be taken seriously when they speak of the "sanctity"
of human life, or the "conscience" of the civilized
world."
James Baldwin, Collected Essays
"Unchecked, rulers will
always consolidate and centralize their control until there is
nothing left for them to seize."
Joseph Plummer
"The State of the Union
address is one of the largest collections of psychopaths ever
organized under one roof. Every one of them is regularly engaged
in the backstabbing political arena of bribes, usurpation of powers,
slimy deals, Constitution shredding laws, pork-barrel appropriations
for cronies, and contributors and the sanctioners of murder and
mayhem around the world.
Then comes the president. With a well-practiced, straight face,
he tells lie after lie as if he actually believed what he was
saying were true; his cadence interrupted only by the applause
from the gallery of psychopaths when he tells a really big one.
They all know that none of the president's promises will come
true - that it's all political subterfuge - but they give repeated
standing ovations for his convoluted proclamations."
Hari Heath
"Sociopaths love power.
They love winning. If you take loving kindness out of the human
brain, there's not much left except the will to win."
Martha Stout
"When we view the true
nature of psychopathic influence - that it is conscienceless,
emotionless, selfish, cold and calculating, and devoid of any
moral or ethical standards - then everything suddenly begins to
makes sense. Our society is ever more soulless because the people
who lead it and who set the example are soulless - they literally
have no conscience."
Andrzej Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology: A science on the nature of evil adjusted
for political purposes"
"Many politicians share
the traits of psychopaths who are not sensitive to altruistic
appeals, such as sympathy for their victims or remorse or guilt
over their crimes. They possess the personality traits of lying,
narcissism, selfishness, and vanity. These are the people to whom
we have entrusted our fate. Is it any wonder that America is failing
at home and world-wide?"
John Kozy
"Psychopaths are naturally
attracted to positions of power, and they will overwhelm anyone
with a conscience, who plays by the rules and has good intentions.
So you will have people with very dark interior lives, who are
controlling channels of communication, controlling finance, controlling
industry. And, they will promote their psychopathic "family"
values. Psychopathic "values" now permeate all facets
of our culture."
Stefan Verstappen
"Most psychopathic serial
killers and many professional politicians must mimic what they
believe are appropriate responses to situations they face such
as sadness, empathy, sympathy, and other human responses to outside
stimuli. ... These traits exist in men and women who are drawn
to high-profile and powerful positions in society including political
officeholders."
Jim Kouri
"Real power is unelected.
Politicians change, but the power structure does not. The Network
(a global Anglophile financial elite power structure) operates
behind the scenes, for its own benefit, without ever consulting
those who are affected by its decisions.
The Network is composed of individuals who prefer anonymity. They
are "satisfied to possess the reality rather than the appearance
of power." This approach of secretly exercising power is
common throughout history because it protects the conspirators
from the consequences of their actions.
A primary tactic for directing public opinion and "government"
policy is to place willing servants in leadership positions of
trusted institutions (media, universities, government, foundations,
etc.). If there is ever a major backlash against a given policy,
the servant can be replaced. This leaves both the institution
and the individuals who actually direct its power unharmed.
Historically, those who establish sophisticated systems of domination
are not only highly intelligent; they are supremely deceptive
and ruthless. They completely ignore the ethical barriers that
govern a normal human being's behavior. They do not believe that
the moral and legislative laws, which others are expected to abide
by, apply to them. This gives them an enormous advantage over
the masses that cannot easily imagine their mind-set. Advances
in technology have enabled modern rulers to dominate larger and
larger areas of the globe.
As a result, the substance of national sovereignty has already
been destroyed, and whatever remains of its shell is being dismantled
as quickly as possible. The new system they're building (which
they themselves refer to as a New World Order), will trade the
existing illusion of democratically directed government for their
long-sought, "expert-directed," authoritarian technocracy."
Joseph Plummer, 2014
"Psychopaths and sociopaths
flock to power. This is the trouble with any kind of power. It
attracts people who want to use it and who get thrills from using
it no matter what it does to other people... We have a nation
run by sociopaths and psychopaths."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2014
"Psychopaths seek positions
of power and influence, and politics offers publicity, prestige,
and other perks. It also provides positions of ultimate authority
over military, industry, and entire populations. In a world where
psychopaths are understandably viewed as morally repulsive, often
finding themselves at home in the criminal world, politics offers
an opportunity to create a new world, to be free from the moral
and legal rules of society."
Harrison Koehli
"Power is an addiction
its abusers can neither comprehend nor arrest. They are programmed
towards ruthless, hegemonic domination of the 'other'... The 'free
market' really means freedom for the few to steal everything from
the many. The game is rigged so that the people lose either way."
Niall Bradley
"Anyone who wants to rule
men first tries to humiliate them, to trick them out of their
rights and their capacity for resistance, until they are as powerless
before him as animals. He uses them like animals and, even if
he does not tell them so, in himself he always knows quite clearly
that they mean just as little to him; when he speaks to his intimates
he will call them sheep or cattle. His ultimate aim is to incorporate
them into himself and to suck the substance out of them. What
remains of them afterwards does not matter to him. The worse he
has treated them, the more he despises them. When they are no
more use at all, he disposes of them as he does excrement, simply
seeing to it that they do not poison the air of his house."
Elias Canetti
"Psychopaths have played
a disproportionate role in the development of civilization, because
they are hard-wired to lie, kill, injure, and generally inflict
great suffering on other humans without feeling any remorse."
Kevin Barnett
"Since the late 1940s,
the United States has been deliberately engaged in an imperial
project, and anyone who would hold the office of the presidency
has to be willing to serve that end. All presidents have to promote
the national security state, both domestically and in American
foreign policy, if they wish to attain and hold on to power."
Morris Berman
"If the Nuremberg laws
were applied today, then every Post-War American president would
have to be hanged."
Noam Chomsky
"American policymakers,
setting themselves up as guardians of the world system, are more
inclined than ever to simply disregard international laws and
conventions if they get in the way of unrivaled military supremacy.
Every instance of U.S. armed intervention during the 1980s and
1990s represents a flagrant violation of regional treaties and
laws, not to mention the UN Charter itself, which explicitly prohibits
military attacks against sovereign nations - for example, Grenada,
Nicaragua, Haiti, Panama, Serbia, and Iraq. In any event, the
U.S. has consistently shown its contempt for international bodies,
agreements, and procedures that might conflict with its hegemonic
aspirations."
Carl Boggs
"So many Americans find
it almost impossible to believe that their government officials
would wantonly sacrifice the lives of its citizens [9/11-WTC massacre]
to further their personal agendas. More importantly, consider
the fact that your government knows how you think only too well."
Laura Knight-Jadczyk
"From 1945 to 2003, the
United States attempted to overthrow more than 40 foreign governments,
and to crush more than 30 populist-nationalist movements fighting
against intolerable regimes. In the process, the US bombed some
25 countries, caused the end of life for several million people,
and condemned many millions more to a life of agony and despair."
William Blum
"In politics the professional
psychopath's ruthlessness and cunning gives them a distinct advantage
over any non-psychopath rival. They make charismatic leaders,
manipulating and brainwashing the naive, vulnerable, uneducated,
or mentally weak. Mastery of lying allows them to make whatever
outrageous campaign promises straight faced with, of course, no
intention of keeping any of them. A life spent faking being human
give them the ability to assume the roles of virtuous public servant,
the perfect father, husband, advisor, mentor, and everyman. In
addition when things get rough they have no inhibitions in playing
dirty and readily resort to murder, assassination, persecution,
war and genocide."
Stefan H. Verstappen
"Why do we continue to
allow leaders who are motivated by self-interest, or by their
own psychological issues from the past, to fan bitterness and
political crisis into armed confrontation and war?"
Martha Stout
"Zionist acts of terror,
carried out mainly by members of two major groups, the Irgun and
Stern Gang, included the 1946 bombing of the King David Hotel
in Jerusalem, which killed ninety-one people ... the 1948 massacre
of 254 Arab men, women, and children villagers of Deir Yassin
... the massacre of scores of civilians at the village of Dawayima
in 1948.
... Menachem Begin led the Irgun, and Yitzhak Shamir was one of
the leaders of the Stern Gang. Both men later became prime ministers
of Israel."
Paul Findley
"Our race is the Master
Race. We are divine gods on this planet. We are as different from
the inferior races as they are from insects. In fact, compared
to our race, other races are beasts and animals, cattle at best.
Other races are considered as human excrement. Our destiny is
to rule over the inferior races. Our earthly kingdom will be ruled
by our leader with a rod of iron. The masses will lick our feet
and serve us as our slaves"
Israeli prime Minister Menachem
Begin in a speech to the Knesset [Israeli Parliament]
"A partial Jewish state
is not the end, bur only the beginning. The establishment of such
a Jewish state will serve as a means in our historical effort
to redeem the country in its entirety.... We shall organize a
modern defense force... and then I am certain that we will not
be prevented from settling in other parts of the country, either
by mutual agreement with our Arab neighbors or by some other means....
We will expel the Arabs and take their place... with the force
at our disposal."
Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion,
in a 1937 letter to his son
"A voluntary reconciliation
with the Arabs is out of the question either now or in the future.
If you wish to colonize a land in which people are already living,
you must provide a garrison for the land, or find some rich man
or benefactor who will provide a garrison on your behalf. Or else,
give up your colonization, for without an armed force which will
render physically impossible any attempt to destroy or prevent
this colonization, colonization is impossible, not difficult,
not dangerous, but impossible.
... Zionism is a colonization adventure and therefore it stands
or falls by the question of armed force."
Vladimir Jabotinsky, founder of
Revisionist Zionism (precursor of Likud Party}
"We will establish ourselves
in Palestine whether you like it or not...You can hasten our arrival
or you can equally retard it. It is however better for you to
help us so as to avoid our constructive powers being turned into
a destructive power which will overthrow the world."
Chaim Weizmann, Published in "Judische
Rundschau," No. 4, 1920
"Tell me, do the evil men
of this world have a bad time? ... I want Israel to join that
club. Maybe the world will then at last begin to fear us instead
of feeling sorry. Maybe they will start to tremble, to fear our
madness instead of admiring our nobility. Let them tremble; let
them call us a mad state. Let them understand that we are a savage
country, dangerous to our surroundings, not normal, that we might
go wild, that we might start World War Three just like that, or
that we might one day go crazy and burn all the oil fields in
the Middle East."
former Israeli Prime Minister Ariel
Sharon
"The Arabs will have to
go, but one needs an opportune moment for making it happen, such
as a war."
Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion,
in a 1937 letter to his son
"We should prepare to go
on the offensive. Our aim is to smash Lebanon, Trans-Jordan, and
Syria. The weak point is Lebanon, for the Moslem regime is artificial
and easy for us to undermine. We shall establish a Christian state
there, and then we will smash the Arab Legion, eliminate Trans-Jordan;
Syria will fall to us. We then bomb and move on and take Port
Said, Alexandria and Sinai."
Israeli Prime Minister David Ben-Gurion,
1948
"Everybody has to move,
run and grab as many [Palestinian] hilltops as they can to enlarge
the [Jewish] settlements because everything we take now will stay
ours... Everything we don't grab will go to them."
Ariel Sharon, 1998
"Between ourselves it must
be clear that there is no room for both peoples together in this
country. We shall not achieve our goal if the Arabs are in this
small country. There is no other way than to transfer the Arabs
from here to neighboring countries - all of them. Not one village,
not one tribe should be left."
Joseph Weitz, head of the Jewish
Agency's Colonization Department in 1940
"It is the duty of Israel
leaders to explain to public opinion, clearly and courageously,
a certain number of facts that are forgotten with time. The first
of these is that there is no Zionism, colonization or Jewish state
without the eviction of the Arabs and the expropriation of their
lands."
Ariel Sharon, 1998
"We shall try to spirit
the penniless population [the Palestinians] across the border
by procuring employment in the transit countries, while denying
iany employment in our own country."
Theodor Herzl
"I have always said, I
always say, I am proud of everything I have done in my past. I
do not disown a single step .... I am proud of what I have done
and I do not owe an accounting to anyone."
Yitzhak Shamir - leader of the
Stern Gang terrorist group in Palestine, 1991
"We are benefiting from
one thing, and that is the attack on the Twin Towers and Pentagon,
and the American struggle in Iraq... [these events] swung American
public opinion in our favor."
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin
Netanyahu, 2008
"When we have settled the
land, all the Arabs will be able to do about it will be scurry
around like drugged roaches in a bottle."
Rafael Eitan, Israel's military
chief of the staff during the 1982 invasion of Lebanon
WHY DO THEY HATE US?
IS IT BECAUSE OF OUR FREEDOMS,
OR IS IT BECAUSE WE HAVE WE DONE BAD THINGS TO THEM?
"The greatest purveyor
of violence on earth is my own government."
Martin Luther King, Jr.
"The Plan is for the United
States to rule the world. The overt theme is unilateralism, but
it is ultimately a story of domination. It calls for the United
States to maintain its overwhelming superiority and prevent new
rivals from rising up to challenge it on the world stage. It calls
for dominion over friends and enemies alike. It says not that
the United States must be more powerful, or most powerful, but
that it must be absolutely powerful."
Vice-President Dick Cheney - lecture
at West Point, June 2002
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then
they just don't care about it happening to other people, including
the American soldiers. American leaders would not be in the positions
they hold if they were bothered by such things."
William Blum
"The US has long known,
and its own studies have emphatically concluded, that "terrorism"
is motivated not by a "hatred of our freedoms" but by
US policy and aggression in the Muslim world. This causal connection
is not news to the US government. Despite this - or, more accurately,
because of it - they continue with these policies."
www.globalresearch.ca
"In the wars in Iraq, Libya,
Afghanistan, Somalia, Sudan and Syria, America has destroyed any
significant progress those nations had made in education, healthcare,
infrastructure such as water treatment and electricity, postal
services, courts. By degrading the standards of living for people
in perceived "hostile" nations, America's ruling elite
empowers itself, while claiming that it has ensured the safety
and prestige of the American people. Sometimes it is even able
to convince the public that its criminal actions are "humanitarian"
and designed to liberate the people in nations it destroys."
Douglas Valentine, 2017
"Yemen are a people under
attack by an undeclared super-power coalition comprised of the
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, US, UK, EU, UAE and Israel. As in Iraq,
while the Yemeni people are under attack from super-powers, they
are simultaneously being collectively punished by the illegal
sanctions imposed by a corrupt United Nations body.
... UN sanctions imposed upon Yemen are being exploited by the
US/UK/EU backed Saudi coalition to collectively starve and punish
27 million Yemeni people."
Vanessa Beeley, 2016
"America is the most destructive
nation in history. We have overthrown more than 50 foreign governments;
we have attempted to assassinate or have assassinated more than
50 foreign leaders; we have bombed more than 35 countries; we
have interfered in the elections of dozens of countries."
William Blum, 2016
"The United States has
a long record of bombing nations, reducing entire neighborhoods,
and much of cities, to rubble, wrecking the infrastructure, ruining
the lives of those the bombs didn't kill. And afterward doing
shockingly little or literally nothing to repair the damage."
General William McCoy, Army Corps
of Engineers
"Washington is responsible
for the destruction of Yugoslavia and Serbia, Afghanistan, Iraq,
Libya, Somalia, and part of Syria. Washington has enabled Saudi
Arabia's attack on Yemen, Ukraine's attack on its former Russian
provinces, and Israel's destruction of Palestine and the Palestinian
people."
Paul Craig Roberts, 2016
"After the start of the
Iraq war, rates of cancer, leukemia and birth defects rose dramatically
in Najaf. The areas affected by American attacks saw the biggest
increases. We believe it's because of the' illegal' weapons like
depleted uranium that were used by the Americans. When you visit
the hospital here you see that cancer is more common than the
flu."
Iraqi physician Dr. Sundus Nsaif
"The America of wealth
and privilege is hooked on war, without regular and ever-stronger
doses of war it can no longer function properly, that is, yield
the desired profits. The President has already pointed his finger
at those whose turn will soon come, namely, the "axis of
evil" countries: Iran, Syria, Libya, Somalia, North Korea,
and of course that old thorn in the side of America, Cuba. Welcome
to the 21st century. Welcome to the brave new era of permanent
war."
Jacques R. Pauwels, 2003
"For the world as a whole,
the CIA has now become the bogey that communism has been for America.
Wherever there is trouble, violence, suffering, tragedy, the rest
of us are now quick to suspect the CIA had a hand in it. Our phobia
about the CIA is, no doubt, as fantastically excessive as America's
phobia about world communism; but in this case, too, there is
just enough convincing guidance to make the phobia genuine. In
fact, the roles of America and Russia have been reversed in the
world's eyes. Today America has become the nightmare."
Arnold Toynbee, the British historian,
quoted in the New York Times of May 7, 1971
"U.S. and Western imperialism
is the root cause of the "refugee crisis". Everyday
men, women, and children are killed by U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan,
U.S. and Western-backed militias in Afghanistan, Syria, and Somalia,
European and North American mining and oil conglomerates in Central
and Western Africa, or are starved to death in Yemen by the U.S.-backed
Arab blockade of the country. Until the genocidal aims of U.S.
imperialism, with the support of Canada, Australia, the European
Union, and regional allies, are defeated, the "war on terror"
will continue to make life too unbearable for working people in
Asia, Africa, and the Middle East to remain in their home countries."
T.J. Petrowski, 2015
"Somehow we find it hard
to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor."
Secretary of State John Foster
Dulles
"By one estimate, as many
as four million Muslims have died or been killed as a result of
the ongoing conflicts that Washington has either initiated or
been party to since 2001.
There are, in addition, millions of displaced persons who have
lost their homes and livelihoods, many of whom are among the human
wave currently engulfing Europe. There are currently an estimated
2,590,000 refugees who have fled their homes from Afghanistan,
370,000 from Iraq, 3,880,000 million from Syria, and 1,100,000
from Somalia. The United Nations Refugee Agency is expecting at
least 130,000 refugees from Yemen as fighting in that country
accelerates. Between 600,000 and one million Libyans are living
precariously in neighboring Tunisia.
... Significantly, the countries that have generated most of the
refugees are all places where the United States has invaded, overthrown
governments, supported insurgencies, or intervened in a civil
war."
Philip Giraldi, 2015
"The real policy is to
break up countries in the Middle East, and leave them in turmoil
with warring factions like Libya and Syria today. And, the same
in Iraq.
What Washington learned was that to defeat and occupy these countries
is impossible. But, we can leave them at each others throats.
And, we do that by destroying the secular government.
Iraq had a secular government, Syria has a secular government,
So we go in there and destroy the secular government, and all
of the sects fight and destroy one another from then on. Then
these countries are no longer able to keep us from dominating
the area."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The House of Saud, is
waging a genocidal war of aggression that has already destroyed
entire swathes of Yemeni cultural heritage and decimated entire
communities, particularly in the northern, traditionally Ansarullah
(Houthi) held areas such as Saada and Hajjah. This was by design.
By now, we can see clearly how this was yet another ethnic cleansing
programme being endorsed, fuelled and defended by the United States
and her allies in the UK, EU, Israel, and the neighbouring Gulf
States, the majority of whom participated in this dirty war.
This is yet another war being fought over resources whose primary
victims are the innocent people of Yemen, and above all the children
of Yemen whose sunken eyes, distended, starving bellies and bird-like
limbs are a stark reminder of the cruelty of the corporatist-imperialist
elite."
Vanessa Beeley, 2016
"Over the last decades
the US initiated two-thirds of all military conflicts worldwide.
Call to memory, how it all turned out in Yugoslavia, Iraq, Afghanistan
and Syria.
Using social and economic difficulties, various ethnical and religious
conflicts and under the pretext of spreading democracy, Western
political spin masters add populist slogans to the fire of public
discontent, provoking mass disturbances. As a result, a lawful
government is taken down, chaos, abuse of power and lawlessness
spread, people die, and in some cases a regime favorable to the
West is brought into power. Of course, terrorists feel comfortable
in such conditions."
Russia's Deputy Defense Minister
Anatoly Antonov
"How much proof do they
want? There is every relation between congenital malformation
and depleted uranium. Before 1991, we saw nothing like this at
all. If there is no connection, why have these things not happened
before? Most of these children have no family history of cancer.
I have studied what happened in Hiroshima. It is almost exactly
the same here; we have an increased percentage of congenital malformation,
an increase of malignancy, leukaemia, brain tumours: the same."
Dr Ginan Hassen, pediatrician in
Basra, Iraq, after the first Gulf War
"Every ten years or so,
the United States needs to pick up some crappy little country
and throw it against the wall, just to show the world we mean
business."
neoconservative Michael Ledeen
"America's history since
the demise of the Soviet Union is one of truly breathtaking lies:
on Panama, Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Venezuela, Libya and North
Korea. Its record of overthrown governments, black-op and false
flag operations, and the garrisoning of the planet with some thousand
military bases, is conveniently left out of consideration."
Karel Van Wolferen
"While securing corporate
control over extensive oil reserves and pipeline routes along
the Eurasian corridor on behalf of the AngloAmerican oil giants,
Washington's ultimate objective is to eventually destabilize and
then colonize both China and Russia."
Michel Chossudovsky, 2005
"What's the point of having
this superb military that you're always talking about if we can't
use it?"
Madeline Albright, Secretary of
State under Bill Clinton
"The US can detain, kidnap
and imprison without trial or indictment any US citizen or other
citizen anywhere by designating them enemies to the US. This arbitrary
power has most infamously instituted US presidential right to
kill individuals and those around them at will by robot killer
drones all crimes against humanity and war crimes under
international law, but taboo to report in the mass media or question
in international security meetings themselves."
John McMurtry
"The good Lord did not
see fit simply to put oil under those countries friendly to the
United States."
Vice-President Dick Cheney
"The United States has
employed biological weapons for 200 years, from smallpox in the
blankets of Native Americans to spreading plagues in Cuba; from
chemical weapons like mustard gas to cripple and kill in World
War I to Agent Orange to defoliate Vietnam-and to create a generation
of deformed children. It is the only nation that has dropped nuclear
bombs and one that now makes, uses, and sells depleted uranium
weapons."
Ellen Ray and William H. Schaap,
1999
"I think this a very hard
choice, but the price - we think the price is worth it."
Secretary of State Madeleine
Albright - about US sanctions killing more than 500,000 Iraqi
children
"I will never apologize
for the United States of America - I don't care what the facts
are."
President George H W Bush
"The long record of the
US state and its oligarch allies destroying societies across the
world is unspeakable in the mass media because they themselves
are financed and advertised in by the same transnational corporations
that demand the resources and territories of societies everywhere."
John McMurtry
"The State Department,
along with the rest of the Administration, will be a strong voice
for international legal norms, for living up to our treaty obligations,
to recognizing that America's moral authority in international
politics also rests on our ability to defend international laws
and international treaties."
Condoleezza Rice, Secretary of
State in the George W. Bush Administration
"No stages. This is total
war. We are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them
out there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan,
then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things
stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we
just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely,
and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just
wage a total war."
Richard Perle
"Do American leaders really
believe the utterances that emanate from their mouths? When the
words "god" and "prayer" are regularly invoked
in their talks, while American Hellfire missiles are sent screaming
into a city center or a village marketplace teeming with life
...when they carry on endlessly about democracy and freedom, while
American soldiers are smashing down doors, dragging off the men,
humiliating the women, traumatizing the children... when they
proclaim the liberation of a people and the bringing forth of
a better life, while vast quantities of American depleted uranium
are exploding into a fine vapor which will poison the air, the
soil, the blood, and the genes forever."
William Blum
"Just as it is sometimes
necessary temporarily to resort to evil actions to achieve worthy
objectives, so a period of dictatorship is sometimes the only
hope for freedom.
... Paradoxically, preserving liberty may require the rule of
a single leader - a dictator - willing to use those dreaded 'extraordinary
measures', which few know how, or are willing, to employ."
Michael Ledeen
"Control the food, and
you control the people."
Henry Kissinger
"If we have to use force,
it is because we are America. We are the indispensable nation.
We stand tall. We see farther into the future."
Secretary of State Madeleine Albright
"The US reign of terror
is achieved not only by war crimes and crimes against humanity,
but economic ruin for any society resisting transnational trade
treaties and demands which recognize only foreign corporate rights
to profit."
John McMurtry
Henry Kissinger
ARE OUR LEADERS MODERN-DAY
BARBARIANS?
"American leaders are perhaps
not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take
pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they
just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath.
As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire,
as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth
and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and
suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then
they just don't care about it happening to other people, including
the American soldiers. American leaders would not be in the positions
they hold if they were bothered by such things."
William Blum
"They have pillaged the
world. When the land has nothing left for men who ravage everything,
they scour the sea. If an enemy is rich, they are greedy; if he
is poor, they crave glory. Neither East nor West can sate their
appetite. They are the only people on earth to covet wealth and
poverty with equal craving. They plunder, they butcher, they ravish,
and call it by the lying name of 'empire'. They make a desert
and call it 'peace'."
Publius Cornelius Tacitus - a historian
of the Roman Empire
"The barbarians are not
waiting beyond the frontiers; they have already been governing
America for quite some time."
Morris Berman
"The use of this barbarous
weapon at Hiroshima and Nagasaki was of no material assistance
in our war against Japan. The Japanese were already defeated and
ready to surrender because of the effective sea blockade and the
successful bombing with conventional weapons.
... In being the first to use atomic weapons, we had adopted an
ethical standard common to the barbarians of the Dark Ages."
Admiral William D. Leahy, Chief
of Staff to Presidents Franklin Roosevelt and Harry Truman
"What further bloodshed
in Iraq do these barbarians of the 20th century need? I thought
the Americans had changed since Vietnam, but no, they never change.
They remain true to themselves."
Victor Filatov, a Russian journalist
reporting for Sovetskaya Rossiya from post-war Baghdad
"Coming to grips with U.S./CIA
activities in broad numbers and figuring out how many people have
been killed in the jungles of Laos or the hills of Nicaragua is
very difficult. But, adding them up as best we can, we come up
with a figure of six million people killed - and this is a minimum
figure. Included are: one million killed in the Korean War, two
million killed in the Vietnam War, 800,000 killed in Indonesia,
one million in Cambodia, 20,000 killed in Angola ... and 22,000
killed in Nicaragua. These people would not have died if U.S.
tax dollars had not been spent by the CIA to inflame tensions,
finance covert political and military activities and destabilize
societies."
John Stockwell, former CIA official
"The crimes of the U.S.
throughout the world have been systematic, constant, clinical,
remorseless, and fully documented but nobody talks about them.
"
Harold Pinter
"Americans have been taught
that their nation is civilized and humane. But, too often, U.S.
actions have been uncivilized and inhumane."
Howard Zinn
"Has the government of
the United States of America become a criminal enterprise? Is
the nation ruled by psychopaths? How can the impoverishment of
the people, the promotion of the military-industrial complex and
endless wars and their genocidal killing, the degradation of the
environment, the neglect of the collapsing infrastructure, and
the support of corrupt and authoritarian governments abroad be
explained?"
John Kozy
"The Joint Chiefs of Staff
drew up and approved plans for launching a secret and bloody war
of terrorism against their own country in order to trick the American
public into supporting an ill-conceived war they intended to launch
against Cuba.
Code named Operation Northwoods, the plan, which had the written
approval of the Chairman General Lyman Lemnitzer and every member
of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, called for innocent people to be
shot on American streets; for boats carrying refugees fleeing
Cuba to be sunk on the high seas; for a wave of violent terrorism
to be launched in Washington, D.C., Miami, and elsewhere. People
would be framed for bombings they did not commit; planes would
be hijacked. Using phony evidence, all of it would be blamed on
Castro, thus giving Lemnitzer and his cabal the excuse, as well
as the public and international backing, they needed to launch
their war."
[Operation Northwoods was rejected by President Kennedy.]
James Bamford in his book "Body
of Secrets"
"Somehow we find it hard
to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor."
Secretary of State John Foster
Dulles (Eisenhower Administration)
"Let us not mince words.
We are living in an age of war profiteers.
We are living in an age of scoundrels, liars, brutes and thugs.
Many of them work for the U.S. government.
We are living in an age of monsters."
John Whitehead, 2018
"The war on terror as seen
by Washington and a complaisant US media is the ultimate money
and power machine, requiring a huge military and intelligence
commitment that is endless and not confined to any part of the
world. As terror has no capital city or national identity the
war against it cannot end through capture and surrender. As it
is a secret war, it can be waged using unconventional methods,
without regard for the deaths of civilians who are seen as 'sheltering'
the terrorists, guaranteeing that the blood of the innocent will
produce new generations raised hating America. The bleeding will
continue forever and everywhere as long as there are terrorists,
justifying government intrusion into the lives of the citizens
at home and huge and unsustainable budgets to wage the war worldwide.
It is George Orwell's dark vision of '1984' turned into reality.
Tyranny and bankruptcy will be the war on terror's legacy."
Philip Giraldi
"The Gates Foundation has
been working with the US government and agribusiness giants like
Monsanto to corporatize Africa's genetic riches for the benefit
of outsiders."
Phil Bereano
"The world will note that
the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima, a military base.
That was because we wished in this first attack to avoid, insofar
as possible, the killing of civilians.
[HIroshima was a Japanese city with a population of 400,000. The
atomic bomb killed more than 150,000 civilians.]
President Harry Truman, August
9, 1945
"If it takes a bloodbath,
let's get it over with."
California Governor Ronald Reagan
- about dealing with Vietnam war protesters
"We must keep the people
busy with political antagonisms... By dividing the electorate
... we'll be able to have them spend their energies at struggling
amongst themselves on questions that, for us, have no importance
whatsoever.
... Let us make use of the courts... When through the law's intervention,
the common people shall have lost their homes, they will be more
easy to control and more easy to govern, and they shall not be
able to resist the strong hand of the Government acting in accordance
with ... the control of the leaders of finance."
United States Bankers magazine,
1892
"Dictatorships that have
pro-American policies are OK if they are our S.O.B.'s."
Dwight Eisenhower, National Security
Council meeting, 1954
"A reasonable assessment
of the events in the United States over the past 50 years or so
gives ample evidence of the application of the ideas in the "Protocols
of the Elders of Zion" in order to bring about the current
Neoconservative administration [Bush/Cheney]. Anyone who wishes
to understand what has happened in the U.S. needs to read the
"Protocols" to understand that some group of deviant
individuals took them to heart. The document, "Project For
A New American Century" produced by the Neoconservatives
reads as if it had been inspired by the same schizoidal worldview."
Andrew M. Lobaczewski in his book
"Political Ponerology"
"From 1945 to 2003, the
United States attempted to overthrow more than 40 foreign governments,
and to crush more than 30 populist-nationalist movements fighting
against intolerable regimes. In the process, the US bombed some
25 countries, caused the end of life for several million people,
and condemned many millions more to a life of agony and despair."
William Blum
"We're not inflicting pain
on these fuckers. When people kill us, they should be killed in
greater numbers. I believe in killing people who try to hurt you.
And I can't believe we're being pushed around by these two-bit
pricks."
Bill Clinton in 1993, about Somalia
- to George Stephanopoulos
"The cold war provided
the perfect excuse for Western governments to plunder and exploit
the Third World in the name of freedom; to rig its elections,
bribe its politicians, appoint its tyrants and, by every sophisticated
means of persuasion and interference, stunt the emergence of young
democracies in the name of democracy."
John le Carre'
"Throughout the world,
on any given day, a man, woman or child is likely to be displaced,
tortured, killed or "disappeared", at the hands of governments
or armed political groups. More often than not, the United States
shares the blame."
Amnesty International
"Tell me, do the evil men
of this world have a bad time? They hunt and catch whatever they
feel like eating. They don't suffer from indigestion and are not
punished by Heaven. I want Israel to join that club. Maybe the
world will then at last begin to fear us instead of feeling sorry.
Maybe they will start to tremble, to fear our madness instead
of admiring our nobility. Let them tremble; let them call us a
mad state. Let them understand that we are a savage country, dangerous
to our surroundings, not normal, that we might go wild, that we
might start World War Three just like that, or that we might one
day go crazy and burn all the oil fields in the Middle East. Even
if you'll prove to me that the present war is a dirty immoral
war, I don't care. We shall start another war, kill and destroy
more and more. And do you know why it is all worth it? Because
it seems that this war has made us more unpopular among the civilized
world. We'll hear no more of that nonsense about the unique Jewish
morality. No more talk about a unique people being a light upon
the nations. No more uniqueness and no more sweetness and light.
Good riddance."
Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon
"I think this a very hard
choice, but we think the price is worth it."
Secretary of State Madeleine Albright's
reply, when asked about US sanctions on Iraq in the 1990s that
killed more than 500,000 Iraqi children
"I can hire one half of
the working class to kill the other half."
Jay Gould
"No stages. This is total
war. We are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them
out there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan,
then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things
stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we
just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely,
and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just
wage a total war."
Richard Perle
"Capital must protect itself
in every way. Debts must be collected and loans and mortgages
foreclosed as soon as possible. When through a process of law
the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable
and more easily governed by the strong arm of the law applied
by the central power of leading financiers. People without homes
will not quarrel with their leaders. This is well known among
our principal men now engaged in forming an imperialism of capitalism
to govern the world. By dividing the people we can get them to
expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance
to us except as teachers of the common herd."
Civil Servants' Year Book: "The
Organizer", 1934
"Wars should be directed
so that the nations on both sides should be further in our debt."
Amschel Mayer Rothschild, 1774
"Structural adjustment
imposed by the World Bank and IMF have brought disaster to the
working poor of as many as 100 countries, forced to open their
markets to a flood of cheap imports while the rich refuse to abandon
their subsidies, quotas and high tariffs. The result is brutal
suppression of wages and living standards and elimination of social
programs."
Noam Chomsky
"Israeli psychopaths can
steal Palestine, murder Palestinians, and justify it with the
Bible, and feel good about it. Of course, they know they are lying.
And they know that they will be morally condemned and attacked
by the majority of human beings, if they do not conceal their
drive for what they want behind a mask of some high sounding justification."
Laura Knight-Jadczyk
"For many Americans, the
idea that we are living in a country whose own leaders planned
and carried out the attacks of 9/11 is simply too horrible to
entertain. Unfortunately, however, there is strong evidence in
support of this view."
9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals
Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott
"Zionism was willing to
sacrifice the whole of European Jewry for a Zionist State. Everything
was done to create a state of Israel and that was only possible
through a world war. Wall Street and large Jewish bankers aided
the war effort on both sides."
Joseph Burg, The Toronto Star,
1988
"From Colombia to Miami,
from the Golden Triangle to the Golden Gate, from Hong Kong to
New York, from Bogota to Frankfurt, the drug trade, and more especially
the heroin trade, is big business and it is run from the top down
by some of the most "untouchable" families in the world...
It is not a street corner business, and it takes a great deal
of money and expertise to keep it flowing smoothly.
... It is, in fact, the largest single enterprise in the world
today, transcending all others. That it is protected from the
top down is borne out by the fact that, like international terrorism,
it cannot be stamped out which should indicate to a reasonable
person that some of this biggest names in royal circles, the oligarchy,
the plutocracy are running it, even if it is done through intermediaries."
John Coleman
"In the US's so-called
War on Terror, by far the greatest and most systematic terrorization
of civilians is in fact perpetrated by the US state itself. Unarmed
citizens are murdered across the world as 'collateral damage',
'illegal enemy combatants' or other license of impunity. The US
state conceives itself as above international law along with ally
Israel, but this reality is taboo to report and so too all the
killing and terrorization of civilians. The historical record
demonstrates THAT the US is provably guilty of continual lawless
mass murder of civilians across the world, but the truth is unthinkable
within the ruling ideological regime."
John McMurtry
"The immense toll on Southeast
Asia, including the estimated death of at least two million Vietnamese
non-combatant civilians, and the long-term health and environmental
impacts of herbicides such as Agent Orange, are still not fully
recognized by the majority of the American people."
American physician Robert M. Gould
"The real policy is to
break up countries in the Middle East, and leave them in turmoil
with warring factions like Libya and Syria today. And, the same
in Iraq.
What Washington learned was that to defeat and occupy these countries
is impossible. But, we can leave them at each others throats.
And, we do that by destroying the secular government.
Iraq had a secular government, Syria has a secular government,
So we go in there and destroy the secular government, and all
of the sects fight and destroy one another from then on. Then
these countries are no longer able to keep us from dominating
the area."
Paul Craig Roberts
"On September 1, 1894,
we will not renew our loans under any consideration. On September
1st we will demand our money. We will foreclose and become mortgagees
in possession. We can take two-thirds of the farms west of the
Mississippi, and thousands of them east of the Mississippi as
well, at our own price."
American Bankers Association, 1891
"Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz,
Stephen Hadley, Elliott Abrams, and Condoleezza Rice ran the 9/11
attacks.
It was called a stand down, a false flag operation in order to
mobilize the American public under false pretenses. it was told
to me by the general on the staff of Paul Wolfowitz.
I taught stand down and false flag operations at the national
war college, so I knew exactly what was done to the American public."
Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik , Deputy
Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford and Carter
U.S. foreign interventions since
World War II
Iran (1953); Guatemala(1954);
Thailand (1957); Laos (1958-60); the Congo (1960); Turkey (1960,
1971 & 1980); Ecuador (1961 & 1963); South Vietnam (1963);
Brazil (1964); the Dominican Republic (1963); Argentina (1963);
Honduras (1963 & 2009); Iraq (1963 & 2003); Bolivia (1964,
1971 & 1980); Indonesia (1965); Ghana (1966); Greece (1967);
Panama (1968 & 1989); Cambodia (1970); Chile (1973); Bangladesh
(1975); Pakistan (1977); Grenada (1983); Mauritania (1984); Guinea
(1984); Burkina Faso (1987); Paraguay (1989); Haiti (1991 &
2004); Russia (1993); Uganda (1996).
The list does not include U.S. interventions in Iraq (2001 and
2003), Afghanistan (2003) , Libya (2011), Yemen (2012), Syria
(2014), Ukraine (2014).
This list also does not include failed coups, nor coups in Africa
and elsewhere in which a U.S. role is suspected but unproven.
William Blum in his book "Killing
Hope"
"The global elite have
consistently used a strategy of arming and funding both sides
of armed conflicts. While opposing populations kill each other
off, they make off with their natural resources. When they confront
a government that cannot be bribed or provoked into civil or regional
war, they fund brutal death squads, attempt military coups and
intimidate them by giving weapons to undemocratic neighboring
regimes. If all that doesn't work, they are declared a threat
to national security and the US military, private contractors
and NATO forces invade and occupy the country."
David Degraw
"Genocide certainly is
a valid word in my view, when you have a situation where we see
thousands of deaths per month in Iraq, a possible total of I million
to 1.5 million over the last nine years. If that is not genocide,
then I don't know quite what is."
Denis Halliday, former UN humanitarian
coordinator
"We now live in a state
of permanent war - a global arms industry, apparently the largest
single international business, must have its products used up
so more can be sold. There must be profits for the capitalists
and jobs for the proles. Are we not still in Caligula's Rome?"
David Watson
"Thousands of dossiers
have been produced describing in meticulous detail the death squads
and torture and extrajudicial executions carried out by brutal
regimes and pathological dictators around the world. When people
with black or yellow or brown skin, with Islamic or Communist
or nationalist credentials murder their prisoners or bomb their
villagers, they are condemned - often quite selectively, to be
sure - by the "civilized" world. And they should be
condemned. But the American leaders who ordered the free fire
zones in Vietnam and the Phoenix program, or directed the Contras
against the Sandinistas, or were complicit in Saddam Hussein's
gas warfare against the Kurds, or set up and operated Guantánamo,
are not taken to court. They face no trials. On any human rights
website you will find a growing number of prominent leaders indicted
for war crimes and crimes against humanity. Few are American or
Western European or Israeli."
James Peck
"The Depression [1929]
was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence. The
international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair
here [United States] so that they might emerge as rulers of us
all."
Louis T. McFadden, Chairman of
the U.S. House of Representatives' Banking and Currency Committee,
1932
"Ruling elites are deadly
serious about seeing that any renovation of the international
system is in their interest. They use a variety of carrot and
stick tactics to maintain political and economic control - domestically
and internationally. Control techniques will be more vicious or
less, depending on a combination of factors involving the state
of the economy and, more importantly, the state of popular opposition.
The more threatening and persistent the moves to counter their
plans and build alternative models, the more violent will be their
tactics of repression."
Holly Sklar
"Within the highest circles
of power and wealth, a lack of pity and remorse is practically
a prerequisite to success, and only the psychopathic mentality
can thrive."
Stefan H. Verstappen
"9/11 was an example of
state-sponsored, false-flag, synthetic terrorism. The 9/11 events
were organized and directed by a rogue network of high government
and military officials of the United States, with a certain participation
by the intelligence agencies of Britain and Israel, and with a
more general backup from the intelligence agencies of the other
Echelon states Australia, New Zealand, Canada."
Webster Griffin Tarpley
"Today Americans would
be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order;
tomorrow they will be grateful. This is especially true if they
were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real
or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then
that all peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to
deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is
the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights
will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well
being granted to them by their world government."
Henry Kissinger speaking at the
annual Bilderberger meeting, May 21, 1992
"Since 2003, Anglo-American
power has secretly and openly coordinated direct and indirect
support for Islamist terrorist groups linked to al-Qaeda across
the Middle East and North Africa."
Nafeez Ahmed
"Condellezza Rice and Colin
Powell are both dangerous people. What they did in Haiti [2004
U.S.-backed coup that ousted democratically elected President
Jean-Bertrand Aristide] is a good measure of it. They destroyed
a democracy. They squelched loans that had been approved by the
Inter-American Development Bank. They did everything behind the
scenes, including arming the thugs that came to overrun the country.
They're frauds."
Randall Robinson
"The Plan is for the United
States to rule the world. The overt theme is unilateralism, but
it is ultimately a story of domination. It calls for the United
States to maintain its overwhelming superiority and prevent new
rivals from rising up to challenge it on the world stage. It calls
for dominion over friends and enemies alike. It says not that
the United States must be more powerful, or most powerful, but
that it must be absolutely powerful."
Vice-President Dick Cheney - lecture
at West Point, June 2002
"What's the point of having
this superb military that you're always talking about if we can't
use it?"
Secretary of State Madeline Albright
"I ask you, what is the
difference between 30 million people dead and 130 million people
dead? With 30 million dead, the United States can survive."
Edward Teller, nuclear physicist
and 'father' of the H-Bomb, describing how the "Star Wars"space-based
weapons system might allow the United States to fight and "survive"
a nuclear war
"The mafia and the CIA
are the same group at the upper levels. In Britain, the MI6 drug
money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank
and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from
account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of
transactions.
The drug money comes out 'cleaner' but not totally clean. Diamonds
are then bought with this money from the corrupt diamond business
families like the Oppenheimers.
These diamonds are then sold and the drug money is clean."
James Casbolt
"Get on with the business
of killing our enemies as quickly as we can, and as ruthlessly
as we must."
Senator John McCain
"Every ten years or so,
the United States needs to pick up some crappy little country
and throw it against the wall, just to show the world we mean
business."
Michael Ledeen
"I've always thought that
underpopulated countries in Africa are vastly underpolluted.
... I think the economic logic behind dumping a load of toxic
waste in the lowest wage country is impeccable and we should face
up to it."
Lawrence Summers
"The former Italian Prime
Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence
admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried
out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the
1950s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people's support
for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism."
www.washingtonsblog.com
"The coups in Iran, Guatemala,
South Vietnam, and Chile were not rogue operations. Presidents,
cabinet secretaries, national security advisers, and CIA directors
approved them. The thing all four of these coups have in common
is that American leaders promoted them consciously, willfully,
deliberately, and in strict accordance with the laws of the United
States."
Stephen Kinzer
"The Americans who engineered
countless military coups, death squads and massacres in Latin
America never paid for their crimes - instead they got promoted
and they're now running the 'War on Terror".
Naomi Klein
"The United States has
attacked, directly or indirectly, some 44 countries throughout
the world since August 1945, a number of them many times. The
avowed objective of these military interventions has been to effect
"regime change". The cloaks of "human rights"
and of "democracy" were invariably evoked to justify
what were unilateral and illegal acts."
Professor Eric Waddell
"US policy is to buy off,
overthrow, or make war on leaders of other countries who represent
their peoples' interests instead of American interests."
Paul Craig Roberts
"The "final solution"
to the Communist problem in Indonesia was certainly one of the
most barbaric acts of inhumanity in a century that has seen a
great deal of it; it surely ranks as a war crime of the same type
as those the Nazis perpetrated. No single American action in the
period after 1945 was as bloodthirsty as its role in Indonesia,
for it tried to initiate the massacre, and it did everything in
its power to encourage General Suharto, to see that the physical
liquidation of the PKI [Indonesian Communist Party] was carried
through to its culmination.
Not a single one of its officials in Washington or Jakarta questioned
the policy on either ethical or political grounds.
... A State Department estimate in 1965 placed the figure at roughly
300,000 killed... Other estimates range up to I million dead,
and official Indonesian data released a decade later gave 450,000
to 500,000 as the number killed."
Gabriel Kolko
"The CIA had developed
a program to assassinate the President of Zaire [later Democratic
Republic of the Congo (DRC)] Patrice Lumumba. The operation, didn't
work. It was to give poison to Lumumba. And they couldn't find
a setting in which to get the poison to him successfully in a
way that it wouldn't appear to be a CIA operation. Instead, the
CIA chief of station in Zaire talked to Lumumba aide and Belgian
security police informer Joseph Mobutu about the threat that Lumumba
posed, and Mobutu had his men kill Lumumba."
former CIA agent John Stockwell
"After World War II, in
the name of containing Communism, the United States, mostly through
the actions of local allies, executed or encouraged coups in,
among other places, Guatemala, Brazil, Chile, Uruguay, Argentina
and patronized a brutal mercenary war in Nicaragua ... By the
end of the Cold War, Latin American security forces trained, funded,
equipped, and incited by Washington had executed a reign of bloody
terror - hundreds of thousands killed, an equal number tortured,
millions driven into exile-from which the region has yet to fully
recover."
Greg Grandin
"The U.S. record of war
crimes has been, from the nineteenth century to the present, a
largely invisible one, with no government, no political leaders,
no military officials, no lower-level operatives held accountable
for criminal actions."
Carl Boggs
"What the United States
has done to Cambodia is greater evil than we have done to any
country in the world."
California Congressman Pete McClosky
in the 1970s
"The actions of Al-Qaeda
have only served to promote the interests of the U.S. and Israel,
which are clearly interested in "reshaping" the Middle
East in such a way that they can more easily rape and plunder
the region at will. In fact, the CIA is using the terrorist actions
of its proxy Al-Qaeda in order to give the U.S. an excuse to extend
their power into and invade the Arab countries, first countries
with rich plunder (oil) like Iraq, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and second
any country which is a "threat" to Israel, or more exactly
which Israel dislikes for whatever reason. The third objective
for which the CIA is using its proxy Al-Qaeda is to engender fear
and hate of Islam and Muslims worldwide. This corresponds to an
old and tried ploy of colonizers: to slander and denigrate the
target population so that it is acceptable and even called for
to commit genocide against them."
John Kaminski
"If you were a US leader,
or an official of the National Security State, or a beneficiary
of the private military and surveillance industries, why would
you possibly want the war on terror to end? That would be the
worst thing that could happen. It's that war that generates limitless
power, impenetrable secrecy, an unquestioning citizenry, and massive
profit."
www.washingtonsblog.com
"The CIA had been running
thousands of operations over the years... there have been about
3,000 major covert operations and over 10,000 minor operations...
all designed to disrupt, destabilize, or modify the activities
of other countries... But they are all illegal and they all disrupt
the normal functioning, often the democratic functioning, of other
societies. They raise serious questions about the moral responsibility
of the United States in the international society of nations."
John Stockwell, former CIA official
"The long record of the
US state and its oligarch allies destroying societies across the
world is unspeakable in the mass media because they themselves
are financed and advertised in by the same transnational corporations
that demand the resources and territories of societies everywhere."
John McMurtry
"We are in the process
of destroying an entire nation [Iraq]. It is as simple and terrifying
as that. It is illegal and immoral."
Denis Halliday, former UN humanitarian
coordinator
"United States military
forces have killed more innocent foreign civilians than the forces
of any other country since the end of World War II, an uncomfortable
truth for a nation whose people overwhelmingly consider themselves
liberators, even as their government has supported countless brutal
dictatorships around the world and overthrown democratically elected
governments viewed as undesirable by Washington and elite American
interests."
Brett Wilkins
"We have used a horrible
weapon [Hiroshima atomic bomb] to asphyxiate and cremate more
than 100,000 men, women and children in a sort of super-lethal
gas chamber - and all this in a war already won or which spokesman
for our Air Forces tell us we could have readily won without the
atomic bomb."
David Lawrence, founder and editor
of U.S. News And World Report
"We have about 50% of the
world's wealth but only 6.3 of its population... We cannot fail
to be the object of envy and resentment. Our real task in the
coming period is to devise a pattern of relationships, which will
permit us to maintain this position of disparity without positive
detriment to our national security. To do so we will have to dispense
with all sentimentality and daydreaming; and our attention will
have to be concentrated everywhere on our immediate national objectives.
We need not deceive ourselves that we can afford today the luxury
of altruism and world benefaction... We should cease to talk about
vague unreal objectives such as human rights, the raising of the
living standards, and democratization. The day is not far off
when we are going to have to deal in straight power concepts.
The less we are hampered by idealistic slogans, the better."
George Kennan, secret State Department
memo, February 1948
"The greatest threat to
our world and its peace comes from those who want war, who prepare
for it, and who, by holding out vague promises of future peace
or by instilling fear of foreign aggression, try to make us accomplices
to their plans."
Hermann Hesse
"When plunder becomes a
way of life for a group of men living together in society, they
create for themselves in the course of time a legal system that
authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies it."
Frédéric Bastiat
DID GEORGE ORWELL'S NOVEL
"1984" PREDICT OUR FUTURE?
SURVEILLANCE / PERPETUAL WAR
/ ELITE RULE / DESPOTIC GOVERNMENT
"Do you begin to see, then,
what kind of world we are creating?... A world of fear and treachery
and torment, a world of trampling and being trampled upon, a world
which will grow not less but more merciless as it refines itself."
George Orwell, in his novel "1984"
"The Party seeks power
entirely for its own sake, We are not interested in the good of
others; we are interested solely in power. Not wealth or luxury
or long life or happiness: only power, pure power... We are different
from all the oligarchies of the past, in that we know what we
are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves,
were cowards and hypocrites. The German Nazis and the Russian
Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never
had the courage to recognize their own motives. They pretended,
perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly
and for a limited time, and that just round the corner there lay
a paradise where human beings would be free and equal. We are
not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with the
intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an
end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard
a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the
dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object
of torture is torture. The object of power is power."
from George Orwell's 1949 novel
"1984"
"If you want a picture
of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face - forever."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"How does continuous war
act to keep the Lows "stupefied by poverty" and thereby
assure the maintenance of the social structure? The goal of the
wars is to enable the economy to be kept going for the benefit
of the High, its military, and its bureaucracy and control personnel
(the Thought Police, etc.), but at the same time to assure that
any excess production capacity is prevented from producing consumer
goods for the lower classes. That excess capacity is instead directed
to producing excess military goods which will ' ultimately rust
away or be destroyed in warfare; that is, the excess capacity
is deliberately wasted in order to turn it away from the production
of goods which would result in added leisure or well-being for
the lower classes. Those classes are instead continually forced
into group activities expressing hatred toward the current enemy
(any enemy) and dependency upon and love toward their benevolent
rulers for protecting them from that enemy. They are thereby led
to accept the consumer shortages, the poverty, and the other privations
to which they are subjected. Their economic status is kept at
the subsistence level, forcing their priorities to be focused
on simply acquiring basic food, clothing, and shelter. They are
thus denied either the time or the inclination to question the
fairness or permanence of their societal condition, or to otherwise
evolve into a threat to the established hierarchy."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"During the consolidation
of power [of a state], sources of public information [are] suppressed,
guaranteeing the future uniformity of public opinion on all matters
of significance [to the new ruling elite]."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"If leisure and security
were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who
are normally stupefied by poverty would become literate and would
learn to think for themselves; and when once they had done this,
they would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority
had no function, and they would sweep it away. In the long run,
a hierarchical society was only possible on the basis of poverty
and ignorance."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"A ruling group is a ruling
group so long as it can nominate its successors. The Party is
not concerned with perpetuating its blood but with perpetuating
itself. Who wields power is not important, provided that the hierarchical
structure remains always the same."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"The real power, the power
we have to fight for night and day, is not power over things,
but over men ... [And] how does one man assert his power over
another?" He answers his own question: "By making him
suffer. Obedience is not enough. Unless he is suffering, how can
you be sure that he is obeying your will and not his own? Power
is in inflicting pain and humiliation. Power is in tearing human
minds to pieces and putting them together again in new shapes
of your own choosing. In our world there will be no emotions except
fear, rage, triumph, and self-abasement. Everything else we shall
destroy - everything."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"The two aims of the Party
are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish
once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else
was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all
the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they
could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and
starve him to death."
George Orwell in his novel "1984"
"[In '1984' George] Orwell
warned of a world where books were banned. {In 'Brave New World'
Aldous] Huxley warned of a world where no one wanted to read books.
Orwell warned of a state of permanent war and fear. Huxley warned
of a culture diverted by mindless pleasure. Orwell warned of a
state where every conversation and thought was monitored and dissent
was brutally punished. Huxley warned of a state where a population,
preoccupied by trivia and gossip, no longer cared about truth
or information. Orwell saw us frightened into submission. Huxley
saw us seduced into submission. But Huxley, we are discovering,
was merely the prelude to Orwell. Huxley understood the process
by which we would be complicit in our own enslavement. Orwell
understood the enslavement. Now that the corporate coup is over,
we stand naked and defenseless."
Chris Hedges
"Today, the power of government
to control, far exceeds what Big Brother had in Orwell's imagination."
Paul Craig Roberts
"When George Orwell wrote
"1984" (in 1948), he probably never thought that the
"totalitarian, bureaucratic world" that he imagined
would ever actually become a reality. But that is precisely what
is happening. We live at a time when the United States' government
monitors billions of our phone calls and emails and hardly anyone
gets upset about it. We live at a time when corporations systematically
collect our voice-prints and our televisions watch us. We live
at a time when reporters that try to dig into the misdeeds of
the government have their computers hacked, and when nearly one
out of every three Americans has a file in the FBI's master criminal
database. The control freaks that run our society are absolutely
obsessed with watching, tracking, recording and monitoring virtually
everything that we do. We truly are becoming a "1984"
society."
Michael Snyder
"The shadow of Orwell's
nightmarish vision of a totalitarian society with its all-embracing
reach of surveillance and repression now works its way through
American politics like a lethal virus. Orwell's dystopia has come
to fruition, reshaping the American body politic.
For Orwell, the state was organized through traditional forms
of authoritarian political power. What Orwell could not have imagined
was the reconfiguration of the state under a form of corporate
sovereignty in which corporations, the financial elite, and the
ultra-rich completely controlled the state and its modes of governance.
Hyper-capitalism was no longer merely protected by the state,
it has become the state.
... George Orwell's dark fantasy of a fascist future continues
without massive opposition. Domestic terrorism now functions to
punish young people whenever they exercise the right of dissent,
protesting peacefully, or just being targeted because they are
minorities of class and color and considered a threat and in some
cases disposable."
Henry Giroux
"It's worse than George
Orwell could have imagined in his book "1984" because
of technological advancements between his time and ours.
The power of government today to control, far exceeds what Big
Brother had in Orwell's imagination."
Paul Craig Roberts
PREPARE FOR A
PLUTOCRAT-CONTROLLED NEOLIBERAL ECONOMIC ORDER
AND GLOBAL AUTHORITARIANISM
Things are moving rapidly. Inequality
in America is extreme. Authoritarianism is increasing. Before
we realize it, America's democratic experiment will have ended
in failure, and possibly chaos. Societies with extreme inequality
have always come to ignoble ends. The question is whether America
will end with a whimper, or with a bang.
American hubris has resulted in global economic chaos and strategic
confrontation. We are no longer the only superpower. Both Russia
and China, once great empires, want a second chance at global
prosperity and respect. As the U.S. is forced by circumstances
to abandon its role as the sole global policeman and economic
powerhouse, others are ready to take its place. But, dying empires
are known to flail about and fight viciously to preserve their
former hegemony. And, it looks like the United States will not
go quietly into the night.
U. S. power was at its peak following World War II. America ruled
the globe economically and militarily. It's influence was ubiquitous
and its soft power seemingly unlimited. But, arrogance and greed
have turned the United States into a pariah. We are feared for
our power, but no longer respected for our institutions. Inequality,
injustice, corruption, and our projection of violence, have turned
much of the world against us.
Throughout the 20th century and into the 21st century, the United
States rhetorically lauded the benefits of democracy, while undermining
democratically-elected governments everywhere. U.S.-sponsored
coups and "color revolutions" dressed-up as spontaneous
popular uprisings, have shown that democratic governments are
not well-suited to withstand 21st century 'realpolitik'.
Developing countries, which once looked to the United States as
a model for political and economic development, are re-evaluating
whether democracy is their best political choice. As the economic
and political might of Russia and China grow, so does their influence.
And, as the United States repeatedly
demonstrates how easily it can manipulate elections and exploit
popular unrest, while hypocritically preaching about democracy,
developing countries may conclude that authoritarian government
may be their best survival option.
The result: democracy will be left in the dustbin of history.
On the economic front, a new feudalism is emerging. As work is
made contingent and part-time, employee benefits are cut, operations
are moved offshore, unemployment increases, well-paying manufacturing
jobs become minimum-wage service jobs, family debt grows, inequality
increases and opportunities disappear, the United States is beginning
to look more like a mal-developed country in the global South,
than an economic giant, while American workers, once the envy
of the world, struggle to compete with workers in the third world.
21st century neoliberal capitalism is producing chaos, globally.
Unabashed greed, absence of effective regulation of business activity,
and the growth of global casino capitalism have caused untold
damage. Austerity, privatization, extreme financial risk-taking,
endemic fraud and market manipulation have combined to produce
a perfect economic storm. Regulators have stopped regulating,
plutocrats continue to accumulate wealth, and politicians grab
what they can. Nobody trusts anybody, banks won't lend, unemployment
is high and rising, personal debt is staggering, and hardship
and immiseration are growing, while the .01% spends with abandon
and economic inequality has achieved heights not seen since the
Gilded Age of the late 19th century.
Business and political elites have shown a willingness to undermine
and severely damage their own country's economy, in order to weaken
a populist government that refuses to support neoliberal economic
policies that enrich the wealthy. As the economy is covertly sabotaged,
the population, unaware that the source of their misery is the
business elite, blame the populist leaders, and remove them from
office. The result is that neoliberal governments replace populist
governments, anti-worker policies are adopted and accelerated,
the elites grow richer, and the working class suffers even more.
In Asia, China's growing economic power is transforming global
finance. The Chinese yuan may soon take its place as an international
reserve currency, joining the dollar - or even replacing it. The
global impact of the dollar's reserve currency displacement would
be enormous.
Banks have started restricting cash withdrawals. It is now difficult
to take out more than a few thousand dollars in cash from some
banks. Soon it may be nearly impossible to withdraw cash from
bank accounts.
Some countries are considering becoming cashless societies, where
money will no longer be accepted and all monetary transactions
will be digital. The result will be the end of financial privacy.
Governments will then have total control over the economic lives
of their citizens.
In the new "normal" financial environment, banks will
prosper by taxing the deposits of savers (rather than paying interest
on deposits) or by taking some of the savings of their customers
(bail-ins) as needed to enhance their balance sheets.
As the economic noose tightens, political turmoil, popular unrest
and even global conflict may result.
Kleptocratic elites in concert with corrupt political and business
leaders, will not be the solution to the probem - they will be
the problem.
Every person will have to fend for himself or herself, and for
their loved ones, in a more chaotic, less fair, less democratic,
more authoritarian world.
The time to prepare is now.
REPORT FROM IRON MOUNTAIN
A HOAX OR A PLAN FOR U.S.
DOMESTIC CONTROL?
"In 1961 Kennedy Administration
officials McGeorge Bundy, Robert McNamara and Dean Rusk, all Council
on Foreign Relatons (CFR) and Bilderberger members, led a study
group which looked into "the problem of peace". The
group met at Iron Mountain, a huge underground corporate nuclear
shelter near Hudson, New York. A copy of the group discussions,
known as 'Report from Iron Mountain', was leaked by a participant
and published in 1967."
Dean Henderson from his book 'Big
Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf'
"The 'Report from Iron
Mountain' was advertised as the result of a four-year study by
a group of 15 American intellectuals, including the future editors
of The Nation Victor Navasky and Richard Lingeman, novelist E.L
Doctorow, and economist John Kenneth Galbraith.
This 152-page report, re-edited in 2002, discussed the long-term
perspectives of the end of the epoch of wars, and the need for
introducing substitutes to counter the risks caused by a standing
peace.
At first the Report from Iron Mountain was supposedly classified
by President Lyndon Johnson, but after a few years it was published
in book form as a leak and immediately became a bestseller.
Although 'fictional', the report probably was accurate in reflecting
the opinions of the American intellectual and political elites
of the time. Later on, many of the programs and institutions it
called for became actual policy within the national and international
agenda.
The Report from Iron Mountain proposed the creation of global
police forces, the introduction of a modern form of slavery, eugenics,
mass euthanasia, mass welfare, the invention of a new quasi-religious
myth on planetary risks, and exaggerated environmental protection,
including widespread government spending and controls.
What followed were a string of events that led to an explosion
of ecological movements including the current climatic hysteria.
Soon after the report's publication in 1967, the U.S. Congress
passed the National Environmental Protection Act (1969), and on
Dec. 2, 1970, President Richard Nixon established the giant U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, the first environment ministry
in the world. "
"The 'world war industry' ... accounts for approximately
a tenth of the output of the world's total economy. Although this
figure is subject to fluctuation, the causes of which are themselves
subject to regional variation, it tends to hold fairly steady.
The United States, as the world's richest nation, not only accounts
for the largest single share of this expense, currently upward
of $60 billion a year [in 2013 it was between $600 billlion and
1 trillion a year], but also" ... has devoted a higher proportion
of its gross national product to its military, establishment than
any other major free world nation.
... Although war is "used"
as an instrument of national and social policy, the fact that
a society is organized for any degree of readiness for war supersedes
its political and economic structure. War itself is the basic
social system, within which other secondary modes of social organization
conflict or conspire. It is the system which has governed most
human societies of record, as it is today.
... The precedence of a society's
war-making potential over its other characteristics is not the
result of the 'threat' presumed to exist at any one time from
other societies. This is the reverse of the basic situation; 'threats'
against the 'national interest' are usually created or accelerated
to meet the changing needs of the war system.
... Wars are not 'caused' by
international conflicts of interest... War-making societies require
- and thus bring about - such conflicts. The capacity of a nation
to make war expresses the greatest social power it can exercise;
war-making, active or contemplated, is a matter of life and death
on the greatest scale subject to social control. It should therefore
hardly be surprising that the military institutions in each society
claim its highest priorities.
...The military function of
the war system serves simply to defend or advance the 'national
interest' by means of organized violence. It is often necessary
for a national military establishment to create a need for its
unique powers... And a healthy military apparatus requires regular
'exercise', by whatever rationale seems expedient, to prevent
its atrophy.
... War cannot be considered wholly
'wasteful'. Without a long-established war economy, and without
its frequent eruption into large-scale shooting war, most of the
major industrial advances known to history, beginning with the
development of iron, could never have taken place. Weapons technology
structures the economy.
... Far from constituting a
wasteful' drain on the economy, war spending, considered pragmatically,
has been a consistently positive factor in the rise of gross national
product and of individual productivity.
... No combination of techniques for controlling employment, production,
and consumption has yet been tested that can remotely compare
to war in effectiveness. It is, and has been, the essential economic
stabilizer of modern societies.
... Since it is historically axiomatic
that the existence of any form of weaponry insures its use, we
have used the word 'peace' as virtually synonymous with disarmament.
By the same token, 'war' is virtually synonymous with nationhood.
The elimination of war implies the inevitable elimination of national
sovereignty and the traditional nation-state.
... The war system not only
has been essential to the existence of nations as independent
political entities, but has been equally indispensable to their
stable internal political structure. Without it, no government
has ever been able to obtain acquiescence in its 'legitimacy',
or right to rule its society. The possibility of war provides
the sense of external necessity without which no government can
long remain in power.
... The basic authority of a
modern state over its people resides in its war powers... On a
day-to-day basis, it is represented by the institution of police,
armed organizations charged expressly with dealing with "internal
enemies" in a military manner.
... In advanced modern democratic
societies the war system has provided political leaders with ...
political-economic function of increasing importance: it has served
as the last great safeguard against the elimination of necessary
social classes.
... The arbitrary nature of
war expenditures and of other military activities make them ideally
suited to control these essential class relationships. Obviously,
if the war system were to be discarded, new political machinery
would be needed at once to serve this vital subfunction. Until
it is developed, the continuance of the war system must be assured,
if for no other reason, among others, than to preserve whatever
quality and degree of poverty a society requires as an incentive,
as well as to maintain the stability of its internal organization
of power.
... Allegiance [to one's nation]
requires a cause; a cause requires an enemy.
... A viable substitute for war
as a social system cannot be a mere symbolic charade... The existence
of an accepted external menace ... is essential to social cohesiveness
as well as to the acceptance of political authority. The menace
must be believable, it must be of a magnitude consistent with
the complexity of the society threatened, and it must appear,
at least, to affect the entire society.
... The war system makes the
stable government of societies possible. It does this essentially
by providing an external necessity for a society to accept political
rule. In so doing, it establishes the basis for nationhood and
the authority of government to control its constituents... the
end of war means the end of national sovereignty, and thus the
end of nationhood as we know it today.
... A political substitute for
war must be found, of credible quality and magnitude, if a transition
to peace is ever to come about without social disintegration.
It is more probable, in our judgment, that such a threat will
have to be invented.
... A possible surrogate for
the control of potential enemies of society is the reintroduction,
in some form consistent with modern technology and political processes,
of slavery. Up to now, this has been suggested only in fiction,
notably in the works of Wells, Huxley, Orwell, and others engaged
in the imaginative anticipation of the sociology of the future.
But the fantasies projected in 'Brave New World' and '1984' have
seemed less and less implausible over the years since their publication...
It is entirely possible that the development of a sophisticated
form of slavery may be an absolute prerequisite for social control
in a world at peace. As a practical matter, conversion of the
code of military discipline to a euphemized form of enslavement
would entail surprisingly little revision; the logical first step
would be the adoption of some form of "universal" military
service.
... Games theorists have suggested
... the development of 'blood games' for the effective control
of individual aggressive impulses... it was left not to scientists
but to the makers of a commercial film to develop a model for
this notion, on the implausible level of popular melodrama, as
a ritualized manhunt.
... The universal requirement
that procreation be limited to the products of artificial insemination
would provide a fully adequate substitute control for population
levels.
... Total control of conception
with a variant of the ubiquitous 'pill' via water supplies or
certain essential foodstuffs, offset by a controlled 'antidote',
is already under development.
... As long as any society must contemplate even a remote possibility
of war, it must maintain a maximum supportable population, even
when so doing critically aggravates an economic liability.
... War is itself the principal
basis of organization on which all modern societies are constructed.
The common proximate cause of war is the apparent interference
of one nation with the aspirations of another. But at the root
of all ostensible differences of national interest lie the dynamic
requirements of the war system itself for periodic armed conflict.
Readiness for war characterizes contemporary social systems more
broadly than their economic and political structures, which it
subsumes.
... War has provided both ancient
and modern societies with a dependable system for stabilizing
and controlling national economies. No alternate method of control
has yet been tested in a complex modern economy that has shown
itself remotely comparable in scope or effectiveness.
... The permanent possibility
of war is the foundation for stable government; it supplies the
basis for general acceptance of political authority. It has enabled
societies to maintain necessary class distinctions, and it has
ensured the subordination of the citizen to the state, by virtue
of the residual war powers inherent in the concept of nationhood.
No modern political ruling group has successfully controlled its
constituency after failing to sustain the continuing credibility
of an external threat of war.
... An acceptable economic surrogate
for the war system will require the expenditure of resources for
completely nonproductive purposes at a level comparable to that
of the military expenditures otherwise demanded by the size and
complexity of each society.
... A viable political substitute for war must posit a generalized
external menace to each society of a nature and degree sufficient
to require the organization and acceptance of political authority.
... A credible substitute for war must generate an omnipresent
and readily understood fear of personal destruction. This fear
must be of a nature and degree sufficient to ensure adherence
to societal values to the full extent that they are acknowledged
to transcend the value of individual human life.
... Substitute institutions ... have been proposed for consideration
as replacements for the nonmilitary functions of war. They include
an omnipresent, virtually omnipotent international police force,
an established and recognized extraterrestrial menace, massive
global environmental pollution, fictitious alternate enemies.
... Programs generally derived from the Peace Corps model, a modern,
sophisticated form of slavery... intensified environmental pollution,
new religions or combination mythologies, socially oriented blood
games... a comprehensive program of applied eugenics.
... We propose the establishment,
under executive order of the President, of a permanent War/Peace
Research Agency... It will be responsible solely to the President,
or to other officers of government temporarily deputized by him.
Its operations will be governed entirely by its own rules of procedure.
Its authority will expressly include the unlimited right to withhold
information on its activities and its decisions, from anyone except
the President, whenever it deems such secrecy to be in the public
interest.
... The War/Peace research agency's ... principal responsibility
will be 'War Research'. Its fundamental objective will be to ensure
the continuing viability of the war system to fulfill its essential
nonmilitary functions for as long as the war system is judged
necessary or desirable for the survival of society.
NONE DARE CALL IT CONSPIRACY
THE GLOBAL FINANCIAL ELITE'S PLAN TO CONTROL THE WORLD
"The next step is the Great
Merger of all nations of the world into a dictatorial world government.
This was the main reason behind the push to bring Red China into
the United Nations. If you want to control the natural resources,
transportation, commerce and banking for the whole world, you
must put everybody under the same roof.The Insiders [global financial
elite] of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making
the plans for a one world government. The real name of the game
is 1984. We will have systematic population reduction, forced
sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary
to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But
to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government.
You can't do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And
before you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize
control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove
the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our
once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central
government."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"While wars and revolutions
have been useful to international bankers in gaining or increasing
control over governments, the key to such control has always been
control of money. You can control a government if you have it
in your debt - a creditor is in a position to demand the privileges
of monopoly from the sovereign. Money-seeking governments have
granted monopolies in state banking, natural resources, oil concessions
and transportation. However, the monopoly which the international
financiers most covet is control over a nation's money."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"There is a conspiracy
to control the world by power-mad billionaires... This conspiracy
is not made up solely of bankers and international cartelists...
Starting with Voltaire and Adam Weishaupt and running through
John Ruskin, Sidney Webb, Nicholas Murray Butler, Henry Kissinger
and John Kenneth Galbraith, it has always been the scholar looking
for avenues of power who has shown the sons of the very powerful
how their wealth could be used to rule the world."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"The Federal Reserve put
control over the nation's economy in the hands of international
bankers. The Federal Reserve controls the money supply, which
allows manipulators to create alternate cycles of boom and bust
- a roller coaster economy. This allows those in the know to make
fabulous amounts of money, but even more important, allows the
insiders to control the economy and further centralize power in
the federal government."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"For centuries there has
been big money to be made by international bankers in the financing
of governments and kings... the ultimate advantage the creditor
has over the king or president is that if the ruler gets out of
line the banker can finance his enemy or rival."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"If you wanted a national
monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If
you want - a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist
government. That is what the game is all about. "Communism"
is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement
created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in
order to gain control over the world."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"Since the keystone of
the international banking empires has been government bonds, it
has been in the interest of international bankers to encourage
government debt. The higher the debt the more the interest. Nothing
drives government deeply into debt like a war; and it has not
been an uncommon practice among international bankers to finance
both sides of the bloodiest military conflicts."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"Using a central bank to
create alternate periods of inflation and deflation, and thus
whipsawing the public for vast profits, had been worked out by
the international bankers to an exact science."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"To think that the scientifically
engineered Crash of 1929 was an accident or the result of stupidity
defies all logic. The international bankers who promoted the inflationary
policies and pushed the propaganda which pumped up the stock market
represented too many generations of accumulated expertise to have
blundered into 'the great depression'."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"During the American Civil
War, the North was financed by the Rothschilds through their American
agent, August Belmont, and the American South through the Erlangers,
Rothschild relatives."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"In the Bolshevik Revolution
we have some of the world's richest and most powerful men financing
a movement which claims its very existence is based on the concept
of stripping of their wealth, men like the Rothschids, Rockefellers,
Schiffs, Warburgs, Morgans, Harrimans, and Milners. But obviously
these men have no fear of international Communism. It is only
logical to assume that if they financed it and do not fear it,
it must be because they control it."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"Between 1923 and 1929,
the Federal Reserve expanded the money supply by sixty-two percent.
Much of this new money was used to bid the stock market up to
dizzying heights.
... After the Governor of the Bank of England Montagu Norman visited
Washington on February 6, 1929... the Federal Reserve Board reversed
its easy money policy and began raising the discount rate. The
balloon which had been inflated constantly for nearly seven years
was about to be exploded.
... When everything was ready, the New York financiers started
calling 24 hour broker call loans. This meant that the stockbrokers
and the customers had to dump their stock on the market in order
to pay the loans. This naturally collapsed the stock market and
brought a banking collapse all over the country because the banks
not owned by the oligarchy were heavily involved in broker call
claims at this time, and bank runs soon exhausted their coin and
currency and they had to close.
... The investing public, including most stock brokers and bankers,
took a horrendous blow in the 1929 crash, but not the international
financial "Insiders". They were either out of the market
or had sold "short" so that they made enormous profits
as the Dow Jones plummeted."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
"Two months prior to the
passage of the Federal Reserve Act, the international financiers
had created the mechanism to collect the funds to pay the interest
on the national debt. That mechanism was the progressive income
tax.
One quite naturally assumes that the graduated income tax would
be opposed by the wealthy. The fact is that many of the wealthiest
Americans supported it. Some, no doubt, out of altruism and because,
at first, the taxes were very small. But others backed the scheme
because they already had a plan for permanently avoiding both
the income tax and the subsequent inheritance tax.
... The best way for the [global financial elite] Insiders to
eliminate growing competition was to impose a progressive income
tax on their competitors while writing the laws so as to include
built-in escape hatches for themselves.
... The escape hatch for the Insiders to avoid paying taxes was
ready. By the time the income tax Amendment had been approved
by the states, the Rockefeller and Carnegie foundations were in
full operation. The monopolists could now compound their wealth
tax-free while competitors had to face a graduated income tax
which made it difficult to amass capital.
... What the income tax became, finally, was a siphon gradually
inserted into the pocketbooks of the general public. Imposed to
popular huzzas as a class tax, the income tax was gradually turned
into a mass tax in a jujitsu turnaround."
"None Dare Call It Conspiracy"
by Gary Allen
PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED
ELDERS OF ZION
A HOAX OR A BLUEPRINT FOR
TOTALITARIAN WORLD CONTROL?
"The Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion is a blueprint by a moneyed and privileged elite
- the world's most powerful men and women - to subjugate the entire
world."
Texe Marrs
"Whosoever was the mind
that conceived them [Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion]
possessed a knowledge of human nature, of history and of statecraft
which is dazzling in its brilliant completeness, and terrible
in the objects to which it turns its powers. Neither a madman
nor an intentional criminal, but more likely a super-mind mastered
by devotion to a people and a faith could be the author, if indeed
one mind alone conceived them. It is too terribly real for fiction,
too well sustained for speculation, too deep in its knowledge
of the secret springs of life for forgery."
Dearborn Independent, July 10,
1920
"The presumption is strong
that the Protocols [of the Learned Elders of Zion] were issued,
or reissued, at the First Zionist Congress held at Basle (Switzerland)
in 1897 under the presidency of the Father of Modern Zionism,
the late Theodore Herzl."
Victor E. Marsden
who translated into English "The Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion" which Sergyei Nilus published in Russia in
1905
"About a year ago a representative
of the Department of Justice submitted to me a copy of the manuscript
of "The Jewish Peril" by Professor Nilus, and asked
for my opinion of the work. He said that the manuscript was a
translation of a Russian book published in 1905 which was later
suppressed. The manuscript was supposed to contain 'protocols'
of the Wise Men of Zion and was supposed to have been read by
Dr. Herzl at a secret conference of the Zionist Congress at Basle.
He expressed the opinion that the work was probably that of Dr.
Theodor Herzl... He said that some American Senators who had seen
the manuscript were amazed to find that so many years ago a scheme
had been elaborated by the Jews which is now being carried out,
and that Bolshevism had been planned years ago by Jews who sought
to destroy the world."
Herman Bernstein, "American
Hebrew", June 25, 1920
"Since its publication
[Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion] at the turn of the 20th
century, the Jews, who even then, controlled most public discourse
through their ownership of the media and the influence of their
wealthy lobby groups, have sought to suppress its publication
and distribution.
As a result, no standard publisher dares publish the Protocols
and you will not find it on the shelves of any retail bookstore
or outlet in America or the Western world. The fact is that Jewish
elite also own the major publishing houses."
Texe Marrs
"Only force conquers in
political affairs, especially if it be concealed in the talents
essential to statesmen. Violence must be the principle, and cunning
and make-believe the rule for governments... Therefore we must
not stop at bribery, deceit and treachery when they should serve
towards the attainment of our end. In politics one must know how
to seize the property of others without hesitation if by it we
secure submission and sovereignty."
Protocol 1 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We have set up the aristocracy
of our educated class headed by the aristocracy of money. The
qualifications for this aristocracy we have established in wealth."
Protocol 1 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"It is essential to teach
in national schools ... the division of men into classes and conditions...
the peoples will voluntarily submit to authority and accept such
position as is appointed them in the State."
Protocol 3 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We shall create by all
the secret subterranean methods open to us and with the aid of
gold, which is all in our hands, a universal economic crisis whereby
we shall throw upon the streets whole mobs of workers simultaneously
in all the countries of Europe. These mobs will rush delightedly
to shed the blood of those whom, in the simplicity of their ignorance,
they have envied from their cradles, and whose property they will
then be able to loot."
Protocol 3 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We shall create an intensified
centralisation of government in order to grip in our hands all
the forces of the community. We shall regulate mechanically all
the actions of the political life of our subjects by new laws
... and our kingdom will be distinguished by a despotism of such
magnificent proportions as to be at any moment and in every place
in a position to wipe out any goyim who oppose us by deed or word."
Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We have set one against
another ... religious and race hatreds... We are too strong -
there is no evading our power. The nations cannot come to even
an inconsiderable private agreement without our secretly having
a hand in it."
Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"[The] engine of the machinery
of States is - Gold. The science of political economy invented
by our learned elders has for long past been giving royal prestige
to capital... Capital, if it is to co-operate untrammelled, must
be free to establish a monopoly of industry and trade."
Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"In order to put public
opinion into our hands we must bring it into a state of bewilderment,
by giving expression, from all sides, to so many contradictory
opinions and for such a length of time as will suffice to make
the goyim lose their heads in the labyrinth and come to see that
the best thing is to have no opinion of any kind in matters political."
Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We shall so wear down
the goyim, that they will be compelled to offer us international
power, of a nature that, by its position, will enable us, without
any violence, gradually to absorb all the state forces of the
world and to form a Super-Government."
Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We shall soon begin to
establish huge monopolies, reservoirs of colossal riches, upon
which, even large fortunes of the goyim will depend."
Protocol 6 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"What we want is that industry
should drain off from the land both labour and capital and, by
means of speculation, transfer into our hands all the money of
the world."
Protocol 6 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"The intensification of
armaments, the increase of police forces - are all essential ...
that there should be, in all the States of the world; besides
ourselves, only the masses of the proletariat; a few millionaires
devoted to our interests; police and soldiers."
Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We must create ferments;
discords and hostility. Therein we gain a double advantage. In
the first place we keep in check all countries, for they will
know that we have the power, whenever we like, to create disorders
or to restore order. All these countries are accustomed to see
in us an indispensable force of coercion. In the second place,
by our intrigues we shall tangle up all the threads which we have
stretched into the cabinets of all States; by means of the political;
by economic treaties, or loan obligations."
Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We must be in a position
to respond to every act of opposition; by war with the neighbours
of that country which dares to oppose us: but if these neighbours
should also venture to stand collectively together against us,
then we must offer resistance by a universal war."
Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"The Press which, with
few exceptions that may be disregarded, is already, entirely in
our hands."
Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We shall surround our
government with a whole world of economists. That is the reason
why economic sciences form the principal subject of the teaching
given to the Jews. Around us again will be a whole constellation
of bankers; industrialists; capitalists and - the main thing -
millionaires; because in substance, everything will be settled
by the question of figures."
Protocol 8 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We shall put [responsible
posts] in the hands of persons whose past and reputation are such
that between them and the people lies an abyss, persons who, in
case of disobedience to our instructions, must face criminal charges
or disappear - this in order to make them defend our interests
to their last gasp."
Protocol 8 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"Our Super-Government subsists
in extra-legal conditions, which are described, in the accepted
terminology, by the energetic and forcible word - Dictatorship.
... We rule by force of will ... the weapons in our hands are
limitless ambitions; burning greediness; merciless vengeance;
hatreds and malice."
Protocol 9 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"Division into fractional
parties has given them into our hands, for, in order to carry
on a contested struggle one must have money, and the money is
all in our hands."
Protocol 9 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We have got our hands
into the administration of the law; into the conduct of elections;
into the press; into liberty of the person; but principally into
education and training as being the cornerstones of a free existence."
Protocol 9 - Protocols of the Learned
Elders of Zion
"We shall arrange elections
in favour of such presidents as have in their past some dark,
undiscovered stain ... then they will be trustworthy agents for
the accomplishment of our plans, out of fear of revelations and
from the natural desire of everyone who has attained power, namely,
the retention of the privileges, advantages and honour connected
with the office of president.
... We shall invest the president with the right of declaring
a state of war.
... The president will, at our discretion, interpret the sense
of such of the existing laws as admit of various interpretation;
he will further annul them when we indicate to him the necessity
to do so."
Protocol 10 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"We shall obtain the power
of destroying, little by little, step by step, all ... to prepare
for the transition to an imperceptible abolition of every kind
of constitution, and then the time is come to turn every form
of government into our despotism.
The recognition of our despot may also come before the destruction
of the constitution; the moment for this recognition will come
when the peoples, utterly wearied by the irregularities and incompetence
- a matter which we shall arrange for - of their rulers, will
clamour."
Protocol 10 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"It is indispensable, to
trouble, in all countries, the people's relations with their governments,
so as to utterly exhaust humanity with dissension; hatred; struggle;
envy and even by the use of torture; by starvation; by the inoculation
of disease; by want, so that the goyim see no other course open
to them than to take refuge in our complete sovereignty in money
and in all else.
But if we give the nations of the world a breathing-space the
moment we long for is hardly likely ever to arrive."
Protocol 10 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"The freedom of the Press;
the right of association; freedom of conscience; the voting principle;
and many anothers must disappear for ever from the memory of man,
or undergo a radical alteration the day after the promulgation
of the new constitution. It is only at the moment that we shall
be able at once to announce all our orders.
... What we want is that from the first moment of its promulgation,
while the peoples of the world are still stunned by the accomplished
fact of the revolution, still in a condition of terror and uncertainty,
they should recognise once and for all that we are so strong,
so inexpugnable, so super-abundantly filled with power, that in
no case shall we take any account of them, and so far from paying
any attention to their opinions or wishes, we are ready and able
to crush with irresistible power all expression or manifestation
thereof at every moment and in every place, that we have seized
at once everything we wanted and shall in no case divide our power
with them ... Then in fear and trembling they will close their
eyes to everything, and be content to await what will be the end
of it all.
... We shall keep promising them [the people] to give back all
the liberties we have taken away as soon as we have quelled the
enemies of peace and tamed all parties. It is not worth to say
anything about how long a time they will be kept waiting for this
return of their liberties."
Protocol 11 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"We shall saddle and bridle
[the press] with a tight curb.
... Among those making attacks upon us will also be organs established
by us, but they will attack exclusively points that we have pre-determined
to alter.
Not a single announcement will reach the public without our control.
Even now this is already being attained by us inasmuch as all
news items are received by a few agencies, in whose offices they
are focused from all parts of the world. These agencies will then
be already entirely ours and will give publicity only to what
we dictate to them.
... Literature and journalism are two of the most important educative
forces, and therefore our government will become proprietor of
the majority of the journals. This will neutralise the injurious
influence of the privately-owned press and will put us in possession
of a tremendous influence upon the public mind."
Protocol 12 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"All journals published
by us will be of the most opposite, in appearance, tendencies
and opinions, thereby creating confidence in us and bringing over
to us quite unsuspicious opponents, who will thus fall into our
trap and be rendered harmless.
... All our newspapers will be of all possible complexions - aristocratic,
republican, revolutionary, even anarchical - for so long, of course,
as the constitution exists... they will have a hundred hands,
and every one of them will have a finger on any one of the public
opinions as required. When a pulse quickens these hands will lead
opinion in the direction of our aims, for an excited patient loses
all power of judgement and easily yields to suggestion. Those
fools who will think they are repeating the opinion of a newspaper
of their own camp will be repeating our opinion or any opinion
that seems desirable for us. In the vain belief that they are
following the organ of their party they will, in fact, follow
the flag which we hang out for them.
... We shall be in a position, as from time to time may be required,
to excite or to tranquillise the public mind on political questions,
to persuade or to confuse, printing now truth, now lies, facts
or their contradictions, according as they may be well or ill
received."
Protocol 12 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"In order that the masses
themselves may not guess what they are about, we further distract
them with amusements; games; pastimes; passions; people's palaces.
Soon we shall begin through the press to propose competitions
in art; in sport of all kinds: these interests will finally distract
their minds from questions in which we should find ourselves compelled
to oppose them. Growing more and more dis-accustomed to reflect
and form any opinions of their own, people will begin to talk
in the same tone as we, because we alone shall be offering them
new directions for thought."
Protocol 13 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"How far-seeing were our
learned elders in ancient times, when they said, that to attain
a serious end, it behoves not to stop at any means or to count
the victims sacrificed for the sake of that end... We have not
counted the victims of the seed of the goy cattle, though we have
sacrificed many of our own, but for that we have now already given
them such a position on the Earth as they could not even have
dreamed of. The comparatively small numbers of the victims, from
the number of ours, have preserved our nationality from destruction."
Protocol 15 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"When comes the time of
our overt rule, the time to manifest its blessing, we shall remake
all legislatures, all our laws will be brief, plain, stable, without
any kind of interpretations, so that anyone will be in a position
to know them perfectly. The main feature which will run right
through them is submission to orders."
Protocol 15 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"All the money in the world
will be concentrated in our hands."
Protocol 15 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"Our government will have
the appearance of a patriarchal paternal guardianship on the part
of the ruler. Our own nation and our subjects will discern in
his person a father caring for their every need... They will then
be so thoroughly imbued with the thought that it is impossible
for them to dispense with this wardship and guidance; if they
wish to live in peace and quiet; that they will acknowledge the
autocracy of our ruler.
... They will be rejoiced that we have regulated everything in
their lives, as is done by wise parents who desire to train children
in the cause of duty and submission.
When the King of Israel sets upon his sacred head the crown offered
him by Europe he will become patriarch of the world."
Protocol 15 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"We shall emasculate ...
the universities, by re-educating them in a new direction. Their
officials and professors will be prepared for their business by
detailed secret programmes of action from which they will not
with immunity diverge, not by one iota. They will be appointed
with especial precaution, and will be so placed as to be wholly
dependent on the Government.
... When we are in power we shall remove every kind of disturbing
subject from the course of education and shall make, out of the
youth, obedient children of authority.
... We shall erase from the memory of men all facts of previous
centuries which are undesirable to us.
We shall abolish every kind of freedom of instruction."
Protocol 16 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"We shall arrange a simulation
of disorders, or some manifestation of discontents finding expression
through the co-operation of good speakers. Round these speakers
will assemble all who are sympathetic to his utterances. This
will give us the pretext for domiciliary perquisitions (diligent
searches) and surveillance on the part of our servants from among
the number of the goyim police."
Protocol 18 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"Economic crises have been
produced by us for the goyim by no other means than the withdrawal
of money from circulation."
Protocol 20 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"The gold standard has
been the ruin of the States which adopted it, for it has not been
able to satisfy the demands for money, the more so that we have
removed gold from circulation as possible."
Protocol 20 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"Loans hang like a sword
of Damocles over the heads of rulers, who, instead of taking from
their subjects by a temporary tax, come begging with outstretched
palm of our bankers. Foreign loans are leeches which there is
no possibility of removing from the body of the State, until they
fall off of themselves, or the State flings them off."
Protocol 20 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion
"The goyim ... have been
borrowing from us, with payment of interest, without ever thinking
that all the same these very moneys, plus an addition for payment
of interest, must be got by them from their own State pockets
in order to settle up with us. What could have been simpler than
to take the money they wanted from their own people?
But it is a proof of the genius of our chosen mind that we have
contrived to present the matter of loans to them in such a light
that they have even seen in them an advantage for themselves."
Protocol 20 - Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion